S4F17
Asset Accounting in SAP S/4HANA
.
.
PARTICIPANT HANDBOOK
INSTRUCTOR-LED TRAINING
.
Course Version: 17
Course Duration: 5 Day(s)
Material Number: 50155726
SAP Copyrights, Trademarks and
Disclaimers
© 2021 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company. All rights reserved.
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or for any
purpose without the express permission of SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company.
SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well as their
respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP SE (or an SAP
affiliate company) in Germany and other countries. Please see http://
global12.sap.com/corporate-en/legal/copyright/index.epx for additional trademark
information and notices.
Some software products marketed by SAP SE and its distributors contain proprietary
software components of other software vendors.
National product specifications may vary.
These materials may have been machine translated and may contain grammatical
errors or inaccuracies.
These materials are provided by SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company for
informational purposes only, without representation or warranty of any kind, and SAP
SE or its affiliated companies shall not be liable for errors or omissions with respect
to the materials. The only warranties for SAP SE or SAP affiliate company products
and services are those that are set forth in the express warranty statements
accompanying such products and services, if any. Nothing herein should be
construed as constituting an additional warranty.
In particular, SAP SE or its affiliated companies have no obligation to pursue any
course of business outlined in this document or any related presentation, or to
develop or release any functionality mentioned therein. This document, or any related
presentation, and SAP SE’s or its affiliated companies’ strategy and possible future
developments, products, and/or platform directions and functionality are all subject
to change and may be changed by SAP SE or its affiliated companies at any time for
any reason without notice. The information in this document is not a commitment,
promise, or legal obligation to deliver any material, code, or functionality. All forwardlooking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties that could cause
actual results to differ materially from expectations. Readers are cautioned not to
place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of
their dates, and they should not be relied upon in making purchasing decisions.
Typographic Conventions
American English is the standard used in this handbook.
The following typographic conventions are also used.
This information is displayed in the instructor’s presentation
Demonstration
Procedure
Warning or Caution
Hint
Related or Additional Information
Facilitated Discussion
User interface control
Example text
Window title
Example text
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
iii
iv
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Contents
ix
Course Overview
1
Unit 1:
2
Lesson: Assigning a Chart of Accounts and a Chart of Depreciation
to a Company Code
Exercise 1: Assign a Chart of Depreciation to a Company Code
11
17
19
Lesson: Assigning Management Accounting Objects to Fixed Assets
Lesson: Defining How Depreciation Areas Post to the General
Ledger
Exercise 2: Define Depreciation Areas and the Update of the
General Ledger
Lesson: Understanding the Importance of Asset Classes in Fixed
Assets
25
31
37
39
43
47
57
63
69
73
75
79
85
97
102
107
Organizational Structures
Unit 2:
Master Data
Lesson: Explaining the Components of an Asset Class
Exercise 3: Use Number Assignment for FI-AA
Exercise 4: Use Account Determination
Exercise 5: Maintain the Screen Layout of Asset Master Data
Exercise 6: Maintain the Screen Layout of Asset Depreciation
Areas
Exercise 7: Copy Asset Classes from Reference
Exercise 8: Display Asset Class 4000
Exercise 9: Manage Asset Classes for Low-Value Assets (LVA)
Lesson: Creating and Changing Master Data in Asset Accounting
Exercise 10: Create Asset Master Records
Exercise 11: Change Asset Master Records
Lesson: Carrying Out Mass Changes to Asset Master Data Using a
Worklist
Exercise 12: Define User Fields and Mass Changes of Asset
Master Records
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
v
119
Unit 3:
Asset Transactions
121
135
Lesson: Processing Acquisitions
Exercise 13: Post an Integrated Asset Acquisition and Analyze
the Asset Value in the Asset Explorer
141
Exercise 14: Analyze the Asset Value in the SAP Fiori App
Manage Fixed Assets
Lesson: Posting Non-Integrated Asset Acquisitions and
Understanding the Integration with Materials Management
Exercise 15: Make Various Non-Integrated Asset Acquisition
Postings
Exercise 16: Make Postings Integrated with Materials
Management (Optional)
Lesson: Posting Integrated and Non-Integrated Asset Retirements
Exercise 17: Post Integrated Asset Retirements with Accounts
Receivable (AR)
Lesson: Performing Transfers Within Company Code and
Intercompany Asset Transfers
Exercise 18: Transfer Assets Within a Company Code
Exercise 19: Post Intercompany Asset Transfer — Gross
Method
Exercise 20: Post Intercompany Asset Transfer - Net Method
Lesson: Representing, Distributing, and Settling Assets Under
Construction
Exercise 21: Settle a WBS element to an Asset Under
Construction (AuC)
Exercise 22: Create and Post to an Asset Under Construction
(AuC) and Settle It to Completed Assets (Optional)
Lesson: Entering and Analyzing Unplanned Depreciation
Exercise 23: Post Unplanned Depreciation
146
149
161
171
175
184
187
197
203
210
215
229
236
239
vi
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
249
Unit 4:
Periodic Processing and Valuation
251
255
265
Lesson: Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and Posting
Exercise 24: Analyze Depreciation Areas
Exercise 25: Understand and Maintain Depreciation Keys
275
Exercise 26: Maintain Time-Dependent Depreciation
Parameters
Exercise 27: Analyze Cost-Accounting Depreciation Area
Exercise 28: Execute and Analyze the Depreciation Run
Lesson: Executing Programs for Fiscal Year Change and Year-End
Closing in Asset Accounting
Exercise 29: Execute Year-End Closing in Asset Accounting
Lesson: Investment Support Measures
Exercise 30: Post Investment Support Shown on Liabilities Side
Lesson: Parallel Accounting in Asset Accounting
Exercise 31: Manage Parallel Accounting
Exercise 32: Create and Post Values - Ledger Approach
Exercise 33: Create and Post Values - Account Approach
Exercise 34: Manage Unilateral Asset Postings
283
291
303
307
311
317
326
333
337
343
351
365
Unit 5:
366
Lesson: Executing Various Asset Accounting Reports Using SAP List
Viewer and Sort Variants
Exercise 35: Analyze the Asset Portfolio
Lesson: A basic understanding of the analytics architecture in SAP
S/4HANA
Exercise 36: Execute an Asset Balance Report with an SAP Fiori
App
Lesson: Executing Depreciation and Transaction Simulation
Exercise 37: Forecast Future Depreciation Amounts
Lesson: Understanding the Layout of an Asset History Sheet
Exercise 38: Execute the Asset History Sheet
Exercise 39: Use Analysis for Microsoft Office
369
374
379
385
389
397
401
405
411
412
417
Information System
Unit 6:
Legacy Data Transfer
Lesson: Entering Legacy Data Manually
Exercise 40: Use the Migration Cockpit
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
vii
viii
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Course Overview
TARGET AUDIENCE
This course is intended for the following audiences:
●
Application Consultant
●
Project Manager
●
Super / Key / Power User
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
ix
x
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
UNIT 1
Organizational Structures
Lesson 1
Assigning a Chart of Accounts and a Chart of Depreciation to a Company Code
Exercise 1: Assign a Chart of Depreciation to a Company Code
2
11
Lesson 2
Assigning Management Accounting Objects to Fixed Assets
17
Lesson 3
Defining How Depreciation Areas Post to the General Ledger
Exercise 2: Define Depreciation Areas and the Update of the General Ledger
19
25
Lesson 4
Understanding the Importance of Asset Classes in Fixed Assets
31
UNIT OBJECTIVES
●
Name and differentiate important organizational units
●
Assign a chart of depreciation to a company code
●
Outline how FI-AA is integrated with Management Accounting
●
Define which depreciation areas post which values to the G/L
●
Assign the financial statement version for asset reports
●
Understand the importance of the asset classes in fixed assets
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
1
Unit 1
Lesson 1
Assigning a Chart of Accounts and a Chart of
Depreciation to a Company Code
LESSON OVERVIEW
This lesson describes company codes, charts of accounts, and charts of depreciation. In
addition, it explains how to assign a chart of accounts and a chart of depreciation to a
company code.
Business Example
Your external consultants have proposed that you use organizational units for mapping the
organizational group structure. The Asset Accounting (FI-AA) project team decides to meet
and discuss the proposals. For this reason, you require the following knowledge:
●
An understanding of the different organizational units
●
An understanding of charts of depreciation
●
How to define charts of depreciation and assign them to a company code
LESSON OBJECTIVES
After completing this lesson, you will be able to:
2
●
Name and differentiate important organizational units
●
Assign a chart of depreciation to a company code
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Assigning a Chart of Accounts and a Chart of Depreciation to a Company Code
SAP S/4HANA Finance Learning Journey
Figure 1: Financial Accounting Learning Journey
Learning Journeys are visual guides, designed to help you complete the learning path for
particular SAP solutions. The easiest way to find learning journeys is to search for SAP
Learning Journeys in your browser.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
3
Unit 1: Organizational Structures
Client, Company Code, and Business Area
Figure 2: Client, Company Code, Business Area, Profit Center, and Segment
The following are the organizational units in Asset Accounting (FI-AA):
●
Client:
The client is the highest level in the SAP system hierarchy. This level denotes the specific
logical system that you are working on. Specifications that you make at this level apply to
all company codes.
●
Company Code:
Each company code is an independent accounting unit. The legally-required balance sheet
and profit and loss statement are created at this level.
●
Profit Center:
A profit center evaluates the success of independent areas that are responsible for costs
and revenues within a company. You decide whether you need to create only a profit and
loss statement at the profit center level (document breakdown not active), or a profit and
loss statement and a financial statement (document breakdown active).
●
Segment:
A segment is a division of a company for which you can create financial statements for
external reporting. Certain accounting principles, for example U.S. GAAP (SFAS 131) and
IFRS (IFRS 8), require companies to perform segment reporting. You can define segments
in your SAP system for this purpose and provide information on the financial results of
these business segments.
4
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Assigning a Chart of Accounts and a Chart of Depreciation to a Company Code
●
Business Area:
Each business area is regarded as a financially separate unit for which an internal balance
sheet and profit and loss statement can be created. Before using the Business Area
characteristic, you need to define the business areas you want to work with in Customizing
for Enterprise Structure under Definition → Financial Accounting → Define Business Area.
Animation: Organizational Units in Asset Accounting
For more information on Organizational Units in Asset Accounting, please view
the animation in the lesson Assigning a Chart of Accounts and a Chart of
Depreciation to a Company Code, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Note:
Document splitting (a function in new General Ledger Accounting) enables you to
create complete balances for the Business Area characteristic, the profit center,
and the segment.
Chart of Depreciation and Chart of Accounts
Figure 4: Chart of Depreciation and Chart of Accounts
All of the general ledger (G/L) accounts are defined in the chart of accounts. FI-AA works with
the chart of accounts assigned to the company code in FI. You can modify the chart of
accounts to suit your needs, such as global, industry-specific, or country-specific
requirements.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
5
Unit 1: Organizational Structures
Charts of depreciation are used to manage various legal requirements for the depreciation
and valuation of assets. You define the keys for the automatic depreciation of assets flexibly
in each chart of depreciation. They are based on elements for calculation (calculation
methods, period controls, and so on) that are available client-wide. Since charts of
depreciation must be country-specific, SAP provides sample charts of depreciation for many
countries. You can use these country-specific sample charts of depreciation to create your
own company-specific chart of depreciation. It is not possible to use these standard charts of
depreciation directly. You must create your own chart of depreciation by copying the
reference chart of depreciation. You can delete any depreciation areas on the reference chart
of depreciation that are not needed.
Hint:
When you are copying a chart of depreciation, the system also copies other
depreciation area-specific parameters. For example, the system also copies
depreciation area-specific restrictions that were necessary in classic Asset
Accounting: the transaction types restricted to depreciation areas (see the table
TABWA). In new Asset Accounting you no longer need to post with restricted
transaction types (exception: revaluations and investment support). You must,
therefore, check when you are creating a new chart of depreciation whether
restrictions for the transaction types are defined in the table TABWA, and delete
them, if applicable. This also applies if you have copied the chart of depreciation
from a sample chart of depreciation.
Animation: Chart of Depreciation and Chart of Accounts
For more information on Chart of Depreciation and Chart of Accounts, please
view the animation in the lesson Assigning a Chart of Accounts and a Chart of
Depreciation to a Company Code, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Each depreciation area represents a specific type of valuation, such as book depreciation or
tax depreciation. You can also define your own depreciation areas for a chart of depreciation.
Each company code uses one (operative) chart of accounts and one chart of depreciation.
Multiple company codes can work with the same chart of accounts and the same chart of
depreciation.
6
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Assigning a Chart of Accounts and a Chart of Depreciation to a Company Code
Sample Charts of Depreciation
Figure 6: Country-Specific Sample Charts of Depreciation
A chart of depreciation consists of the following parts:
●
●
●
In general, you are required to calculate values for assets for different needs, both internal
and external (such as book depreciation and cost-accounting depreciation). Therefore,
you can manage values for assets in parallel in up to 99 depreciation areas in Asset
Accounting. The chart of depreciation, therefore, is a directory of depreciation areas
organized according to business management requirements. You define the
characteristics, and thereby the significance, of the individual depreciation areas in each
chart of depreciation. A depreciation area is always assigned to only one chart of
depreciation.
You flexibly define the keys for the automatic depreciation of assets in each chart of
depreciation. They are based on elements for calculation (calculation methods, period
controls, and so on) that are available client-wide. You can change and add to the standard
calculation keys that are delivered with the system.
There are specific objects in the chart of depreciation for special calculations of asset
values (for example, investment support keys for investment support).
●
Capital tax valuation.
●
Differences between book and country-specific tax-based depreciation.
Caution:
In the SAP standard training S4F17 does not use the country-specific sample
charts of depreciation.
The chart of depreciation Z000 is used in the exercises as a copy template. This
chart of depreciation is a copy of the sample chart of depreciation 0DE, with a
few added values.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
7
Unit 1: Organizational Structures
Depreciation Areas
Figure 7: Depreciation Areas
Asset portfolios and transactions are valued differently for different purposes.
You can use different valuation approaches for the following purposes:
●
Book depreciation (according to local requirements).
●
Balance sheets for tax purposes (if another valuation is permitted).
●
Cost accounting depreciation.
●
Parallel accounting for creating a consolidated balance sheet according to International
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) or U.S. For example, Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles (U.S. GAAP).
All these valuation approaches are mapped in the SAP system through depreciation areas.
Animation: Depreciation Areas
For more information on Depreciation Areas , please view the animation in the
lesson Assigning a Chart of Accounts and a Chart of Depreciation to a Company
Code, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
8
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Assigning a Chart of Accounts and a Chart of Depreciation to a Company Code
FI-AA Company Code
Figure 9: FI-AA Company Code
To create an FI-AA company code, perform the following steps:
1. Set up the company code in FI.
2. Allocate a chart of depreciation to the company code (in a separate project, if possible).
3. Expand the company code to include the necessary data and information using various
Customizing activities.
The company code is then ready for use in FI-AA.
Animation: FI-AA Company Code
For more information on FI-AA Company Code, please view the animation in the
lesson Assigning a Chart of Accounts and a Chart of Depreciation to a Company
Code, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
9
Unit 1: Organizational Structures
10
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 1
Exercise 1
Assign a Chart of Depreciation to a Company
Code
Simulation: Assign a Chart of Depreciation to a Company Code
For more information on Assign a Chart of Depreciation to a Company Code ,
please view the simulation in the lesson Assigning a Chart of Accounts and a
Chart of Depreciation to a Company Code online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
In your enterprise, FI-AA will be mapped in the SAP system using general ledger (G/L) in FI.
To achieve this, you need to process and analyze the chart of depreciation and depreciation
area objects in a test system. Next, you need to assign a chart of depreciation to a test
company code.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Task 1: Define and Configure a Chart of Depreciation
This chart of depreciation is a prerequisite for many other settings that affect FI-AA.
1. Create your own chart of depreciation with the short description TA## (## = your group
number) by copying the chart of depreciation Z000.
Hint:
Use the chart of depreciation Z000 in SAP training courses only. In practice,
you can use the country-specific sample chart of depreciation 0XY as your
copy template, where XY represents a country. For example, use the sample
chart of depreciation 0DE in Germany, 0US in the US, and 0GB in the UK.
2. Change the description of your new chart of depreciation TA##, for example, to chart of
depreciation group ##.
Task 2: Assign the Chart of Depreciation.
Assign the chart of depreciation to your company code.
1. Link the chart of depreciation TA## to your company code TA## to use FI-AA in the SAP
system with your new chart of depreciation.
2. Open the current year in company code TA##.
3. Open the previous year for all depreciation areas and all ledgers in company code TA##.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
11
Unit 1: Organizational Structures
4. When you analyze the tables displaying which charts of depreciation are assigned to a
company code, you may find company codes with no chart of depreciation assigned to
them. What could be the reason for this?
12
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 1
Solution 1
Assign a Chart of Depreciation to a Company
Code
Simulation: Assign a Chart of Depreciation to a Company Code
For more information on Assign a Chart of Depreciation to a Company Code ,
please view the simulation in the lesson Assigning a Chart of Accounts and a
Chart of Depreciation to a Company Code online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
In your enterprise, FI-AA will be mapped in the SAP system using general ledger (G/L) in FI.
To achieve this, you need to process and analyze the chart of depreciation and depreciation
area objects in a test system. Next, you need to assign a chart of depreciation to a test
company code.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Task 1: Define and Configure a Chart of Depreciation
This chart of depreciation is a prerequisite for many other settings that affect FI-AA.
1. Create your own chart of depreciation with the short description TA## (## = your group
number) by copying the chart of depreciation Z000.
Hint:
Use the chart of depreciation Z000 in SAP training courses only. In practice,
you can use the country-specific sample chart of depreciation 0XY as your
copy template, where XY represents a country. For example, use the sample
chart of depreciation 0DE in Germany, 0US in the US, and 0GB in the UK.
a) Copy the reference chart of depreciation or depreciation areas in Customizing for
Financial Accounting under Asset Accounting → Organizational Structures → Copy
Reference Chart of Depreciation/Depreciation Areas.
b) In the Select Activity dialog box, under the Name of Activity column, double-click Copy
Reference Chart of Depreciation.
c) On the Organizational object Chart of depreciation screen, choose Organizational
object → Copy org. object.
d) In the Copy dialog box, enter the following data:
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
13
Unit 1: Organizational Structures
Field Name or Data Type
Value
From Chart of dep.
Z000 (Based on the chart of depreciation
in your country)
To Chart of dep.
TA##
e) Choose Continue.
f) Confirm the information from the system stating that the copy transaction was
successful.
g) Go back to the Activity dialog box.
2. Change the description of your new chart of depreciation TA##, for example, to chart of
depreciation group ##.
a) In the Activity dialog box, double-click Specify Description of Chart of Depreciation.
b) On the Change View "Chart of depreciation: Specify name" Overview screen, search for
the line with your chart of depreciation TA## and the description Chart of Depreciation
TA00.
c) Overwrite the Description column with the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Chart of Depreciation (ChDep)
TA##
Description
Chart of Depreciation Group ##
d) Save the data.
e) Go back to the Activity dialog box.
f) Choose Cancel.
Task 2: Assign the Chart of Depreciation.
Assign the chart of depreciation to your company code.
1. Link the chart of depreciation TA## to your company code TA## to use FI-AA in the SAP
system with your new chart of depreciation.
a) Assign the chart of depreciation to your company code in Customizing for Financial
Accounting under Asset Accounting → Organizational Structures → Assign Chart of
Depreciation to Company Code.
b) On the Change View (Maintain company code in Asset Accounting) Overview screen,
find your company code, TA##.
c) In the Chrt dep (Chart of Depreciation) column, enter TA##.
d) Save and go back to the Customizing screen.
2. Open the current year in company code TA##.
a) Set the company code status in Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset
Accounting → Asset Data Transfer → Parameters for Data Transfer → Define Transfer
Date and Additional Parameters.
14
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Assigning a Chart of Accounts and a Chart of Depreciation to a Company Code
b) Double-click your Company Code TA##.
c) Under your Company Code, double-click ledger 0L.
d) Choose the Change/Display button.
e) Enter Current year in the Highest Fiscal Year field.
f) Choose Save.
g) Review the messages that appear, then choose Continue.
Highest fiscal year is current year.
Closed fiscal year is set to previous year.
h) Do not leave the screen.
3. Open the previous year for all depreciation areas and all ledgers in company code TA##.
a) On the Change Settings for Company Code in Asset Accounting screen, double-click
your Company Code TA##.
b) Under your Company Code, double-click ledger 0L.
c) Select all Depreciation Areas.
d) Choose Reopen.
e) Review the messages that appear, then choose Continue.
Highest fiscal year is current year.
Closed fiscal year is set to previous year - 1.
f) Under your Company Code, double-click ledger 2L.
g) Select all Depreciation Areas.
h) Choose Reopen.
i) Review the messages that appear, then choose Continue.
Highest fiscal year is current year.
Closed fiscal year is set to previous year - 1.
j) Choose Save.
No segment for legacy data transfer was created yet in company code.
Settings for company code TA## saved successfully.
k) Go back to the Customizing screen.
4. When you analyze the tables displaying which charts of depreciation are assigned to a
company code, you may find company codes with no chart of depreciation assigned to
them. What could be the reason for this?
Company codes with no chart of depreciation cannot work with the FI-AA component.
Based on their size, these company codes may not need FI-AA as an FI subledger.
Therefore, you can perform Asset Accounting in an external system.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
15
Unit 1: Organizational Structures
LESSON SUMMARY
You should now be able to:
16
●
Name and differentiate important organizational units
●
Assign a chart of depreciation to a company code
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 1
Lesson 2
Assigning Management Accounting Objects to
Fixed Assets
LESSON OVERVIEW
This lesson explains how to assign Management Accounting objects to fixed assets.
Business Example
Although your focus is on Asset Accounting (FI-AA), you need to discuss the entire
accounting view to understand the integration between the applications. For this reason, you
require the following knowledge:
●
How FI-AA is integrated with Management Accounting
LESSON OBJECTIVES
After completing this lesson, you will be able to:
●
Outline how FI-AA is integrated with Management Accounting
Cost Accounting Assignment
Figure 12: Cost Accounting Assignment
In the asset master record, you can assign the following controlling objects (CO):
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
17
Unit 1: Organizational Structures
●
Cost center
●
Order (internal): real or statistical
●
Activity type: purely statistical information
These CO objects are assigned to the controlling area and, therefore, may be relevant for one
or more company codes.
Hint:
It is possible to assign objects from other applications (with controlling
functions) in addition to the purely CO objects.
Examples of these objects are as follows:
●
Work breakdown structure (WBS) element
●
Real estate object
●
Maintenance order: purely statistical information
●
Objects from Public Sector Management (PSM)
The depreciation from any depreciation area can be posted to the following CO objects:
●
Cost center
●
Real order
●
Cost center and statistical order
●
WBS element
●
Cost center and statistical WBS element
●
Real estate object
●
Objects from PSM
However, it is not possible to assign an asset to two cost centers.
Hint:
You can assign an asset to a (real) order that can then be (periodically) settled to
the respective cost centers.
LESSON SUMMARY
You should now be able to:
●
18
Outline how FI-AA is integrated with Management Accounting
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 1
Lesson 3
Defining How Depreciation Areas Post to the
General Ledger
LESSON OVERVIEW
This lesson explains how the depreciation areas of a chart of depreciation are transferred and
posted to the general ledger (G/L).
Business Example
Assets are to be evaluated from a wide variety of business and legal perspectives. As a
member of the project team, you need to agree on proposals regarding the settings and types
of depreciation areas. For this reason, you require the following knowledge:
●
An understanding of asset values and depreciation values and their differences
●
How to post values of different depreciation areas to the G/L
LESSON OBJECTIVES
After completing this lesson, you will be able to:
●
Define which depreciation areas post which values to the G/L
●
Assign the financial statement version for asset reports
Depreciation Areas and Financial Statements
Figure 13: Depreciation Areas and Financial Statements
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
19
Unit 1: Organizational Structures
You valuate your fixed assets by applying different valuation approaches for different
business, taxation, and legislation purposes. With Asset Accounting (FI-AA) as a Financial
Accounting (FI) subledger, you can manage different valuation approaches for each asset in
depreciation areas. However, as financial statements are not required for the values of all
depreciation areas, you need to define the settings that must be transferred to FI in
Customizing, and describe how this transfer occurs.
Figure 14: Define Posting to the G/L
Animation: Define Posting to the G/L
For more information on Define Posting to the G/L, please view the animation in
the lesson Defining How Depreciation Areas Post to the General Ledger, online in
the SAP Learning Hub.
When using the accounts approach or Ledger approach, you have the following options:
●
(0) Area does not post any values to FI.
●
(1) Area posts asset values to FI online in real-time – depreciation periodically.
●
(3) Area posts depreciation only.
●
(4) Area posts APC immediately, depreciation periodically.
Depreciation is always posted on a periodic basis. The program, FAA_DEPRECIATION_POST,
is used for this posting.
You can also define depreciation areas for reporting purposes only. When you use this
approach, the depreciation area does not post any values to the G/L.
20
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Defining How Depreciation Areas Post to the General Ledger
Customizing Asset-Related Posting to the General Ledger (G/L)
Figure 16: Depreciation Area Posting Logic
The FI-GL company codes assigned ledgers must match the chart of depreciation in FI-AA. All
ledgers in which the company code updates account balances in the general ledger must also
be updated in the asset accounting. This means that every base ledger has to be controlled as
a depreciation area. The assignment of the ledger occurs through accounting principles.
Depreciation area 01 does not necessarily have to be assigned to the leading ledger 0L. All
depreciation areas are equal. No leading depreciation areas exist.
Animation: Depreciation Area Posting Logic
For more information on Depreciation Area Posting Logic, please view the
animation in the lesson Defining How Depreciation Areas Post to the General
Ledger, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
21
Unit 1: Organizational Structures
Figure 18: Example Chart of Depreciation Ledger Approach
All depreciation areas representing the same accounting principle will be assigned to the
same accounting principle (and ledger group). You have to assign an accounting principle to
each depreciation area, even to non-posting depreciation areas or to delta depreciation areas
that are only for reporting (the accounting principle is not allowed to be initial (blank).) You
can assign the same accounting principle to several depreciation areas, as long as the areas
represent the same valuation.
Figure 19: Accounting Principle to Ledger Group — Ledger Approach
22
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Defining How Depreciation Areas Post to the General Ledger
Note:
For parallel valuation, you can flexibly assign the depreciation areas of Asset
Accounting to the ledgers of the general ledger. The system posts parallel values
with the actual values in real time; separate documents are posted for each
valuation (that is, each accounting principle). The ledger approach and accounts
approach are discussed in the Unit, Periodic Processing and Valuation.
You define accounting principles in Customizing for Financial Accounting under Financial
Accounting Global Settings → Ledgers → Parallel Accounting → Define Accounting Principles.
You combine the accounting rules with the corresponding ledger in Customizing for Financial
Accounting under Financial Accounting Global Settings → Ledgers → Parallel
Accounting → Assign Accounting Principle to Ledger Groups.
Figure 20: Chart of depreciation New FI-AA GL Currencies
The parallel currencies in asset accounting must be aligned with those of the general ledger.
Company codes can only be assigned the same chart of depreciation, if they maintain the
same non-leading ledgers and the same parallel currencies.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
23
Unit 1: Organizational Structures
Depreciation Areas and Financial Statement Versions
Figure 21: Depreciation Areas and Financial Statement Versions
You can post the asset values and depreciation values from the individual depreciation areas
to separate financial statement accounts or profit and loss accounts.
You can define any number of financial statement versions according to the chart of
accounts. The definition is made in Customizing for the G/L.
You can specify the financial statement version, balance sheet item, or profit and loss
statement item in which the account values appear.
If asset reports display financial statement items, you can assign a financial statement
version for each depreciation area. You can specify the financial statement version for asset
reports in Customizing for Financial Accounting, under Asset Accounting → Integration with
G/L Accounting → Specify Financial Statement Version for Asset Reports.
You can select the correct sort variant to display the financial statement items in the asset
reports.
Animation: Depreciation Areas and Financial Statement Versions
For more information on Depreciation Areas and Financial Statement Versions,
please view the animation in the lesson Defining How Depreciation Areas Post to
the General Ledger, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
24
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 1
Exercise 2
Define Depreciation Areas and the Update of
the General Ledger
Simulation: Define Depreciation Areas and the Update of the General Ledger
For more information on Define Depreciation Areas and the Update of the
General Ledger, please view the simulation in the lesson Defining How
Depreciation Areas Post to the General Ledger online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
The FI-AA project team meets to agree on proposals for the settings and types of depreciation
areas required or used.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Task 1: Define How Depreciation Areas Post to the G/L
1. Depreciation areas do not always post their values (asset values or depreciation) to the
G/L in FI. Verify how the depreciation areas of your chart of depreciation TA## post to the
G/L.
●
Which FI-AA depreciation area posts the asset values in real-time to the G/L?
●
Which depreciation area only posts depreciation?
●
Which depreciation areas are currently reserved for reporting purposes and do not
transfer values to the G/L?
Caution:
Do not change predefined entries.
Task 2: Specify the Financial Statement Version for Asset Reports
1. The standard reporting functionality of FI-AA enables you to group your assets according
to financial statement items and display the financial statement items in the asset reports.
Note:
You can do so by simply selecting a sort variant with the financial statement
item field (structure ANLAV, field ERGSO) in the selection screen of the report.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
25
Unit 1: Organizational Structures
For the system to know with which financial statement version a depreciation area is to be
listed, you need to assign the corresponding financial statement version to your
depreciation areas. Assign the financial statement version 1010 to all depreciation areas
except the areas 20, 32, 33, 61 and 62, which are the standard areas for the consolidated
balance sheet, must receive the financial statement version 1720.
Task 3: Check a Depreciation Area for Foreign Currency
1. Which currencies are updated in G/L? Within which depreciation areas are these
currencies shown? View without consideration of investment support areas (Depreciation
Areas 51-62).
Note:
In SAP S/4HANA Group Currency is set in Controlling Area.
26
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 1
Solution 2
Define Depreciation Areas and the Update of
the General Ledger
Simulation: Define Depreciation Areas and the Update of the General Ledger
For more information on Define Depreciation Areas and the Update of the
General Ledger, please view the simulation in the lesson Defining How
Depreciation Areas Post to the General Ledger online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
The FI-AA project team meets to agree on proposals for the settings and types of depreciation
areas required or used.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Task 1: Define How Depreciation Areas Post to the G/L
1. Depreciation areas do not always post their values (asset values or depreciation) to the
G/L in FI. Verify how the depreciation areas of your chart of depreciation TA## post to the
G/L.
●
Which FI-AA depreciation area posts the asset values in real-time to the G/L?
●
Which depreciation area only posts depreciation?
●
Which depreciation areas are currently reserved for reporting purposes and do not
transfer values to the G/L?
Caution:
Do not change predefined entries.
a) Define how depreciation areas post to the G/L in Customizing for Financial Accounting
under Asset Accounting → Integration with General Ledger Accounting → Define How
Depreciation Areas Post to General Ledger.
b) If the Determine Work Area: Entry dialog box, is displayed enter TA## and choose
Enter.
You can see that depreciation areas 01, 32, 51 and 61 post values to the G/L in realtime, depreciation area 20 posts only depreciation, depreciation are 03 post APC
Immediately and Depreciation and all other areas do not update the G/L.
c) Chose back to return to the Customizing screen.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
27
Unit 1: Organizational Structures
Task 2: Specify the Financial Statement Version for Asset Reports
1. The standard reporting functionality of FI-AA enables you to group your assets according
to financial statement items and display the financial statement items in the asset reports.
Note:
You can do so by simply selecting a sort variant with the financial statement
item field (structure ANLAV, field ERGSO) in the selection screen of the report.
For the system to know with which financial statement version a depreciation area is to be
listed, you need to assign the corresponding financial statement version to your
depreciation areas. Assign the financial statement version 1010 to all depreciation areas
except the areas 20, 32, 33, 61 and 62, which are the standard areas for the consolidated
balance sheet, must receive the financial statement version 1720.
a) Specify the financial statement version for asset reports in Customizing for Financial
Accounting under Asset Accounting → Integration with General Ledger Accounting
→ Specify Financial Statement Version for Asset Reports.
b) Select the line item for TA## and double-click Assign financial statement version under
Company code selection in the dialog structure.
c) Enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
01-Local GAAP in local currency
1010
02-Special tax depreciation for APC in
fin.statement
1010
15-Local Tax in local currency
1010
20-Cost-accounting depreciation IFRS
1720
25-Insurance
1010
31-Local GAAP in group currency
1010
32-IFRS in local currency
1720
33-IFRS in group currency
1720
51-Local Invest. support posted to liabilities LcCry
1010
52-Local Invest. support posted to liabilities GrCry
1010
61-IFRS Invest. support posted to liabilities LcCry
1720
62-IFRS Invest. support posted to liabilities GrCry
1720
d) Save the data.
e) Choose Back to return to the Customizing screen.
28
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Defining How Depreciation Areas Post to the General Ledger
Task 3: Check a Depreciation Area for Foreign Currency
1. Which currencies are updated in G/L? Within which depreciation areas are these
currencies shown? View without consideration of investment support areas (Depreciation
Areas 51-62).
a) Go to Customizing for Financial Accounting under Financial Accounting Global Settings
→ Ledgers → Ledger → Define Settings for Ledgers and Currency Types.
b) Select Standard Ledger 0L and double-click Company Code Settings for the Ledger.
The company code TA## has the local currency type as 10 (Company Code
Currency), the global currency type as 30 (Group Currency), and a freely defined
currency type Z0 (Training Currency Type) in the standard ledger 0L.
c) Choose Back.
d) Select Standard Ledger 2L and double-click Company Code Settings for the Ledger.
The company code TA## has the local currency type as 10 (Company Code
Currency), the global currency type as 30 (Group Currency) in the standard ledger 2L.
e) Choose Back to return to the Customizing screen.
f) Go to Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset Accounting → General
Valuation → Depreciation Areas → Define Depreciation Areas . In the Select Activity
dialog box, double click Define Depreciation Areas.
Depreciation area 31 contains Local GAAP in the group currency.
Depreciation area 33 contains IFRS in the group currency.
g) Choose Back. Choose Cancel to close the Select Activity dialog box.
h) Go to Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset Accounting → General
Valuation → Currencies → Define Depreciation Areas for Foreign Currencies.
i) Select company code TA## and double-click Depreciation area currency in the dialog
structure.
Depreciation area 31 contains Local GAAP - EUR.
Depreciation area 33 contains IFRS - EUR.
j) Choose Back to return to the Customizing screen.
a) Go to Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset Accounting → General
Valuation → Currencies → Specify the Use of Parallel Currencies.
Depreciation area 31 contains Local GAAP - 30 (Group Currency) currency type.
Depreciation area 33 contains IFRS - 30 (Group Currency) currency type.
b) Choose Back to return to the Customizing screen.
Note:
In SAP S/4HANA Group Currency is set in Controlling Area.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
29
Unit 1: Organizational Structures
LESSON SUMMARY
You should now be able to:
30
●
Define which depreciation areas post which values to the G/L
●
Assign the financial statement version for asset reports
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 1
Lesson 4
Understanding the Importance of Asset
Classes in Fixed Assets
LESSON OVERVIEW
This lesson explains how to name asset classes and their important elements.
Business Example
You are asked to classify the fixed assets in your company and create an asset class catalog.
For this reason, you require the following knowledge:
●
An understanding of the importance of asset classes in fixed assets
●
An understanding of the elements of an asset class and their functions
LESSON OBJECTIVES
After completing this lesson, you will be able to:
●
Understand the importance of the asset classes in fixed assets
Elements of an Asset Class
Figure 24: Asset Class – Main Classification Criterion
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
31
Unit 1: Organizational Structures
Each asset is assigned to only one asset class.
The following are examples of asset classes:
●
Buildings
●
Vehicles
●
Fixtures and fittings
●
Machines
Hint:
Asset classes are created at the client level.
Each asset class consists of two main sections, the master data section and depreciation data
section.
An asset class can be linked to multiple charts of depreciation. This linking allows for a
globally uniform class catalog, despite there being different depreciation areas.
You can configure the asset class with default values for master data information and
depreciation terms for each depreciation area.
Animation: Asset Class – Main Classification Criterion
For more information on Asset Class – Main Classification Criterion, please view
the animation in the lesson Understanding the Importance of Asset Classes in
Fixed Assets, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
In addition to the default values, asset classes also carry control data, such as account
determination, number range interval, and screen layout.
You can suppress individual depreciation areas depending on the asset class. For each
depreciation area, you can propose the depreciation attributes for the assets and choose
whether they can be defaulted by the system. If you propose the depreciation attributes, they
can be overwritten manually, if necessary, during asset creation.
32
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Understanding the Importance of Asset Classes in Fixed Assets
Asset Class and Asset Master Record
Figure 26: Asset Class and Asset Master Record Image
The asset class is the main criterion for classifying assets. You can specify certain control
parameters and default values for calculating depreciation, and identifying other master data
in each asset class.
You need to assign assets that appear in different places, that is, different balance sheet
items (for example, buildings and machines) to different asset classes.
You can define asset classes for assets under construction and low-value assets. You can also
create intangible assets (such as patents or software) and leased assets.
Animation: Asset Class and Asset Master Record Image
For more information on Asset Class and Asset Master Record Image, please
view the animation in the lesson Understanding the Importance of Asset Classes
in Fixed Assets, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Hint:
The technical management of assets is performed using the (logistics)
component Plant Maintenance (PM). In SAP documentation, you can also see
the solution name, Enterprise Asset Management (EAM). The Treasury
application is used to manage financial assets. To find the application in the SAP
Easy Access screen, choose Accounting → Financial Supply Chain
Management → Treasury and Risk Management. SAP Contract and Lease
Management based on SAP RE-FX is used to evaluate rental and leasing
contracts according to different accounting standards, in particular according to
the leasing standards IFRS16. For more information, see SAP Note 2255555.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
33
Unit 1: Organizational Structures
LESSON SUMMARY
You should now be able to:
●
34
Understand the importance of the asset classes in fixed assets
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 1
Learning Assessment
1. The chart of depreciation is defined at client level.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
2. A country-specific sample chart of depreciation supplied by SAP cannot be adapted to
your own requirements.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
3. Each company code is an independent accounting unit.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
4. Have you completed this unit.
5. Which of the following original Management Accounting objects can you assign in the
asset master record?
Choose the correct answers.
X
A Activity type
X
B Cost element
X
C Order
X
D Cost center
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
35
Unit 1: Learning Assessment
6. It is possible to assign an asset to two cost centers.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
7. You can assign a financial statement version for each depreciation area so that you can
display financial statement items in asset reports.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
8. Have you completed this unit.
9. Which of the following control data is carried by asset classes?
Choose the correct answers.
X
A Number range interval
X
B Insurance type
X
C Account determination
X
D Screen layout
10. An asset class can be linked only to a single chart of depreciation.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
11. Asset classes are created at client level.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
36
X
True
X
False
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
UNIT 2
Master Data
Lesson 1
Explaining the Components of an Asset Class
Exercise 3: Use Number Assignment for FI-AA
Exercise 4: Use Account Determination
Exercise 5: Maintain the Screen Layout of Asset Master Data
Exercise 6: Maintain the Screen Layout of Asset Depreciation Areas
Exercise 7: Copy Asset Classes from Reference
Exercise 8: Display Asset Class 4000
Exercise 9: Manage Asset Classes for Low-Value Assets (LVA)
39
43
47
57
63
69
73
75
Lesson 2
Creating and Changing Master Data in Asset Accounting
Exercise 10: Create Asset Master Records
Exercise 11: Change Asset Master Records
79
85
97
Lesson 3
Carrying Out Mass Changes to Asset Master Data Using a Worklist
Exercise 12: Define User Fields and Mass Changes of Asset Master Records
102
107
UNIT OBJECTIVES
●
Assign an account determination key to an asset class
●
Assign number range intervals to an asset class
●
Explain the screen layout of asset master data
●
Explain the screen layout for asset depreciation areas
●
Copy asset classes from reference
●
Understand special asset class, such as Asset under Construction (AUC) and Low-Value
Assets (LVA)
●
Create master data in FI-AA
●
Change master data in FI-AA
●
Assign asset and equipment master records
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
37
Unit 2: Master Data
●
38
Carry out mass changes to asset master data using a worklist
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 2
Lesson 1
Explaining the Components of an Asset Class
LESSON OVERVIEW
This lesson explains the special asset classes, such as asset under construction (AuC) and
low-value asset (LVA) and various components of an asset class.
Business Example
Your external consultants have proposed a catalog for asset classes in the corporate group.
Your Asset Accounting (FI-AA) project team needs to discuss proposals and test the possible
effects on system functions.
Hint:
Asset classes are used as a template for the asset master records that are
created later. Therefore, it is necessary to decide which default values are to be
stored in the asset classes to ensure the uniformity of the assets.
For this reason, you require the following knowledge:
●
An understanding of asset classes
●
An understanding of various components of an asset class
LESSON OBJECTIVES
After completing this lesson, you will be able to:
●
Assign an account determination key to an asset class
●
Assign number range intervals to an asset class
●
Explain the screen layout of asset master data
●
Explain the screen layout for asset depreciation areas
●
Copy asset classes from reference
●
Understand special asset class, such as Asset under Construction (AUC) and Low-Value
Assets (LVA)
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
39
Unit 2: Master Data
Account Determination
Figure 28: Asset Class – Account Determination or Account Assignment
Animation: Asset Class – Account Determination or Account Assignment
For more information on Asset Class – Account Determination or Account
Assignment, please view the animation in the lesson Explaining the Components
of an Asset Class, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Asset classes establish a link between asset master records and their values and the general
ledger (G/L) accounts, to which the related asset values and depreciation are posted. You can
control this link through account determination.
An account determination key can be used in different ways, depending on the following
scenarios:
●
●
40
If you transfer asset values in one depreciation area to the G/L, the account determination
key stored in Customizing of the asset class can be identical to the account number of the
fixed asset balance sheet account. This can only be done if your asset class catalog is
relatively small. However, this is seldom the case.
If you have several similar asset classes, you can use the same account determination key
for all of them and transfer the values to a fixed asset balance sheet account in the
financial statement.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Explaining the Components of an Asset Class
●
If you use company codes with different operational charts of accounts, you only need one
account determination key to post asset values for one class to accounts in different
charts of accounts.
Assignment of the G/L Accounts
Figure 30: Assigning G/L Accounts Image
With account determination, you define G/L accounts for all asset transactions and
processes that you need to enter.
You maintain the account determination in Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset
Accounting → Integration with General Ledger Accounting → Assign G/L Accounts.
For depreciation areas that post depreciation to the G/L, you must assign additional G/L
accounts. For ordinary depreciation and unplanned depreciation, you must assign an
accumulated depreciation account, an expense account, and a revenue account for a writeup. You can also assign additional G/L accounts for revaluations of depreciation and interest
in the cost-accounting area if necessary.
Assignment of the Asset Master Number
Figure 31: Number Range Intervals
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
41
Unit 2: Master Data
The number range controls the number assignment of the asset master record.
You can define the following number assignments:
●
Internal:
The system automatically assigns the next available number, in numerical sequence,
within the defined number range interval.
●
External:
The number is assigned by the user or by another system.
You can assign specific number ranges to each company code in Customizing for Financial
Accounting under Asset Accounting → Organizational Structures → Asset Classes → Define
Number Range Interval.
Alternatively, you can specify a cross-company code number assignment in Customizing for
Financial Accounting under Asset Accounting → Organizational Structures → Specify Number
Assignment across Company Codes.
42
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 2
Exercise 3
Use Number Assignment for FI-AA
Simulation: Use Number Assignment for FI-AA
For more information on Use Number Assignment for FI-AA, please view the
simulation in the lesson Explaining the Components of an Asset Class online in
the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
The Asset Accounting (FI-AA) project team is meeting to discuss proposals relating to the
number of asset classes and their settings in relation to account determination and number
assignment.
Use number assignment for FI-AA
Create settings for number assignment. The quickest way to define a separate number range
interval is to copy the number range interval of company code 1010. You can also choose your
cross-company-code number assignment together with company code 1010, though as a
result you may share number ranges with other groups.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
1. Copy the number range intervals of the company code 1010 to your company code TA##.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
43
Unit 2
Solution 3
Use Number Assignment for FI-AA
Simulation: Use Number Assignment for FI-AA
For more information on Use Number Assignment for FI-AA, please view the
simulation in the lesson Explaining the Components of an Asset Class online in
the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
The Asset Accounting (FI-AA) project team is meeting to discuss proposals relating to the
number of asset classes and their settings in relation to account determination and number
assignment.
Use number assignment for FI-AA
Create settings for number assignment. The quickest way to define a separate number range
interval is to copy the number range interval of company code 1010. You can also choose your
cross-company-code number assignment together with company code 1010, though as a
result you may share number ranges with other groups.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
1. Copy the number range intervals of the company code 1010 to your company code TA##.
a) Define a number range interval in Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset
Accounting → Organizational Structures → Asset Classes → Define Number Range
Interval.
b) On the Edit Intervals: Asset Number screen, enter 1010 as the company code.
c) Choose Ranges → Copy Subobject.
d) In the Copy: Company Code dialog box, enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
From
1010
To
TA##
e) Choose Continue.
f) In the dialog box that appears, review the message that appears, choose Continue to
confirm and then look at the message displayed in the status area.
Message states that: No.CoCode 1010 was copied to TA##
44
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Explaining the Components of an Asset Class
g) Check the number ranges copied in company code TA## by entering the company
code TA## in the Edit Intervals: Asset Number, Object ANALGENNR screen and
choose Display Intervals .
h) Choose Back to return to the Customizing screen.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
45
Unit 2: Master Data
46
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 2
Exercise 4
Use Account Determination
Simulation: Use Account Determination
For more information on Use Account Determination, please view the simulation
in the lesson Explaining the Components of an Asset Class online in the SAP
Learning Hub.
Business Example
The Asset Accounting (FI-AA) project team is meeting to discuss proposals relating to the
number of asset classes and their settings in relation to account determination and number
assignment.
Check the control parameters and account determination for the asset classes 3000
(Fixtures Fittings) and 2000 (Machinery and Equipment).
Task 1: Access the Overview of All Asset Classes
Run the transaction that provides you with an overview of all the existing asset classes.
1. Access the overview of all asset classes in Customizing for Financial Accounting under
Asset Accounting → Organizational Structures → Asset Classes → Define Asset Classes.
2. Which transaction provides you with an overview of all existing asset classes?
Task 2: Check the Details for the Asset Class 3000
1. Check which control parameters are defined for the asset class 3000 (Fixtures Fittings).
2. Check which number range or number range interval is assigned to asset class 3000
(Fixtures Fittings).
3. Use the help function to find detailed information about how account determination
works.
Task 3: Check the Account Determination Key
1. Check which account determination key is assigned for the asset class 2000 (Machinery
and Equipment).
2. Check which balance sheet asset account for APC (Acquisition and Production Cost) is
posted to by the system with the account determination key 160020 (Machinery and
Equipment) for an asset acquisition in depreciation areas 01 and 32 the chart of accounts
YCOA.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
47
Unit 2: Master Data
3. Check which account number (in the chart of accounts YCOA) is assigned for the ordinary
depreciation expense account for cost-accounting depreciation (depreciation area 20) in
asset class 2000 (Machinery and Equipment).
48
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 2
Solution 4
Use Account Determination
Simulation: Use Account Determination
For more information on Use Account Determination, please view the simulation
in the lesson Explaining the Components of an Asset Class online in the SAP
Learning Hub.
Business Example
The Asset Accounting (FI-AA) project team is meeting to discuss proposals relating to the
number of asset classes and their settings in relation to account determination and number
assignment.
Check the control parameters and account determination for the asset classes 3000
(Fixtures Fittings) and 2000 (Machinery and Equipment).
Task 1: Access the Overview of All Asset Classes
Run the transaction that provides you with an overview of all the existing asset classes.
1. Access the overview of all asset classes in Customizing for Financial Accounting under
Asset Accounting → Organizational Structures → Asset Classes → Define Asset Classes.
2. Which transaction provides you with an overview of all existing asset classes?
The transaction code is OAOA.
Task 2: Check the Details for the Asset Class 3000
1. Check which control parameters are defined for the asset class 3000 (Fixtures Fittings).
a) Check the defined control parameters for an asset class in Customizing for Financial
Accounting under Asset Accounting → Organizational Structures → Asset Classes
→ Define Asset Classes.
b) On the Change View “Asset classes”: Details screen, double-click the row containing
the asset class 3000 (Fixtures Fittings). Alternatively, place the cursor on the row
containing the asset class 3000 and choose Goto → Details.
Note the following parameters: account determination, screen layout rule, and number
range.
2. Check which number range or number range interval is assigned to asset class 3000
(Fixtures Fittings).
a) Check the defined control parameters for an asset class in Customizing for Financial
Accounting under Asset Accounting → Organizational Structures → Asset Classes
→ Define Asset Classes.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
49
Unit 2: Master Data
b) On the Change View “Asset classes”: Details screen, double-click the row containing
asset class 3000 (Fixtures Fittings). Alternatively, place the cursor on the row
containing asset class 3000 (Fixtures Fittings), and choose Goto → Details.
c) Check that the number range interval is 03.
d) Do not exit the Change View “Asset classes”: Details screen.
3. Use the help function to find detailed information about how account determination
works.
a) Place the cursor on the Account determ. field and choose F1.
Detailed information is displayed.
Task 3: Check the Account Determination Key
1. Check which account determination key is assigned for the asset class 2000 (Machinery
and Equipment).
a) Check the defined control parameters for an asset class in Customizing for Financial
Accounting under Asset Accounting → Organizational Structures → Asset Classes
→ Define Asset Classes.
b) Double-click the row containing the asset class 2000 (Machinery and Equipment).
c) Check that the account determination key for the asset class 2000 (Machinery and
Equipment) is 160020 (Machinery and Equipment).
2. Check which balance sheet asset account for APC (Acquisition and Production Cost) is
posted to by the system with the account determination key 160020 (Machinery and
Equipment) for an asset acquisition in depreciation areas 01 and 32 the chart of accounts
YCOA.
a) Check the defined control parameters for an asset class in Customizing for Financial
Accounting under Asset Accounting → Integration with the General Ledger Accounting
→ Assign G/L Accounts.
b) In the Change View “Chart of Accounts”: Overview screen, select the row for YCOA.
c) In the dialog structure, double-click Account Determination.
d) Select the row for 160020 (Machinery and Equipment).
e) In the dialog structure, double-click Balance Sheet Accounts.
f) In the dialog structure, double-click 1 Local GAAP in local currency.
The balance sheet asset account number for APC is 16002000 (Machinery &
Equipmnt).
g) Choose Back and double-click 32 IFRS in local currency.
The balance sheet asset account number is 16002000 (Machinery & Equipmnt).
h) Choose Back to return to the Customizing screen.
3. Check which account number (in the chart of accounts YCOA) is assigned for the ordinary
depreciation expense account for cost-accounting depreciation (depreciation area 20) in
asset class 2000 (Machinery and Equipment).
50
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Explaining the Components of an Asset Class
a) Check the defined control parameters for an asset class in Customizing for Financial
Accounting under Asset Accounting → Integration with the General Ledger → Assign
G/L Accounts.
b) Select the row for YCOA.
c) In the dialog structure, double-click Account Determination.
d) Select the row for 160020.
e) In the dialog structure, double-click Depreciation.
f) Double-click the row for the depreciation area 20.
The ordinary depreciation expense account number is 64050000 (Estimated
depreciation).
g) Choose Back to return to the Customizing screen.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
51
Unit 2: Master Data
Screen Layout of Asset Master Data
Figure 34: Screen Layout of Asset Master Data
Animation: Screen Layout of Asset Master Data
For more information on Screen Layout of Asset Master Data, please view the
animation in the lesson Explaining the Components of an Asset Class, online in
the SAP Learning Hub.
The screen layout controls the following parameters:
●
Field selection:
The screen layout determines which input fields in the asset master records can be
processed. It specifies if a field within the asset master record is a required entry, an
optional entry, display only, or suppressed (hidden).
Field selection allows you to reduce the number of master data fields to those that are
specifically needed for the asset class, and to ensure that certain important control
information is entered.
●
Maintenance level:
The screen layout specifies the maintenance level of master data fields and defines the
level of maintenance for each data field.
The available maintenance levels are as follows:
-
52
Asset class
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Explaining the Components of an Asset Class
●
-
Main asset number
-
Subnumber
Reference:
The screen layout determines whether master data fields can be used as a reference. The
reference provides information about field contents, which can be copied into the new
master record when an asset is created from a template.
Activation of Account Assignment Objects
Figure 36: Activation of Account Assignment Objects
For account assignment objects to appear in the asset master record, you must activate them
in Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset Accounting → Integration with the
General Ledger → Additional Account Assignment Objects → Activate Account Assignment
Objects.
Animation: Activation of Account Assignment Objects
For more information on Activation of Account Assignment Objects, please view
the animation in the lesson Explaining the Components of an Asset Class, online
in the SAP Learning Hub.
After you activate account assignment objects, you can use the Customizing screen layout to
specify how the account assignment objects appear in the master record; for example, as a
mandatory field.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
53
Unit 2: Master Data
Note:
You can post the cost-accounting depreciation to account assignment objects.
These objects can be as follows:
●
Cost center
●
Controlling (CO) internal orders
●
Work breakdown structure (WBS) element
●
Real estate object (for example, buildings or land)
●
Objects from the Public Sector Management (PSM) component, such as funds
centers, funds, or grants
You can also post acquisition and production costs (APC) values to account
assignment objects, such as investment order or WBS elements of an investment
project. The APC value posting is necessary for you to view the direct
capitalization process of Investment Management (IM). You may also need the
APC value posting for statistical budget monitoring of asset purchases.
Profit Center and Segment as an Additional Account Assignment Element in Asset
Accounting
Figure 38: Segment Reporting for Assets
With segment reporting for assets, you have the option of deriving the relevant profit center
and segment from the cost center or internal order in the asset master record and of saving
this data in the asset master record. This gives you the option of switching the additional
account assignment objects from the cost center to the profit center and segment. This
option is particularly useful for new implementations. In addition, the function for segment
54
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Explaining the Components of an Asset Class
reporting for assets also executes the automatic transfer posting of the asset values in the
event of a cost center change.
Activate segment reporting in Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset Accounting
Integration with General Ledger Accounting → Segment Reporting → Activate Segment
Reporting.
Animation: Segment Reporting for Assets
For more information on Segment Reporting for Assets, please view the
animation in the lesson Explaining the Components of an Asset Class, online in
the SAP Learning Hub.
Display or maintain account assignment objects for FI-AA in Customizing for Financial
Accounting under Asset Accounting Integration with General Ledger Accounting → Additional
Account Assignment Objects → Activate Account Assignment Objects.
After the account assignment objects for the profit center and segment have been activated,
these items become available in the screen layout for asset master data. This option can be
found in Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset Accounting Master Data →
Screen Layout → Define Screen Layout for Asset Master Data → Logical field group Timedependent data.
Note:
With SAP S/4HANA 1610, the new business function
FIN_AA_SEGMENT_REPORTING is delivered. This contains only the segment
reporting for assets with which you are now familiar from the business function
FIN_GL_REORG_1 already known in SAP ERP 6.0. Activate this business function.
You can then activate segment reporting in Customizing.
In addition, you must set the Record Account Assignment indicator on the Control
Data tab in the G/L account master data of the reconciliation account.
With SAP S/4HANA 1709, the new business function
FIN_AA_SEGMENT_REPORTING is always activated.
For more information see SAP note 2318878.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
55
Unit 2: Master Data
Figure 40: Program to Derive Profit Center and Segment Subsequently
You can notice the following characteristics with activated assets:
●
●
After Segment Reporting has been activated, the Profit Center and Segment fields have
the initial value in all asset master records.
Depending on Customizing, the system prevents posting to these assets until the data is
updated. In any case, the profit center or segment is not derived.
Note:
If the program is not able to derive a unique profit center or segment, manually
change the master data in the CO objects or the CO object in the asset master
record.
You can find the FAGL_ASSET_MASTERDATA_UPD program in Customizing for Financial
Accounting under Asset Accounting → Integration with General Ledger Accounting →
Segment Reporting → Fill Master Data for Segment Reporting.
56
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 2
Exercise 5
Maintain the Screen Layout of Asset Master
Data
Simulation: Maintain the Screen Layout of Asset Master Data
For more information on Maintain the Screen Layout of Asset Master Data,
please view the simulation in the lesson Explaining the Components of an Asset
Class online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
Your consultant has proposed an organizational structure for your corporate group. The
Asset Accounting (FI-AA) project team is meeting to discuss the proposal regarding the
settings and their effect on screen layout.
Maintain the screen layout of asset master data.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
1. Using asset class 2000 (Machinery Equipment), check the F1 help to get information
about the functions of the screen layout rule. Check which screen layout rule is assigned
to asset class 2000 (Machinery Equipment).
2. Note that the fields of the asset master record Description 1 in the General data logical
field group, and Cost Center in the Time-Dependent Data logical field group, must always
be filled when you create a new asset master record. Check whether these fields are
defined as required in screen layout rule Y200 (General machines).
3. Check whether the Description 1 field will be copied from the reference while creating
assets with reference, when using screen layout rule Y200 (General machines).
Hint:
Even if it is not copied, do not change the Customizing entry.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
57
Unit 2
Solution 5
Maintain the Screen Layout of Asset Master
Data
Simulation: Maintain the Screen Layout of Asset Master Data
For more information on Maintain the Screen Layout of Asset Master Data,
please view the simulation in the lesson Explaining the Components of an Asset
Class online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
Your consultant has proposed an organizational structure for your corporate group. The
Asset Accounting (FI-AA) project team is meeting to discuss the proposal regarding the
settings and their effect on screen layout.
Maintain the screen layout of asset master data.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
1. Using asset class 2000 (Machinery Equipment), check the F1 help to get information
about the functions of the screen layout rule. Check which screen layout rule is assigned
to asset class 2000 (Machinery Equipment).
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Configuration tile group, choose Display
Asset Classes per Chart of Depreciation.
b) In the Asset class: field, enter 2000.
c) In the Chart of depreciation: field, enter TA##.
d) Choose Execute.
e) Double-click the row for the asset class 2000 (Machinery Equipment).
f) Select 2000 and choose Details.
You can see that the screen layout rule assigned is Y200 (General machines).
g) Select Y200 and choose F1 to use the help function and review the information.
h) Close the Performance Assistant dialog box.
i) Choose the SAP Logo to return to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
2. Note that the fields of the asset master record Description 1 in the General data logical
field group, and Cost Center in the Time-Dependent Data logical field group, must always
be filled when you create a new asset master record. Check whether these fields are
defined as required in screen layout rule Y200 (General machines).
58
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Explaining the Components of an Asset Class
a) Define the screen layout for asset master data in Customizing for Financial Accounting
under Asset Accounting → Master Data → Screen Layout → Define Screen Layout for
Asset Master Data.
b) In the Select Activity dialog box, double-click Define Screen Layout for Asset Master
Data.
Note:
Due to a system issue the correct text is missing. Choose the first entry in
the Select Activity dialog box.
c) Select the row for screen layout rule Y200 (General machines).
d) In the dialog structure, double-click Logical field groups and select the logical field
group 1 — General data.
e) In the dialog structure, double-click Field group rules.
Description 1 is set to Required.
f) Repeat steps 2d-e for the Cost Center field in the 3-Time-Dependent logical field group.
3. Check whether the Description 1 field will be copied from the reference while creating
assets with reference, when using screen layout rule Y200 (General machines).
Hint:
Even if it is not copied, do not change the Customizing entry.
a) Define the screen layout for asset master data in Customizing for Financial Accounting
under Asset Accounting → Master Data → Screen Layout → Define Screen Layout for
Asset Master Data.
b) In the Choose Activity dialog box, choose Define Screen Layout for Asset Master Data.
Note:
Due to a system issue the correct text is missing. Choose the first entry in
the Select Activity dialog box.
c) Select screen layout rule Y200 (General machines).
d) In the dialog structure, double-click Logical field groups and select the General Data
logical field group.
e) In the dialog structure, double-click Field group rules.
Because the Copy field is not selected, the Description 1 field is not copied when you
create an asset using another asset as a reference
f) Choose Back to return to the Customizing screen.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
59
Unit 2: Master Data
Enhance Asset Master Record
Figure 42: Enhance Asset Master Record
You can create customer fields for the asset master record and define their field control.
You can enhance the existing default fields in the asset master record with customer-defined
fields by using the Custom Fields and Logic app. Once you have created such a customer field,
it is available in the following Fiori apps:
●
Create Asset
●
Change Asset
●
Display Asset Master Worklist
●
Manage Fixed Assets
●
Asset History Sheet
●
Asset Balances
●
Depreciation Lists
●
Asset Transactions
Note:
You can enhance the asset master record exclusively with time-independent
fields. For the customer-defined fields that you created using the Custom Fields
and Logic app, there is no automatic input check. Field help is not intended.
60
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Explaining the Components of an Asset Class
Tab Layout for Asset Master Record
Tab pages are used to display asset master records. By default, the data is distributed over
several tab pages.
You can specify a layout for the master data of each asset class.
The layout defines the following parameters:
●
The number of tab pages.
●
The names of the tab pages.
●
The logical field groups on the tab pages, for example, the General Data and Posting
Information logical field groups in the above figure.
Hint:
Using a tab layout, you can define the layout of the asset master record that best
suits your needs.
Screen Layout for Asset Depreciation Areas
Figure 43: Screen Layout for Asset Depreciation Areas
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
61
Unit 2: Master Data
Animation: Screen Layout for Asset Depreciation Areas
For more information on Screen Layout for Asset Depreciation Areas, please
view the animation in the lesson Explaining the Components of an Asset Class,
online in the SAP Learning Hub.
In an asset class, enter a screen layout for each depreciation area. The screen layout rules
apply to the fields in the depreciation data section.
SAP supplies 1000 and 2000 as standard screen layout rules. These screen layout rules also
include a maintenance level. The maintenance level guarantees that depreciation is controlled
uniformly.
Table 1: Options of the Maintenance Level
Option
Description
Asset class
The asset class option ensures uniform control of valuation at the asset class level.
Main asset number
The main asset number option ensures uniform control
of valuation at the asset master record level. The entries
made in the asset class are adopted in the asset master
record, and can be changed there. All asset subnumbers that belong to this asset master record adopt
these values from the main number.
Asset subnumber
The asset subnumber option provides flexible control
over valuation. Asset subnumbers can be assigned their
own individual depreciation terms.
Hint:
You can maintain more information and possible entries for the individual
depreciation areas when you double-click the detail screen of a depreciation
area. This course works on the asset number level (for example, with the
transaction AS02) and on the asset class level (for example, with the transaction
OAYZ).
62
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 2
Exercise 6
Maintain the Screen Layout of Asset
Depreciation Areas
Simulation: Maintain the Screen Layout of Asset Depreciation Areas
For more information on Maintain the Screen Layout of Asset Depreciation
Areas, please view the simulation in the lesson Explaining the Components of an
Asset Class online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
Your consultant has proposed an organizational structure for your corporate group. The FIAA project team is meeting to discuss the proposal related to the settings and their effect on
asset depreciation areas.
Maintain the screen layout rule stored in the asset depreciation data section.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
1. Run the transaction code to navigate to the depreciation area data section.
Note:
If you start this transaction for the first time after you have logged on, you still
need to enter your chart of depreciation TA## in the Choose chart of
depreciation dialog box and confirm your entries.
2. Check the default values for the depreciation keys for the asset class 2000 (Machinery
and Equipment).
3. Check which screen layout rule is stored in the depreciation data section of the asset class
2000 (Machinery and Equipment).
4. Check whether the Depreciation key field for the screen layout rule 2000 (Machinery and
Equipment) is specified as a required field.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
63
Unit 2
Solution 6
Maintain the Screen Layout of Asset
Depreciation Areas
Simulation: Maintain the Screen Layout of Asset Depreciation Areas
For more information on Maintain the Screen Layout of Asset Depreciation
Areas, please view the simulation in the lesson Explaining the Components of an
Asset Class online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
Your consultant has proposed an organizational structure for your corporate group. The FIAA project team is meeting to discuss the proposal related to the settings and their effect on
asset depreciation areas.
Maintain the screen layout rule stored in the asset depreciation data section.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
1. Run the transaction code to navigate to the depreciation area data section.
a) Determine depreciation areas in the asset class in Customizing for Financial
Accounting under Asset Accounting → General Valuation → Determine the
Depreciation Areas in the Asset Class (transaction OAYZ).
Note:
If you start this transaction for the first time after you have logged on, you still
need to enter your chart of depreciation TA## in the Choose chart of
depreciation dialog box and confirm your entries.
2. Check the default values for the depreciation keys for the asset class 2000 (Machinery
and Equipment).
a) Select the asset class 2000 (Machinery and Equipment).
b) In the dialog structure, double-click Depreciation Areas.
The system displays the depreciation key LINK, except for area 20. The depreciation
key LINA is stored in area 20.
3. Check which screen layout rule is stored in the depreciation data section of the asset class
2000 (Machinery and Equipment).
a) Screen layout rule 2000 is stored for all areas.
b) Choose Back to return to the Customizing screen.
64
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Explaining the Components of an Asset Class
4. Check whether the Depreciation key field for the screen layout rule 2000 (Machinery and
Equipment) is specified as a required field.
a) Define the screen layout for asset depreciation areas in Customizing for Financial
Accounting under Asset Accounting → Master Data → Screen Layout → Define
Screen Layout for Asset Depreciation Areas (transaction AO21).
b) Select the screen layout rule 2000 (Depr. on asset sub-no. level).
c) In the dialog structure, double-click Field group rules.
The Depreciation keys field is specified as a required entry field.
d) Choose Back to return to the Customizing screen.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
65
Unit 2: Master Data
Copying Asset Classes from Reference
Figure 46: Additional Functions for Asset Classes
Animation: Additional Functions for Asset Classes
For more information on Additional Functions for Asset Classes, please view the
animation in the lesson Explaining the Components of an Asset Class, online in
the SAP Learning Hub.
Additional functions for asset classes are as follows:
●
Copying asset classes from reference:
You can create new asset classes by simply copying an existing asset class. Copying is
triggered from the master data section of the classes (Customizing transaction OAOA). On
doing so, the default values of the depreciation area section are also automatically copied.
You can change them after copying.
●
Defining allowed entries for user fields and other information fields:
In the asset master record, the following fields are available as standard for both general
and user-specific fixed asset structures:
Table 2: Fields in the Asset Master Record
66
Field Name or Data Type
Description
Evaluation groups (evaluation group 1 to 5)
Evaluation groups are asset master record
fields that are used to map customer-specific information.
Environmental protection indicator
Environmental protection indicator is used
to save the reason for an environmental
protection investment, for example, new
climate-protection regulations.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Explaining the Components of an Asset Class
Field Name or Data Type
Description
Reason for investment
Reason for investment is used for entering
an explanation for a capital investment, for
example, replacement acquisition.
Asset super number
Asset super number can be assigned to an
asset. It is useful if several assets are to be
assigned to an asset super number, for example, a business unit or a production line.
You can use all of the above-mentioned fields as selection criteria when reporting in FI-AA.
●
Storing default values in asset classes:
After you have defined the possible entries, you can store these values as default values in
Customizing.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
67
Unit 2: Master Data
68
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 2
Exercise 7
Copy Asset Classes from Reference
Simulation: Copy Asset Classes from Reference
For more information on Copy Asset Classes from Reference, please view the
simulation in the lesson Explaining the Components of an Asset Class online in
the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
As part of your job, you need to map your assets in the system. To do so, you need a separate
asset class for special-purpose machines. Therefore, you want to create a new asset class by
copying an existing class.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Create a new asset class by copying asset classes from reference.
1. Create a new asset class MA## by copying asset class 2000 (Machinery Equipment). The
asset class description of the new asset class is given as Special Machines Group ##
and the asset class short text as Special Machines ##.
Hint:
When you generate your new asset class by copying an existing asset class
and changing this copy, you obtain a complete asset class containing the
master data section and the depreciation data section.
If you create a new asset class without a reference, you only obtain the
master data section and have to configure the depreciation data section
completely in a subsequent step.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
69
Unit 2
Solution 7
Copy Asset Classes from Reference
Simulation: Copy Asset Classes from Reference
For more information on Copy Asset Classes from Reference, please view the
simulation in the lesson Explaining the Components of an Asset Class online in
the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
As part of your job, you need to map your assets in the system. To do so, you need a separate
asset class for special-purpose machines. Therefore, you want to create a new asset class by
copying an existing class.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Create a new asset class by copying asset classes from reference.
1. Create a new asset class MA## by copying asset class 2000 (Machinery Equipment). The
asset class description of the new asset class is given as Special Machines Group ##
and the asset class short text as Special Machines ##.
Hint:
When you generate your new asset class by copying an existing asset class
and changing this copy, you obtain a complete asset class containing the
master data section and the depreciation data section.
If you create a new asset class without a reference, you only obtain the
master data section and have to configure the depreciation data section
completely in a subsequent step.
a) Define a new asset class in Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset
Accounting → Organizational Structures → Asset Classes → Define Asset Classes
(transaction OAOA).
b) Select asset class 2000 (Machinery Equipment).
c) Choose Edit → Copy As.
d) Overwrite 2000 (Machinery Equipment) in the Asset class field with the new entry
MA## and enter the description and the short text as described in the exercise text.
e) Press Enter.
f) Save your data and choose Back to return to the Customizing screen.
70
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Explaining the Components of an Asset Class
Specifics of the Low-Value Asset and Asset Under Construction Asset Classes
Figure 49: Special Asset Class – AuC
Animation: Special Asset Class – AUC
For more information on Special Asset Class – AUC, please view the animation in
the lesson Explaining the Components of an Asset Class, online in the SAP
Learning Hub.
AuC specifics are as follows:
●
●
AuC require a separate asset class and corresponding G/L account because they have to
be shown separately in the financial statement.
The standard depreciation key 0000 ensures that depreciation is not calculated for AuC in
depreciation areas, at least for the depreciation areas in the financial statement.
●
Special tax depreciation and investment support are also possible for AuC.
●
Down payments on AuC can be entered in accounts payable accounting processes.
●
Even after an AuC has been fully capitalized, it is still possible to post credit memos. For
this, negative APC values must be permitted in the detail screen of the depreciation data
section.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
71
Unit 2: Master Data
Note:
Status of AuC investment measure in Investment Management (IM) helps in
managing more extensive asset investments. It integrates internal orders and
projects with AuC.
Special Asset Class – Low-Value Asset (LVA)
Figure 51: Settings for Special Asset Class
You can choose whether to manage LVA using individual management or collective
management. For each type of management, you must set up a separate asset class.
If you select collective management for LVA, you need to specify a base unit of measure for
this asset class. You can do this in the transaction OAOA.
You can store the corresponding maximum amounts for each company code in Customizing
for Financial Accounting under Asset Accounting → General Valuation → Amount
Specifications (Company Code / Depreciation Area) → Specify Max. Amount for Low-Value
Assets + Asset Classes.
72
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 2
Exercise 8
Display Asset Class 4000
Simulation: Display Asset Class 4000
For more information on Display Asset Class 4000, please view the simulation in
the lesson Explaining the Components of an Asset Class online in the SAP
Learning Hub.
Business Example
As an employee of the FI-AA department, you are concerned as to whether assets under
construction (AuCs) can be adequately maintained in the SAP system. For this purpose, you
want to know if there are different processes for settlement. Therefore, compare the settings
for the asset class 4000 (AuC) with the features of other standard asset classes, and explain
the differences that you find.
1. Investigate the settings for asset class 4000 (AuC).
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
73
Unit 2
Solution 8
Display Asset Class 4000
Simulation: Display Asset Class 4000
For more information on Display Asset Class 4000, please view the simulation in
the lesson Explaining the Components of an Asset Class online in the SAP
Learning Hub.
Business Example
As an employee of the FI-AA department, you are concerned as to whether assets under
construction (AuCs) can be adequately maintained in the SAP system. For this purpose, you
want to know if there are different processes for settlement. Therefore, compare the settings
for the asset class 4000 (AuC) with the features of other standard asset classes, and explain
the differences that you find.
1. Investigate the settings for asset class 4000 (AuC).
a) Display the asset class in Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset
Accounting → Organizational Structures → Asset Classes → Define Asset Classes
(transaction OAOA).
b) Double-click asset class 4000.
Asset class 4000 specifies that in the Status of AuC field group, an AuC is not
processed as a summary settlement, but is settled on a line item basis.
c) Choose Exit to return to the Customizing screen.
74
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 2
Exercise 9
Manage Asset Classes for Low-Value Assets
(LVA)
Simulation: Manage Asset Classes for Low-Value Assets (LVA)
For more information on Manage Asset Classes for Low-Value Assets (LVA),
please view the simulation in the lesson Explaining the Components of an Asset
Class online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
As an employee of the Asset Accounting (FI-AA) department, you need to enter and
administer low-value assets (LVA). You also need to manage asset classes for LVA. It has
been determined that the maximum amount for low-value assets is €800 and the amount will
be checked against depreciation area 15.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Define the maximum value for LVA for company code TA##.
Note:
Remember that the LVA amount is company code specific. You can set the
maximum LVA amount for normal acquisition postings and for acquisitions using
purchase orders.
1. Define the maximum LVA amount of €800 for your company code TA## in depreciation
area 15. The amount for LVA is established different from one company code to other.
2. Check if the asset class 5000 is checked against the depreciation area and maximum
amount you defined. You do not need to set anything as this configuration has been
adopted from your chart of depreciation template.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
75
Unit 2
Solution 9
Manage Asset Classes for Low-Value Assets
(LVA)
Simulation: Manage Asset Classes for Low-Value Assets (LVA)
For more information on Manage Asset Classes for Low-Value Assets (LVA),
please view the simulation in the lesson Explaining the Components of an Asset
Class online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
As an employee of the Asset Accounting (FI-AA) department, you need to enter and
administer low-value assets (LVA). You also need to manage asset classes for LVA. It has
been determined that the maximum amount for low-value assets is €800 and the amount will
be checked against depreciation area 15.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Define the maximum value for LVA for company code TA##.
Note:
Remember that the LVA amount is company code specific. You can set the
maximum LVA amount for normal acquisition postings and for acquisitions using
purchase orders.
1. Define the maximum LVA amount of €800 for your company code TA## in depreciation
area 15. The amount for LVA is established different from one company code to other.
a) Check the maximum amount for LVA and asset classes in Customizing for Financial
Accounting under Asset Accounting → General Valuation → Amount Specifications
(Company Code/Depreciation Area) → Specify Max. Amount for Low-Value Assets +
Asset Classes (transaction OAYK).
b) In the Select Activity dialog box, choose Specify amount for low value assets.
c) Select the company code TA##.
d) In the dialog structure, double-click Amount for low-value assets.
e) Delete all entries in the LVA Amount and MaxLVA Pur columns.
f) In depreciation area 15-Local Tax in local currency in the LVA Amount column, enter
the amount specified in the instructions.
g) Choose Save.
76
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Explaining the Components of an Asset Class
h) Choose Back twice to return to the Select Activity dialog box. Remain on this screen for
the next step.
2. Check if the asset class 5000 is checked against the depreciation area and maximum
amount you defined. You do not need to set anything as this configuration has been
adopted from your chart of depreciation template.
a) In the Select Activity dialog box, double-click Specify LVA asset classes.
b) If prompted, in the Chart of Depreciation Selection dialog box, in the ChDep field, enter
TA##.
c) Select asset class 5000.
d) In the dialog structure, double-click Low-val. asset check.
Depreciation area 15-LocTaxLocCry checks against a value-based maximum amount.
e) Choose Exit then choose Cancel to return to the Customizing screen.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
77
Unit 2: Master Data
LESSON SUMMARY
You should now be able to:
●
Assign an account determination key to an asset class
●
Assign number range intervals to an asset class
●
Explain the screen layout of asset master data
●
Explain the screen layout for asset depreciation areas
●
Copy asset classes from reference
●
78
Understand special asset class, such as Asset under Construction (AUC) and Low-Value
Assets (LVA)
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 2
Lesson 2
Creating and Changing Master Data in Asset
Accounting
LESSON OVERVIEW
This lesson explains how to create and change master data in Asset Accounting (FI-AA). It
also discusses options to create asset master records.
Business Example
As an employee in the FI-AA department, you need to learn how various business transactions
take place in SAP FI-AA. For this reason, you require the following knowledge:
●
An understanding of asset master records
LESSON OBJECTIVES
After completing this lesson, you will be able to:
●
Create master data in FI-AA
●
Change master data in FI-AA
●
Assign asset and equipment master records
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
79
Unit 2: Master Data
Creation of Master Data in Asset Accounting (FI-AA)
Figure 54: Creation of Master Record
Animation: Creation of Master Record
For more information on Creation of Master Record, please view the animation in
the lesson Creating and Changing Master Data in Asset Accounting, online in the
SAP Learning Hub.
You have the following options to create an asset master record:
1. Using an asset class:
Enter the company code and asset class for the new asset master record. The asset class
provides important default values for the asset master record.
2. Using a reference:
Use an existing asset master record as a reference. The reference asset may offer better
default values than an asset class alone. Make sure you do not copy unwanted data, such
as the capitalization date, from the reference asset.
In both cases, populate all the required fields and enter any other desired information in the
master record. Next, save your new asset master record. When you save your entries, the
system assigns an asset number.
80
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Creating and Changing Master Data in Asset Accounting
Creation of Multiple Similar Asset Records
Figure 56: Creation of Multiple Similar Asset Records
When creating asset master records, you can create multiple similar assets. This function is
useful, for example, if you purchase 20 PCs for your training department or 12 desks for a new
suite of offices.
During mass creation, you can maintain separate values for each asset in the following fields:
●
Description of the asset
●
Inventory number
●
Business area
●
Cost center
●
Evaluation groups (1 to 5)
Animation: Creation of Multiple Similar Asset Records
For more information on Creation of Multiple Similar Asset Records, please view
the animation in the lesson Creating and Changing Master Data in Asset
Accounting, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
You can define additional fields to be filled with different values when creating multiple fixed
assets on the entry screen for each fixed asset. If you want to use this improvement, activate
it in Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset Accounting → Master Data → Screen
Layout → Define Screen Layout for Asset Master Data → Configurable Entry Screen for
Creating Multiple Assets, with the short name Multiple.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
81
Unit 2: Master Data
If the switch is set, you can define in the screen layout rule for the asset master record for
each field group whether the fields can be changed or not when creating multiple assets on
the entry screen. If you want the fields of a field group to be changeable on the entry screen,
select the Ready for Input When Creating Multiple Assets switch.
Note:
You can select most fields of the table ANLA and ANLZ.
Asset Subnumber
Figure 58: Asset Subnumber
If a fixed asset is made up of many component assets, you can manage these component
assets as separate subnumbers. Doing so may be useful for technical and accounting
reasons.
You may divide assets by subnumbers for the following reasons:
●
You want to separately manage the values for subsequent acquisitions (buildings, for
example) in the following years.
●
You want to separately manage the values for individual parts of assets.
●
You want to split the asset according to various technical aspects.
In the asset class, you can specify external or internal number assignment for the asset
subnumber. For example, you could use an external number assignment during legacy data
transfer. After the legacy data transfer is complete, switch over to the internal number
assignment.
Using the screen layout in the asset class, you can specify the maintenance level at the
subnumber level. Doing so allows you to change the default value for depreciation terms on
the subnumber.
82
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Creating and Changing Master Data in Asset Accounting
Personal Value List
Figure 59: Personal Value List
If you do not want to use the personal value list, you can turn it off. To do so, use the SAP Fiori
launchpad Change Asset tile (AS02) and then choose More → Settings → Interface.
After turning off the personal value list, you can display general and former search help using
F4 for the asset field.
Hint:
If entries already exist in the personal value list, you have to delete them before
the system initially displays the general search help. To delete entries, choose
Delete from Personal List in the personal value list.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
83
Unit 2: Master Data
84
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 2
Exercise 10
Create Asset Master Records
Simulation: Create Asset Master Records
For more information on Create Asset Master Records, please view the
simulation in the lesson Creating and Changing Master Data in Asset Accounting
online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
Your company has ordered several assets. These assets are to be mapped in the system
using master records.
Create or change all variations of master records in FI-AA.
Make note of your asset numbers.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Task 1: Create Asset Master Records
1. Change the parameters of your user and set TA## as the default Company Code.
2. Create asset master records for your company code. Your company has ordered two
forklifts.
Create a master record using the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Asset class
3100 (Vehicles)
Company code
TA##
Description
Forklift 1 Group ##
Cost center
TA##1300 for Manufacturing 1
Make a note of the asset master record number.
You also need the master records for all subsequent parts of the exercise (asset master
records may contain descriptions, such as Drill ##).
Note:
If no details are provided in the exercise related to what information to enter in
an input field (for example, for the cost center or the posting amounts to be
used), you can freely select the entry. Always use your company code TA##.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
85
Unit 2: Master Data
3. Create the second asset master record using your first one as a reference. Name the
master record Forklift 2 Group ##.
4. Your colleagues from the quality management department with the cost center
TA##1400 need a new photocopier. Create an asset master record in the correct asset
class with an appropriate description.
Hint:
If you do not know which asset class to use, look at the solution.
Task 2: Create Further Asset Master Records
The production department will receive five new computers. Create similar asset master
records in the appropriate asset class using the quickest method.
1. Create similar asset master records in the appropriate asset class.
Enter PC 01 to PC 05 as descriptions. Enter inventory numbers 0001 to 0005 for the PCs,
and assign a cost center to the master records. Make a note of the asset master record
numbers. Use cost center TA##1100 (Financials).
2. For the PC 01, create two asset subnumbers, with the descriptions Monitor and
Keyboard, in a single step.
Hint:
The subnumber can be assigned internally or externally, depending on how
the respective asset class is configured. Because you are to create two
subnumbers in one step, asset class 3200 in the training system is set up
with an internal subnumber assignment. The distinction or configuration can
be displayed on the details screen for an asset class in transaction OAOA.
Based on the settings in the relevant screen layout rule, it is possible that
data for some of the input fields can only be maintained at the asset main
number level.
3. Create the following asset master records in the way that you find easiest. You may use
cost center TA##1100 for Financials.
●
●
●
●
●
86
Asset class 1100 for buildings: 2 asset master records.
Asset class 2000 for machines: 10 asset master records with the descriptions Machine
01 to Machine 10 and inventory numbers 01 to 10.
Asset class 3000 for fixtures and fittings: One fax machine.
Asset class 3100 for vehicles: 2 company cars with the descriptions Company Car ##
(1) and Company Car ## (2).
Asset class 4000 for AuC: One AuC, with the description AuC Group ##.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Creating and Changing Master Data in Asset Accounting
●
●
Asset class MA## for your newly created asset class with the short text Special
Machines ##: 3 assets with the descriptions Special Machine 01 to Special
Machine 03.
Asset class 5000 for Low-Value Assets (LVA) area (individual management): One
coffee machine for the office kitchen.
Task 3: Create an Asset Master Record in the Wrong Asset Class
Create a separate asset master record for another company car. As an exercise, create it in
the wrong asset class.
1. Create a separate asset master record for another company car. The required data is as
follows:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Asset Class
3000
Company Code
TA##
Description
Car 3000 Group ##
Cost Center
TA##1300
Task 4: Review the Master Data
Review the master data that you created.
1. View the Directory of Unposted Assets report for your company code to review the master
data you created.
2. Use the Display Asset Master Worklist for your company code to gain an overview of the
asset master data created.
With the Display Asset Master Worklist app, you can display a worklist of fixed assets and
quickly get an overview of the status of all assets in the list. As well as displaying a list
according to specific criteria such as company code or asset class, you can quickly refine
the list to show, for example, only incomplete assets, capitalized assets, or retired assets.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
87
Unit 2
Solution 10
Create Asset Master Records
Simulation: Create Asset Master Records
For more information on Create Asset Master Records, please view the
simulation in the lesson Creating and Changing Master Data in Asset Accounting
online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
Your company has ordered several assets. These assets are to be mapped in the system
using master records.
Create or change all variations of master records in FI-AA.
Make note of your asset numbers.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Task 1: Create Asset Master Records
1. Change the parameters of your user and set TA## as the default Company Code.
a) Click the User icon located on the upper right side of the screen.
b) Choose Settings.
c) Choose Default Values.
d) In the Company Code Area field, enter TA##, and save the data by choosing Save.
2. Create asset master records for your company code. Your company has ordered two
forklifts.
Create a master record using the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Asset class
3100 (Vehicles)
Company code
TA##
Description
Forklift 1 Group ##
Cost center
TA##1300 for Manufacturing 1
Make a note of the asset master record number.
You also need the master records for all subsequent parts of the exercise (asset master
records may contain descriptions, such as Drill ##).
88
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Creating and Changing Master Data in Asset Accounting
Note:
If no details are provided in the exercise related to what information to enter in
an input field (for example, for the cost center or the posting amounts to be
used), you can freely select the entry. Always use your company code TA##.
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the Master Data tile group, choose Create
Asset (transaction AS01).
b) Enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Asset Class
3100
Company Code
TA##
c) Choose Enter.
d) On the Create Asset: Master data screen, in the Description field, enter Forklift 1
Group ##.
e) Choose the Time-dependent tab page, in the Cost center field, enter TA##1300.
f) Choose Save.
g) Remain on this screen for the next step.
3. Create the second asset master record using your first one as a reference. Name the
master record Forklift 2 Group ##.
a) On the Create Asset: Initial screen, enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Asset Class
<blank>
Company Code
TA##
Asset under Reference area
Asset number for Forklift 1
Group ## (number of the asset created
in the previous step)
Company Code under Reference area
TA##
Cost Center
TA##1300
b) Choose Enter.
c) On the Create Asset: Master data screen, in the Description field, enter Forklift 2
Group ##.
d) In the Asset Main No. Text field, enter Forklift 2 Group ##.
e) Choose the Time-dependent tab. Verify that cost center TA##1300 is entered.
f) Choose Save.
g) Remain on this screen for the next step.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
89
Unit 2: Master Data
4. Your colleagues from the quality management department with the cost center
TA##1400 need a new photocopier. Create an asset master record in the correct asset
class with an appropriate description.
Hint:
If you do not know which asset class to use, look at the solution.
a) On the Create Asset: Initial screen, enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Asset class
3000 (Fixtures Fittings)
Company Code
TA##
Description
Photocopier ##
Cost Center
TA##1400
b) Choose Save.
c) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
Task 2: Create Further Asset Master Records
The production department will receive five new computers. Create similar asset master
records in the appropriate asset class using the quickest method.
1. Create similar asset master records in the appropriate asset class.
Enter PC 01 to PC 05 as descriptions. Enter inventory numbers 0001 to 0005 for the PCs,
and assign a cost center to the master records. Make a note of the asset master record
numbers. Use cost center TA##1100 (Financials).
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the Master Data tile group, choose Create
Asset (transaction AS01).
b) On the Create Asset: Initial screen, enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Asset
3200 (Computer Hardware)
Company Code
TA##
Number of similar records
5
c) Enter the data as specified in the exercise text initially for the first asset.
d) Choose Save.
e) In the Create multiple assets dialog box, choose Maintain.
f) In the Maintain fields that Should Be Different in Similar Assets dialog box, for first row,
in the Description field, enter PC 01 and in the Inventory no., enter 0001.
90
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Creating and Changing Master Data in Asset Accounting
g) Maintain the second row with the Description of PC 02 and Inventory no. 0002.
Continue entering data for the rest of the lines.
h) Choose Yes.
i) In the Create multiple assets dialog box, choose Create.
j) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
2. For the PC 01, create two asset subnumbers, with the descriptions Monitor and
Keyboard, in a single step.
Hint:
The subnumber can be assigned internally or externally, depending on how
the respective asset class is configured. Because you are to create two
subnumbers in one step, asset class 3200 in the training system is set up
with an internal subnumber assignment. The distinction or configuration can
be displayed on the details screen for an asset class in transaction OAOA.
Based on the settings in the relevant screen layout rule, it is possible that
data for some of the input fields can only be maintained at the asset main
number level.
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, choose the Create Asset Subnumber tile
(AS11).
b) Ensure that the Asset field contains the asset number of the correct PC.
c) In the Number of similar subnumbers field, enter 2.
d) Choose Enter.
e) On the Master data screen, change the description of the subnumber to Monitor.
f) Choose Save.
g) In the Create multiple assets dialog box, choose the Maintain.
h) In the Maintain Fields that Should Be Different in Similar Assets dialog box, change the
description of the second subnumber to Keyboard.
i) Choose Yes.
j) In the Create multiple assets dialog box, choose Create.
k) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
3. Create the following asset master records in the way that you find easiest. You may use
cost center TA##1100 for Financials.
●
●
●
Asset class 1100 for buildings: 2 asset master records.
Asset class 2000 for machines: 10 asset master records with the descriptions Machine
01 to Machine 10 and inventory numbers 01 to 10.
Asset class 3000 for fixtures and fittings: One fax machine.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
91
Unit 2: Master Data
●
●
●
●
Asset class 3100 for vehicles: 2 company cars with the descriptions Company Car ##
(1) and Company Car ## (2).
Asset class 4000 for AuC: One AuC, with the description AuC Group ##.
Asset class MA## for your newly created asset class with the short text Special
Machines ##: 3 assets with the descriptions Special Machine 01 to Special
Machine 03.
Asset class 5000 for Low-Value Assets (LVA) area (individual management): One
coffee machine for the office kitchen.
a) To create the records, follow the instructions provided in the previous tasks and use
the information provided.
Task 3: Create an Asset Master Record in the Wrong Asset Class
Create a separate asset master record for another company car. As an exercise, create it in
the wrong asset class.
1. Create a separate asset master record for another company car. The required data is as
follows:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Asset Class
3000
Company Code
TA##
Description
Car 3000 Group ##
Cost Center
TA##1300
a) To create the record, follow the instructions provided in the previous tasks using the
information provided.
b) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
Task 4: Review the Master Data
Review the master data that you created.
1. View the Directory of Unposted Assets report for your company code to review the master
data you created.
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Directory of Unposted Assets (transaction S_ALR_87012056).
b) On the Directory of Unposted Assets screen, enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Company code
TA##
Asset Class
None
Sort variant
0013 (Co. code/asset class)
c) Choose Execute.
The directory of unposted assets appears.
d) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
92
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Creating and Changing Master Data in Asset Accounting
2. Use the Display Asset Master Worklist for your company code to gain an overview of the
asset master data created.
With the Display Asset Master Worklist app, you can display a worklist of fixed assets and
quickly get an overview of the status of all assets in the list. As well as displaying a list
according to specific criteria such as company code or asset class, you can quickly refine
the list to show, for example, only incomplete assets, capitalized assets, or retired assets.
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Display Asset Master Worklist.
b) Enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Company code
TA##
Asset Class
None
Key Date
Current Date
c) Choose Go.
d) Choose In Process.
e) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
93
Unit 2: Master Data
Change Master Data in Asset Accounting (FI-AA)
Figure 61: Time-Dependent Data
Some information in the asset master record can be managed as time-dependent data. This
data is used for the assignment of assets to Controlling (CO) organizational units (for
example, cost center or project).
Shift operation and asset shutdown directly affect depreciation. Therefore, you should enter
them in the time-dependent data, where they can be changed on a monthly basis.
The time-dependent assignments or intervals can be created, edited, and called in the master
record, as soon as they are saved. To do so, choose the Further Intervals button on the Timedependent tab page.
94
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Creating and Changing Master Data in Asset Accounting
Change in Assets
Figure 62: Change in Assets
Animation: Change in Assets
For more information on Change in Assets, please view the animation in the
lesson Creating and Changing Master Data in Asset Accounting, online in the
SAP Learning Hub.
Each time you change an asset master record, the system creates a change document.
The change document contains the following information:
●
List of changed fields
●
Number of changes per field
●
Name of the user
●
Old and new contents of field
You can access change documents using the transaction code AS02 from the relevant asset
master record, or by using the standard report RAAEND01.
On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, choose the Change Documents for Asset Master
Record tile.
Hint:
If a change affects many asset master records, you can carry out a mass change.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
95
Unit 2: Master Data
Depreciation Areas in the Asset Master Record
Figure 64: Depreciation Areas in the Asset Master Record
Animation: Depreciation Areas in the Asset Master Record
For more information on Depreciation Areas in the Asset Master Record, please
view the animation in the lesson Creating and Changing Master Data in Asset
Accounting, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
The default values in the depreciation data section of an asset master record are taken from
the asset class. You can change or add to these default values in the different depreciation
areas of the asset master record.
Some of the data in the depreciation areas of the asset is derived from the acquisition posting.
Information in additional parameters, such as index, variable depreciation portion, or scrap
value are mainly used (or needed) in the cost-accounting depreciation area.
96
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 2
Exercise 11
Change Asset Master Records
Simulation: Change Asset Master Records
For more information on Change Asset Master Records, please view the
simulation in the lesson Creating and Changing Master Data in Asset Accounting
online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
During normal business operations, assets can be transferred from one department to
another. The Controlling (CO) department has to track and change the cost center
assignment for these assets.
Change the time-dependent data.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
1. The CO department has changed the cost center assignment for some of its office
equipment. The photocopier asset is currently assigned to the cost center TA##1400 for
QM.
From June 01 to October 31 of the current year (CY), the photocopier is needed by the
R&D department (cost center TA##1500).
2. After saving a draft, map the next change for the copier. As of November 1 of the current
year, you should return it to the previous department. Change the time-dependent data
accordingly.
3. Change the asset master of your PC 01 in company code TA##. Change the description to
Superflux Scenic 4000 Gr. ##.
4. Check the related change documents.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
97
Unit 2
Solution 11
Change Asset Master Records
Simulation: Change Asset Master Records
For more information on Change Asset Master Records, please view the
simulation in the lesson Creating and Changing Master Data in Asset Accounting
online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
During normal business operations, assets can be transferred from one department to
another. The Controlling (CO) department has to track and change the cost center
assignment for these assets.
Change the time-dependent data.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
1. The CO department has changed the cost center assignment for some of its office
equipment. The photocopier asset is currently assigned to the cost center TA##1400 for
QM.
From June 01 to October 31 of the current year (CY), the photocopier is needed by the
R&D department (cost center TA##1500).
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the Master Data tile group, choose Change
Asset (transaction AS02).
b) On the Change Asset: Initial screen, enter the asset number for the photocopier you
created and your company code.
c) Choose Enter.
d) On the Change Asset: Master data screen, choose the Time-dependent tab in the asset
master record.
e) Scroll down and then choose the More Intervals button.
f) On the Change Asset: Overview of time intervals screen, choose the Add interval
button.
g) In the Create New Interval dialog box, enter June 1, CY and choose Yes to continue.
h) In the row of the table with the from date of June 1, CY, change the cost center from
TA##1400 to TA##1500.
i) Choose Back to return to the master data screen.
98
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Creating and Changing Master Data in Asset Accounting
2. After saving a draft, map the next change for the copier. As of November 1 of the current
year, you should return it to the previous department. Change the time-dependent data
accordingly.
a) On the Change Asset: Master data screen, scroll down and choose the More Intervals
button.
b) Choose Add Interval.
c) In the Create New Interval dialog box, enter November 1, CY and choose Yes to
continue.
d) In the row of the table with the from date of November 1, CY, change the cost center
back to TA##1400.
e) Choose Save.
f) Choose More → Environment → Change documents → On asset.
The change documents for the asset master record appear.
g) Choose Back and remain on this screen for the next step.
3. Change the asset master of your PC 01 in company code TA##. Change the description to
Superflux Scenic 4000 Gr. ##.
a) On the Change Asset: Initial screen, enter the asset number for PC 01 and
Company Code TA##.
b) Change the description of the asset master record to Superflux Scenic 4000 Gr.
##.
c) Choose Save.
d) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
4. Check the related change documents.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Master Data tile group, choose Change
Documents For Asset Master Record.
b) Enter the company code TA## and the asset number previously used.
c) Choose Execute.
The change documents of the asset master record with the company code TA##
appear.
d) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
99
Unit 2: Master Data
Assignment of Asset and Equipment Master Records
Figure 67: Asset and Equipment Master Records
To assign equipment to an asset, enter the asset number in the relevant master record.
Several pieces of equipment can be assigned to an asset, but a piece of equipment can only
belong to one asset.
You can ensure integration between the FI-AA and plant maintenance (PM) components by
synchronously creating or changing equipment and assets.
You can set up the system to create an equipment master record automatically when you
create an asset master record. In this case, the system copies the values in certain master
data fields such as Company Code and Inventory Number. If you change master data in the
asset later, the system automatically updates the fields in the equipment master record.
Similarly, if you make changes in the fields of the equipment master record, the system
automatically updates the master data in the asset. In addition, you can also set up a workflow
that informs the PM manager when assets are created or changed.
Animation: Asset and Equipment Master Records
For more information on Asset and Equipment Master Records, please view the
animation in the lesson Creating and Changing Master Data in Asset Accounting,
online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Assign assets and equipment master records in Customizing for Financial Accounting under
Asset Accounting → Master Data → Automatic Creation of Equipment Master Records.
For more information, see SAP Notes 370884 and 549929.
100
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Creating and Changing Master Data in Asset Accounting
LESSON SUMMARY
You should now be able to:
●
Create master data in FI-AA
●
Change master data in FI-AA
●
Assign asset and equipment master records
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
101
Unit 2
Lesson 3
Carrying Out Mass Changes to Asset Master
Data Using a Worklist
LESSON OVERVIEW
This lesson describes how to process mass changes to asset master data.
Business Example
You are an employee in the Asset Accounting (FI-AA) department and you want to use mass
processing to change the cost centers of assets. For this reason, you require the following
knowledge:
●
An understanding of how to use a worklist to carry out mass changes to asset master data
LESSON OBJECTIVES
After completing this lesson, you will be able to:
●
Carry out mass changes to asset master data using a worklist
Mass Changes to Asset Master Data Using Worklists
Figure 69: Mass Changes to Asset Master Data Using Worklists
You can edit a worklist from the FI-AA application menu to carry out mass changes, as long as
you have authorization for this application transaction.
102
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Carrying Out Mass Changes to Asset Master Data Using a Worklist
Therefore, it is not necessary to access the function with workflow task assignment in
Customizing.
Note:
The technology of the mass changes are based on workflow which allows us to use
the functionality of BOR with its methods. To be able to use this we need to have
the minimum configuration of the workflow. If the basic settings are not
maintained (tcode SWU3), these can be generated by an automatic workflow
customizing. But that is a major decision that needs to be discussed with the IT
department. See SAP Note 127931.
Substitution Rule for Mass Changes
Figure 70: Substitution Rule for Mass Changes
A substitution rule consists of the following parts:
●
Conditions that identify the records to be selected:
You can create conditions using the form editor or while in expert mode. To use expert
mode, you must know the technical field and table descriptions of the input fields involved.
●
Substitutions if the conditions are met:
You can identify replacement values using substitutions. These substitutions can be
constant values, field-field assignments, or user exits.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
103
Unit 2: Master Data
Animation: Substitution Rule for Mass Changes
For more information on Substitution Rule for Mass Changes, please view the
animation in the lesson Carrying Out Mass Changes to Asset Master Data Using a
Worklist, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
For more information on the use of substitution rules for mass changes to (time-dependent)
asset master data, see SAP Note 210897.
To Create a Mass Change to Asset Master Data
Perform the following steps to mass change the asset master data using the worklist:
1. Create a substitution rule to specify which fields you want to change and how you want to
change them.
a) Create a substitution in Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset Accounting
→ Master Data → Define Substitution.
b) Choose Define substitution for mass changes.
c) Choose the Substitution button.
d) Choose the Create Substitution button.
e) Create at least one step to maintain an if-then condition; that is, a substitution rule that
meets your requirements.
2. Assign the saved substitution rule to a company code.
a) Start transaction OA02.
3. Create a list of assets to be changed. This list is called a worklist.
a) Enter any ABAP asset report. Alternatively, in the FI-AA application menu, choose
Environment → Worklist → Generate from the menu path (AR01).
4. Create a worklist.
a) Select the master data to be changed.
b) Choose the Create Worklist button on the results screen.
5. Select a purpose for your worklist.
a) Enter a description.
b) Select a purpose for your worklist.
The purpose is a predefined standard task in the system; for example, change master
data.
6. Save the defined substitution rule for the mass change.
a) In the dialog box that appears, select the defined substitution rule for the mass
change.
b) Save your data.
7. Edit the worklist. Only the worklist has to be processed.
a) In the FI-AA application menu, choose Environment → Worklist → Edit (AR31).
104
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Carrying Out Mass Changes to Asset Master Data Using a Worklist
8. Check whether your mass change was successful by displaying the assets or running an
appropriate report (RAAEND01).
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
105
Unit 2: Master Data
106
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 2
Exercise 12
Define User Fields and Mass Changes of Asset
Master Records
Simulation: Define User Fields and Mass Changes of Asset Master Records
For more information on Define User Fields and Mass Changes of Asset Master
Records, please view the simulation in the lesson Carrying Out Mass Changes to
Asset Master Data Using a Worklist online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
The FI-AA department wants to use mass processing to change asset master records and
needs system support.
Define the user fields and mass changes of asset master records.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Task 1: Define a User Field
Define a user field and enter it in the asset class.
1. Maintain a maintenance contract in all assets of the asset class MA##. Use the Evaluation
group 3 (user) field to store this information.
Define the new entry 99## with the description Maint. Contract gr. ## in
Customizing for the Evaluation group 3 field.
2. Maintain the new user field option 99## as a default entry for evaluation group 3 in the
asset class MA##. This means that all newly created assets of the asset class MA##
should have the proposal that a maintenance contract is signed.
Hint:
Confirm the displayed information messages when saving.
3. Verify the proposal for the Evaluation group 3 field is displayed when you create asset
master records in the asset class MA##. Do not save a new master record, but verify the
proposal on the Assignments tab page and then end the transaction.
Task 2: Create a Mass Change Rule and Execute a Mass Change
1. With the previous changes, existing asset master records have not been influenced.
Now, you need to change the three existing assets of asset class MA## with a mass
change. Therefore, define a new substitution Z## with the description Substitution ##
and save your data.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
107
Unit 2: Master Data
Insert a new step in which you substitute the Evaluation group 3 field (table ANLA, field
ORD43) with a constant value. The description of the new step is Step 01 Group ##.
2. Define asset class MA## as a prerequisite.
3. Make the new entry for the evaluation group 3 and save your data.
4. Assign a substitution to the company code.
5. Create a worklist with the name Mass change Group ## and the worklist task Change
asset w/o dialog (bulk change) with all unposted assets of your company code TA##. Use
the Directory of Unposted Assets report.
Note:
When the system asks for a substitution, enter the created one Z##. At the
end, the system displays a work queue number in the status line.
6. Edit and release your worklist.
Use the Z007 sort variant so that you can easily see which assets have to be changed.
7. Review the mass changes.
108
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 2
Solution 12
Define User Fields and Mass Changes of Asset
Master Records
Simulation: Define User Fields and Mass Changes of Asset Master Records
For more information on Define User Fields and Mass Changes of Asset Master
Records, please view the simulation in the lesson Carrying Out Mass Changes to
Asset Master Data Using a Worklist online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
The FI-AA department wants to use mass processing to change asset master records and
needs system support.
Define the user fields and mass changes of asset master records.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Task 1: Define a User Field
Define a user field and enter it in the asset class.
1. Maintain a maintenance contract in all assets of the asset class MA##. Use the Evaluation
group 3 (user) field to store this information.
Define the new entry 99## with the description Maint. Contract gr. ## in
Customizing for the Evaluation group 3 field.
a) Define a four-character evaluation group in Customizing for Financial Accounting
under Asset Accounting → Master Data → User Fields → Define 4 - Character
Evaluation Groups (transaction OAVA).
b) On the Change View “Evaluation Groups for Asset Accounting”: Overview screen,
choose New Entries.
c) Enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
No (Number)
3
Evaluation groups 1-4
99##
Description
Maint. Contract Gr. ##
d) Choose Enter.
e) Choose Save.
f) Choose Exit to return to the Customizing screen.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
109
Unit 2: Master Data
2. Maintain the new user field option 99## as a default entry for evaluation group 3 in the
asset class MA##. This means that all newly created assets of the asset class MA##
should have the proposal that a maintenance contract is signed.
Hint:
Confirm the displayed information messages when saving.
a) Enter your user fields in the asset class in Customizing for Financial Accounting under
Asset Accounting → Master Data → User Fields → Enter Your User Fields in Asset
Class.
b) In the Change View “FI-AA: User fields for asset class”: Overview screen, select the
asset class MA## and then choose Details.
c) Enter 99## in the Evaluation group 3 field.
d) Choose Save.
e) Choose Continue to confirm the displayed information messages.
f) Choose Exit to return to the Customizing screen.
3. Verify the proposal for the Evaluation group 3 field is displayed when you create asset
master records in the asset class MA##. Do not save a new master record, but verify the
proposal on the Assignments tab page and then end the transaction.
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the Master Data tile group, choose Create
Asset Master (transaction AS01).
b) Enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Asset Class
MA##
Company Code
TA##
Number of similar assets
1
c) Choose Enter.
d) On the Create Asset: Master Data screen, in the Description field, enter Special
Machine 99.
e) Choose the Time-dependent tab page and then in the Cost center field, enter
TA##1100.
f) Choose the Assignments tab page.
In the Evaluation group 3 field, note entry 99## appears.
g) Choose Cancel. Choose Yes to confirm.
h) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
Task 2: Create a Mass Change Rule and Execute a Mass Change
1. With the previous changes, existing asset master records have not been influenced.
110
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Carrying Out Mass Changes to Asset Master Data Using a Worklist
Now, you need to change the three existing assets of asset class MA## with a mass
change. Therefore, define a new substitution Z## with the description Substitution ##
and save your data.
Insert a new step in which you substitute the Evaluation group 3 field (table ANLA, field
ORD43) with a constant value. The description of the new step is Step 01 Group ##.
a) Create a substitution in Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset
Accounting → Master Data → Define Substitution.
b) Double-click Define substitution for mass changes.
c) Choose Substitution.
If the message Substitution INVKENN does not exist is displayed on
the screen. Create Again? appears, choose Yes.
d) On the Change Substitution: INVKENN (Header data) screen, choose Substitution →
Create Substitution.
e) On the Create Substitution: New substitution (Header data) screen, in the Substitution
field, enter Z##, and, in the Description field, enter Substitution ##.
f) Choose Save.
A new substitution is generated.
g) Select Z## in the Substitutions navigation panel.
h) Choose Edit → Insert Step.
i) In the Substitution fields (Class 033) dialog box, scroll down and then select the line
with the description Eval. Group 3.
j) Choose Choose.
k) In the Entering the substitution method dialog box choose Constant value.
l) Choose Continue.
2. Define asset class MA## as a prerequisite.
a) On the Change Substitution: Z## –Step 001 –Overview screen, in the Step description
field, enter Step 01 Group ##.
b) In the Substitutions navigation panel, under Z##, choose Prerequisite under Step 001.
c) In the List of structures area, double-click Asset Master Record Segment.
d) In the Asset Master Record Segment area, double-click Asset Class.
e) Choose = and then choose Constant.
f) In the Enter constants: dialog box, in the Asset Class field, enter MA##.
The formula area displays Asset Class = 'MA##' or ANLA-ANLKL = 'MA##' if the
technical names are turned on.
g) Remain in this screen for the next step.
3. Make the new entry for the evaluation group 3 and save your data.
a) In the Substitutions navigation panel, under Z##, choose Substitutions under Step
001.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
111
Unit 2: Master Data
b) In the Constant value field for Evaluat. group 3., enter 99##.
c) Choose Save.
d) Choose Back as needed to return to the Change View “Substitution in Mass Changes”:
Overview screen.
e) Remain on this screen for the next step.
4. Assign a substitution to the company code.
a) Choose the New entries button and enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Company Code
TA##
Number
1
Substitution
Z##
b) Choose Save.
c) Choose Exit to return to the Select Activity dialog box.
d) Choose Cancel to return to the Customizing screen.
5. Create a worklist with the name Mass change Group ## and the worklist task Change
asset w/o dialog (bulk change) with all unposted assets of your company code TA##. Use
the Directory of Unposted Assets report.
Note:
When the system asks for a substitution, enter the created one Z##. At the
end, the system displays a work queue number in the status line.
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Directory of Unposted Assets(transaction S_ALR_87012056).
b) On the Directory of Unposted Assets screen, enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Company code
TA##
Asset Class
No entry
Sort variant
Z007 (Company code/Asset class)
c) Choose the Execute button.
d) Choose More → Edit → Worklist → ...create.
The Create Worklist: Choose Workflow Task dialog box appears.
e) In the WL name field, enter Mass change Group ## and select the Change asset w/o
dialog (bulk change) task.
f) Choose Continue.
112
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Carrying Out Mass Changes to Asset Master Data Using a Worklist
g) In the Mass Change: Select Substitution dialog box, in the Substitution field, enter Z##.
h) Choose Enter.
The system displays a work queue number in the status line.
i) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
6. Edit and release your worklist.
Use the Z007 sort variant so that you can easily see which assets have to be changed.
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Edit Worklist (transaction AR31).
b) On the Edit worklist screen, in the Worklist field, enter the work queue number.
c) On the Edit worklist screen, in the Sort Variant field, enter Z007.
This is necessary so that the field Evaluation group 3 appears as selection fields.
d) Choose Execute.
e) Choose Release.
f) Choose Refresh until the status of the worklist items change to Completed.
g) Choose the SAP Logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
7. Review the mass changes.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Display Asset Master Worklist.
b) Enter TA## in the Company Code field.
c) Choose Go.
d) Choose Settings.
e) Enter Evaluation in the search field.
f) Select Evaluation Group 3.
g) Choose OK.
h) Scroll the bar to the right.
For assets with asset class MA##, the Evaluation group 3 field is filled with 99##.
i) Choose the SAP Logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
113
Unit 2: Master Data
LESSON SUMMARY
You should now be able to:
●
114
Carry out mass changes to asset master data using a worklist
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 2
Learning Assessment
1. An essential function of account determination in the asset class is to establish a link
between the asset master records, their values, and the G/L accounts to which the related
asset values and depreciation are posted.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
2. The number range controls the assignment of the asset master record number.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
3. Which of the following parameters are controlled by the screen layout?
Choose the correct answers.
X
A Field selection
X
B Maintenance level
X
C Reference
X
D Number range
4. The maintenance level of the depreciation screen layout rules guarantees that
depreciation is controlled uniformly.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
115
Unit 2: Learning Assessment
5. You can also enter down payments on an asset under construction (AuC) in accounts
payable accounting processes.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
6. Low value assets cannot be managed collectively, regardless of the number of assets per
master record.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
7. You can create an asset master record using an asset class or using any other asset as a
reference.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
8. When you create multiple similar asset master records, which of the following fields allow
you to make separate entries for each individual asset?
Choose the correct answers.
X
A Description of the asset
X
B License plate number
X
C Inventory number
X
D Cost center
9. The system does not create a change document every time you change an asset master
record.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
116
X
True
X
False
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 2: Learning Assessment
10. Identify some of the fields related to the depreciation area in the asset master record.
Choose the correct answers.
X
A Depreciation start
X
B Asset description
X
C Useful life
X
D Scrap value
11. To carry out mass changes, you can edit a worklist from the FI-AA application menu.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
12. Have you completed this unit.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
117
Unit 2: Learning Assessment
118
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
UNIT 3
Asset Transactions
Lesson 1
Processing Acquisitions
Exercise 13: Post an Integrated Asset Acquisition and Analyze the Asset Value in the
Asset Explorer
Exercise 14: Analyze the Asset Value in the SAP Fiori App Manage Fixed Assets
121
135
141
Lesson 2
Posting Non-Integrated Asset Acquisitions and Understanding the Integration with Materials
Management
Exercise 15: Make Various Non-Integrated Asset Acquisition Postings
Exercise 16: Make Postings Integrated with Materials Management (Optional)
146
149
161
Lesson 3
Posting Integrated and Non-Integrated Asset Retirements
Exercise 17: Post Integrated Asset Retirements with Accounts Receivable (AR)
171
175
Lesson 4
Performing Transfers Within Company Code and Intercompany Asset Transfers
Exercise 18: Transfer Assets Within a Company Code
Exercise 19: Post Intercompany Asset Transfer — Gross Method
Exercise 20: Post Intercompany Asset Transfer - Net Method
184
187
197
203
Lesson 5
Representing, Distributing, and Settling Assets Under Construction
Exercise 21: Settle a WBS element to an Asset Under Construction (AuC)
Exercise 22: Create and Post to an Asset Under Construction (AuC) and Settle It to
Completed Assets (Optional)
210
215
229
Lesson 6
Entering and Analyzing Unplanned Depreciation
Exercise 23: Post Unplanned Depreciation
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
236
239
119
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
UNIT OBJECTIVES
●
●
120
Enter transactions in the system and analyze them using the Asset Explorer
Post asset acquisition with clearing account and understand the integration to materials
management (MM)
●
Enter both integrated and non-integrated asset retirements
●
Process intracompany and intercompany asset transfers
●
Represent, distribute, and settle assets under construction
●
Enter and analyze unplanned depreciation
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 3
Lesson 1
Processing Acquisitions
LESSON OVERVIEW
This lesson explains how to create integrated asset acquisitions with accounts payable (AP).
Business Example
The employees in Asset Accounting (FI-AA) would like to use the various methods of posting
integrated asset acquisitions. For this reason, you require the following knowledge:
●
How to create or post integrated asset acquisitions in the SAP system
●
How to analyze asset acquisitions using the Asset Explorer in the SAP system
●
An understanding of Financial Accounting (FI) documents
LESSON OBJECTIVES
After completing this lesson, you will be able to:
●
Enter transactions in the system and analyze them using the Asset Explorer
Create Integrated Asset Acquisitions
Figure 73: Asset Accounting and Other Subledgers
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
121
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
Animation: Asset Accounting and Other Subledgers
For more information on Asset Accounting and Other Subledgers, please view
the animation in the lesson Processing Acquisitions, online in the SAP Learning
Hub.
Integrating subsidiary ledgers with the general ledger (G/L) is just as important as integrating
the accounting and logistics functions.
Every transaction in customer and vendor accounts in the accounts payable (AP) and
accounts receivable (AR) subledgers, as well as in asset accounts, has a direct effect on the
corresponding accounts of the general ledger (G/L). Therefore, the subsidiary ledgers are
always in balance with the corresponding G/L reconciliation accounts.
You, together with the fixed assets department, need to set up the G/L reconciliation
accounts in advance.
Asset Acquisition – Posting Options
Figure 75: Asset Acquisition – Posting Options
You can create the acquisition posting in the department that is primarily responsible for the
business transaction.
The following are the methods of posting external acquisitions (acquisition of an asset from a
business partner):
●
●
122
In FI-AA with AP integration, the posting is done when an incoming invoice is available
without any reference to a purchase order.
In FI-AA with automatic offsetting entry, but without a link to a purchase order and any AP
integration, the posting is done when the invoice has not yet been received, or when the
invoice was posted by the AP department beforehand in a separate step.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Processing Acquisitions
●
●
●
In Materials Management (MM), the assets are posted and activated in Logistics (LO).
Acquisition from in-house production is the capitalization of goods or services that are
partially or completely produced by the enterprise. The costs for these in-house produced
goods or services must be capitalized to assets. To capitalize production costs, create an
investment measure (order or project) in Investment Management (IM) and settle to an
asset under construction (AuC), then to the final asset.
A less common acquisition alternative is to settle a controlling order that has already been
charged directly to a fixed asset on the incoming invoice. The process is typically carried
out by the Controlling (CO) department.
Asset Acquisition Integration with Accounts Payable (AP)
Figure 76: Asset Acquisition Integration with Accounts Payable Image
You can post to the asset and the vendor in one document. On the Fiori Launchpad screen,
choose the Post Acquisition (Integrated AP) without Purchase Order tile (transaction F-90).
This posting is often made in AP. It satisfies the requirements of both Financial Accounting
(FI) and FI-AA.
Note:
When posting to assets, enter a transaction type. The transaction type identifies
the different transactions included on the asset history sheet.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
123
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
Integrated Asset Acquisition G/L Accounts
Figure 77: Integrated Asset Acquisition G L Accounts Image
Animation: Integrated Asset Acquisition G L Accounts Image
For more information on Integrated Asset Acquisition G L Accounts Image,
please view the animation in the lesson Processing Acquisitions, online in the
SAP Learning Hub.
When you post an invoice to a vendor or an asset account, the corresponding G/L accounts
(payables or fixed assets) are automatically updated at the same time.
124
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Processing Acquisitions
Integrated Asset Acquisition
Figure 79: Integrated Asset Acquisition
For an integrated asset acquisition posting, the system divides the business transaction into
an operational part and a valuating part:
●
●
For the operational part (vendor invoice), the system posts a document valid for all
accounting principles against the technical clearing account for integrated asset
acquisitions. From a technical perspective, the system generates a ledger-groupindependent document.
For each valuating part (asset posting with capitalization of the asset), the system
generates a separate document that is valid only for the given accounting principle. This
document is also posted against the technical clearing account for integrated asset
acquisitions. From a technical perspective, the system generates ledger-group-specific
documents for each accounting principle.
Animation: Integrated Asset Acquisition
For more information on Integrated Asset Acquisition, please view the animation
in the lesson Processing Acquisitions, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
In this way, the system ensures that the technical clearing account for integrated asset
acquisitions has a balance of zero (for each accounting principle and account assignment
object) for every accounting principle in the chart of depreciation. So that the system can
ensure the zero balance, manual posting cannot be made to the account.
Define the technical clearing account for Integrated Asset Acquisition in Customizing for
Financial Accounting under Asset Accounting → Integration with General Ledger
Accounting → Technical Clearing Account for Integrated Asset Acquisition → Define Technical
Clearing Account for Integrated Asset Acquisition.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
125
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
The following prerequisites must be met:
●
●
The account is a balance sheet account that must be created as a reconciliation account
for fixed asset accounts.
The account is not allowed to be defined in the account determination for Asset
Accounting.
If document splitting is activated, the system cannot always pass on the document type of the
entry view to the valuating documents. The reason for this is that the document type can be
defined so that items are designated as required, but they only exist in the operational
document, not in the valuating document.
Define specify alternative document types for accounting-principle-specific documents of
Asset Accounting in Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset
Accounting → Integration with General Ledger Accounting → Integrated Transactions:
Alternative Doc. Type for Ledger-Grp-Spec. Docs → Specify Alternative Document Type for
Acctg-Principle-Specific Documents.
Transaction Types
Figure 81: Transaction Types
Animation: Transaction Types
For more information on Transaction Types, please view the animation in the
lesson Processing Acquisitions, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Use transaction types with every asset posting. Transaction types are used to identify
acquisitions, retirements, transfer postings, and so on.
The Asset History Sheet report and other FI-AA reports use the transaction type to identify
the various kinds of transactions and display them separately. For example, the transaction
126
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Processing Acquisitions
type specifies where the value change appears on the asset history sheet and identifies the
change as a transfer posting of a current-year acquisition or a prior-year acquisition.
You can also define your own transaction types. However, the standard SAP system already
provides all necessary transaction types. The transaction types are stored according to the
transaction type in Customizing for Asset Accounting under Transactions, and can be edited,
copied, or created there. Every transaction type is assigned to a transaction type group and
cannot be changed by individual customers. Transaction types are predefined by SAP.
Asset Explorer
Figure 83: Asset Explorer
In the Asset Explorer, you can select depreciation areas that appear in an overview tree.
Various symbols enable you to immediately distinguish between a real depreciation area and
a derived depreciation area.
The fields at the top of the screen provide information on the selected asset, such as
company code, main number, and subnumber. You can jump to the asset master data from
the Asset Explorer using a button.
You can display planned values, book values, and transactions directly in the Asset Explorer
using the print preview. From the print preview, you can then print or export this information.
The Planned Values tab page includes functions for calculating and recalculating depreciation.
A screen area (bottom left in the Asset Explorer) lists the SAP objects related to assets, for
example, cost center, G/L account, vendor, purchase order, or equipment. You can link
directly to the corresponding master data object, or to the desired object related to the asset.
You can also use the Compare tab page. This tab page allows you to display the changes in
the value of an asset over several years and, at the same time, in several depreciation areas.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
127
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
Animation: Asset Explorer
For more information on Asset Explorer, please view the animation in the lesson
Processing Acquisitions, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Asset Explorer Functions
The Asset Explorer provides functions that enable you to complete the following tasks:
●
Calculate depreciation transparently and display details about the depreciation key
●
Go to an FI document
●
Display value development over several years and at the same time in several depreciation
areas
●
Convert currency amounts
●
Call asset reports
●
Print and export functions
●
Simulate transactions and depreciation term changes
Manage Fixed Assets
Figure 85: Display Asset Master Worklist
With the Manage Fixed Asset app, you have all of the data for an asset in one place. A
graphical representation of the asset's life cycle allows you to quickly get an overview of the
asset’s status and adjust the valuation. Key figures, such as acquisition and production cost
(APC), accumulated depreciation and netbook value, help you to understand the asset
valuation in detail and to determine why unexpected value changes have occurred, for
example when special depreciation has been posted for the fixed asset due to an accident.
128
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Processing Acquisitions
Animation: Display Asset Master Worklist
For more information on Display Asset Master Worklist, please view the
animation in the lesson Processing Acquisitions, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
To access the Manage Fixed Asset app, you can go to the Display Asset Master Worklist app.
From there, select a fixed asset master data and navigate to Manage Fixed Assets using the
link list or the navigation arrow. You can also navigate to this app from the following reporting
apps:
●
Asset History Sheet
●
Asset Balances
●
Depreciation Lists
●
Asset Transactions
Manage Fixed Assets Functions
The Manage Fixed Assets app provides functions that enable you to complete the following
tasks:
●
●
●
View key characteristics of selected assets, such as the asset number, asset class, short
description, and net book value.
Get an overview of all parallel depreciation areas and their parameters in one place, and
deep dive into the details for each depreciation area.
View key figures by area and see an overview of depreciation due to different value
corrections, such as ordinary or special depreciation.
●
View the life cycle chart and see how the values for your fixed asset are evolving.
●
Compare values for a range of fiscal years and several depreciation areas in parallel.
●
View master data of fixed assets with all their time-dependent and time-independent
assignments, such as cost center or supplier.
●
Add attachments.
●
Create notes.
●
Edit the asset.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
129
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
Analyze the Master Record after Asset Acquisition
Figure 87: Asset Acquisition – Master Record Changes
Animation: Asset Acquisition – Master Record Changes
For more information on Asset Acquisition – Master Record Changes, please
view the animation in the lesson Processing Acquisitions, online in the SAP
Learning Hub.
At the time of the first acquisition posting, the following information is automatically set in the
asset master record:
●
Date of asset capitalization:
The date of asset capitalization is derived from the asset value date.
●
Date of initial acquisition on the relevant master record:
The date of initial acquisition on the relevant master record is also derived from the asset
value date.
●
Acquisition year and acquisition period:
The acquisition year and acquisition period are derived from the posting date.
In Customizing for Asset Accounting, enter default values for the asset value date for each
type of accounting transaction.
The system determines the start date for ordinary depreciation using the asset value date of
the acquisition posting with the period control method. The period control method is
maintained in the depreciation key. The system stores the depreciation start date in the
depreciation areas of the asset master record. When you post the acquisition integrated with
AP, the system automatically enters the vendor in the Origin tab page of the asset master
record.
130
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Processing Acquisitions
Asset Acquisition – Value Fields
Figure 89: Asset Acquisition Value Fields Image
Animation: Asset Acquisition Value Fields Image
For more information on Asset Acquisition Value Fields Image, please view the
animation in the lesson Processing Acquisitions, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
The asset value date is the actual date on which the asset is activated. The asset value date,
along with the depreciation key, determines the depreciation start date for each depreciation
area. The system determines the planned annual depreciation and planned interest based on
the depreciation start date and the depreciation terms. When transactions are posted further,
these values are updated.
Caution:
The posting date and the asset value date must always be in the same fiscal year.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
131
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
Understanding an FI Document
Figure 91: FI Document Number Assignment
The number range interval for the assignment of FI document numbers is defined in the
document type.
Hint:
Although the document type is client-specific, you need to create the number
range interval for the FI document specifically for the company code.
You can maintain intervals in Customizing, for example, using the Customizing transaction
FBN1. If it is not possible to define the FI document number assignment as year-dependent,
you can enter a future year (up to the year 9999) in the year column of the maintenance
transaction.
If the ledger solution is used in new General Ledger Accounting, document types for pure
posting in a non-leading ledger must be assigned separate number ranges. This is done to
ensure that there are no gaps in the document assignment in the leading view.
Animation: FI Document Number Assignment
For more information on FI Document Number Assignment, please view the
animation in the lesson Processing Acquisitions, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
132
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Processing Acquisitions
Gross or Net Document Type
Figure 93: Gross or Net Document Type
When creating a document in the SAP system, you can enter your own document type or you
can use the document type suggested by the system (see transaction OBU1 or Customizing
for Financial Accounting under Financial Accounting Global Settings → Document → Default
Values → Define Default Values).
The document type, which is client-specific, is a two-character alphanumeric entry.
In the definition of the document type, you specify the account types allowed when entries are
posted with a particular document type. You also define whether an FI document that was
created with the corresponding document type is posted as gross or net.
Hint:
In this case, the gross or net descriptions do not refer to tax issues. They
describe the function whereby the system automatically calculates the cash
discount amount and deducts it from the capitalization amount of the asset (net
document type), or capitalizes the asset without the cash discount amount
(gross document type).
The standard SAP system includes the following standard document types:
●
Gross document types AA and KR
●
Net document types AN and KN
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
133
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
Animation: Gross or Net Document Type
For more information on Gross or Net Document Type, please view the animation
in the lesson Processing Acquisitions, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Cash Discount
If you use a document type for net posting, the system automatically determines the cash
discount to be deducted on the basis of the payment terms. The system capitalizes the
invoice amount, less tax and cash discount, on the fixed asset.
You can use document splitting in General Ledger Accounting. If you do, any difference that
may occur when a payment is made (because too little or too much cash discount was
deducted) is automatically capitalized on the asset. This automatic correction at the time of
the payment is made only if you activated the setting for document splitting. However, you
can also make these APC adjustments in the general ledger using collective processing. Use
the FI program SAPF181 (Profit and Loss Adjustment).
When you post an asset acquisition without integration with Accounts Payable, you have to
capitalize the actual APC amount (without cash discount being deducted) to the asset. In this
case, the cash discount is treated only on the vendor side.
Hint:
If document splitting is active in new General Ledger Accounting, the SAPF181
program need not be executed because the discount will be corrected
immediately.
134
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 3
Exercise 13
Post an Integrated Asset Acquisition and
Analyze the Asset Value in the Asset Explorer
Simulation: Post an Integrated Asset Acquisition and Analyze the Asset Value in
the Asset Explorer
For more information on Post an Integrated Asset Acquisition and Analyze the
Asset Value in the Asset Explorer, please view the simulation in the lesson
Processing Acquisitions online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
The employees in the FI-AA department want to try out the various options for posting both
integrated and non-integrated asset acquisitions. Asset transactions can be entered both in
the FI-AA user department and in the AP department.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Post and Analyze an Asset Acquisition
Hint:
Use the asset master records that you created in the Master Data unit.
1. For your first forklift, post an acquisition to vendor, T-AV##, on the current date.
Choose a document type with automatic deduction of discount (Payt terms: 0003).
The purchase price you selected must contain the tax on sales and purchases (calculated
with the applicable sales tax rate or with the simplified course tax rate of 10% [tax code
1I]). If you do not know which tax code to use, ask your instructor.
Make a note of the data displayed after you save.
2. Check the asset values using the Asset Explorer.
3. Explain how you can go from the Asset Explorer to the posted FI documents.
4. Are you able to display the ordinary depreciation start date of depreciation area 01 (Local
GAAP in local currency) in the Asset Explorer? If so, what is it?
5. Are the planned depreciation values of the forklift the same in depreciation area 01 and
area 20 in the current year?
6. Remain on this page for the next step.
7. In the Asset Explorer, look at how the new acquisition is displayed in the acquisition list.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
135
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
8. Go from the Asset Explorer to the asset master record and check the changes there.
136
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 3
Solution 13
Post an Integrated Asset Acquisition and
Analyze the Asset Value in the Asset Explorer
Simulation: Post an Integrated Asset Acquisition and Analyze the Asset Value in
the Asset Explorer
For more information on Post an Integrated Asset Acquisition and Analyze the
Asset Value in the Asset Explorer, please view the simulation in the lesson
Processing Acquisitions online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
The employees in the FI-AA department want to try out the various options for posting both
integrated and non-integrated asset acquisitions. Asset transactions can be entered both in
the FI-AA user department and in the AP department.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Post and Analyze an Asset Acquisition
Hint:
Use the asset master records that you created in the Master Data unit.
1. For your first forklift, post an acquisition to vendor, T-AV##, on the current date.
Choose a document type with automatic deduction of discount (Payt terms: 0003).
The purchase price you selected must contain the tax on sales and purchases (calculated
with the applicable sales tax rate or with the simplified course tax rate of 10% [tax code
1I]). If you do not know which tax code to use, ask your instructor.
Make a note of the data displayed after you save.
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the Operational Processing tile group,
choose Post Acquisition (Integrated AP) without Purchase Order (transaction F-90).
b) On the Acquisition from purchase w. Vendor: Header Data screen, enter the following
data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Document Date
Current date
Type
KN
Company Code
TA##
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
137
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Posting Date
Current date
Currency
EUR
Pstky
31
Account
T-AV##
c) Choose Enter.
d) On the Enter Net vendor: Add Vendor item screen, enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Amount
55000
Calculate tax
Select
Tax code
1I
Payt Terms
0003
PstKy
70
Account
Asset number of Forklift 1
Group ##
TType
100
e) Confirm your entries and continue.
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Amount
* (or €55000)
f) Choose Display Document Overview.
g) Choose Asset Accounting.
h) Review the data for the IFRS (International Fincial Reporting Standards) posting
shown.
i) Choose AP/Currency.
j) Choose LG: Local GAAP → 0: EUR — Company Code Currency.
k) Review the data for the LG (Local GAAP) posting shown.
l) Choose Back.
m) Choose Post.
n) Note the document number.
Document number: _______________
o) Choose More → Document → Display. Choose Asset Accounting.
The noted Document number is the Reference document number.
138
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Processing Acquisitions
p) Note Document number Ledger Group 0L.
Document number: _______________
q) Choose LG: Local GAAP → 0: EUR — Company Code Currency.
r) Note Document number Ledger Group 2L.
Document number: _______________
s) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
2. Check the asset values using the Asset Explorer.
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Values (transaction AW01N).
b) On the Asset Explorer screen, if not automatically filled, enter Company Code TA##,
your asset number for Forklift 1 (most likely 500000) and choose Enter.
c) Double-click the External asset acquisition text in the Transaction area.
Note that the amount account 16004000 is less the cash discount.
d) Choose Back.
e) Remain on this page for the next step.
3. Explain how you can go from the Asset Explorer to the posted FI documents.
a) On the Asset Explorer screen, select the 01 Local GAAP.
b) On the Asset Explorer screen, select the Planned values tab and then select the row for
the document previously posted (External asset acquisition) in the Transactions area.
c) Choose Display FI document.
d) Choose Asset Accounting.
e) Choose AP/Currency → IFRS: International Financial Reporting → 00: EUR Document currency.
f) Choose Back until you return to the Asset Explorer.
g) Remain on this page for the next step.
4. Are you able to display the ordinary depreciation start date of depreciation area 01 (Local
GAAP in local currency) in the Asset Explorer? If so, what is it?
a) On the Asset Explorer screen, choose the Parameters tab and check the date in the
Depr. Start Date field.
The depreciation start date is the first day of the Current Month.
5. Are the planned depreciation values of the forklift the same in depreciation area 01 and
area 20 in the current year?
a) On the Asset Explorer screen, choose the Planned values tab and select 01 Local GAAP
in local currency.
b) Choose the Comparison tab. Depreciation area 01 should already be selected shown
by <01>. If not, choose 01. Choose 20 to display the comparison depreciation area.
The values are not the same because of different depreciation keys and useful lives.
6. Remain on this page for the next step.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
139
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
7. In the Asset Explorer, look at how the new acquisition is displayed in the acquisition list.
a) On the Asset Explorer screen, choose Call Asset Reports.
b) In the Select Report dialog box, select Asset Acquisitions.
c) Choose Choose. Review the Asset Acquisitions report. This report is Depreciation Area
specific.
d) Choose Back.
e) Remain on this page for the next step.
8. Go from the Asset Explorer to the asset master record and check the changes there.
a) On the Asset Explorer screen, choose Display Master Data.
b) On the General tab, look at the data in the Posting information section, the changes on
the Origin tab, and the changes on the Deprec. Areas tab.
c) Choose Back.
d) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
140
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 3
Exercise 14
Analyze the Asset Value in the SAP Fiori App
Manage Fixed Assets
Simulation: Analyze the Asset Value in the SAP Fiori App Manage Fixed Assets
For more information on Analyze the Asset Value in the SAP Fiori App Manage
Fixed Assets, please view the simulation in the lesson Processing Acquisitions
online in the SAP Learning Hub.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
1. Check the posted values for your asset using the SAP Fiori app Manage Fixed Assets. To
access this app, you can go to the Display Asset Master Worklist app. From there, select a
fixed asset master data and navigate to Manage Fixed Assets using the link list or the
navigation arrow.
2. Check the planned values for your asset using the SAP Fiori app Manage Fixed Assets. To
access this app, you can go to the Display Asset Master Worklist app. From there, select a
fixed asset master data and navigate to Manage Fixed Assets using the link list or the
navigation arrow.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
141
Unit 3
Solution 14
Analyze the Asset Value in the SAP Fiori App
Manage Fixed Assets
Simulation: Analyze the Asset Value in the SAP Fiori App Manage Fixed Assets
For more information on Analyze the Asset Value in the SAP Fiori App Manage
Fixed Assets, please view the simulation in the lesson Processing Acquisitions
online in the SAP Learning Hub.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
1. Check the posted values for your asset using the SAP Fiori app Manage Fixed Assets. To
access this app, you can go to the Display Asset Master Worklist app. From there, select a
fixed asset master data and navigate to Manage Fixed Assets using the link list or the
navigation arrow.
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the Master Data tile group, choose Display
Asset Master Worklist.
b) Enter Company Code TA##.
c) Choose Go.
d) Choose Capitalized.
Your capitalized assets are displayed.
e) In the line for your Forklift 1 Group ##, choose the Display Asset navigation arrow at
the end of the row (>), to display details of your asset.
The Manage Fixed Assets app appears.
f) In the Values for 32 (IFRS in local currency) screen area, choose Journal Entries.
g) Choose Settings.
h) Select Target Ledger Group and choose OK.
Note the document number _________________ and the Target Ledger Group ____
Note the reference document number_______________
i) In the Depreciation Areas section, choose the row for depreciation area 01 (Local GAAP
in local currency).
j) In the Values 01 (Local GAAP in local currency) area, review the Journal Entries shown
for this depreciation area.
Note the document number _________________and the Target Ledger Group ______
Note the reference document number_______________
142
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Processing Acquisitions
k) In the Journal Entry column, click the document number.
l) Choose T-Account View.
m) Choose Back.
n) On the Manage Journal Entries screen, choose Related Documents.
o) Choose the reference document number you noted down.
p) Choose Manage Journal Entries.
q) Choose the icon next to Entry View and choose 0L (Leading Ledger).
r) Choose the icon next to Entry View and choose 2L (Local GAAP Ledger).
The reference document was posted to both ledgers.
s) Choose Related Documents.
t) Choose one blue document number.
u) Choose More Links.
v) Select Display Document Flowand choose OK.
w) Choose Display Document Flow.
x) Choose the SAP logoto return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
2. Check the planned values for your asset using the SAP Fiori app Manage Fixed Assets. To
access this app, you can go to the Display Asset Master Worklist app. From there, select a
fixed asset master data and navigate to Manage Fixed Assets using the link list or the
navigation arrow.
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the Master Data tile group, choose Display
Asset Master Worklist .
b) Enter Company Code TA##.
c) Choose Go.
d) Choose Capitalized.
Your capitalized assets are displayed.
e) In the line for your Forklift 1 Group ##, choose the Display Asset navigation arrow at
the end of the row (>), to display details of your asset.
The Manage Fixed Assets app appears.
f) In the Values for 32 (IFRS in local currency) screen area, choose Depreciation.
The Depreciation Status is “Planned”.
g) In the Values for 32 (IFRS in local currency) screen area, choose Depreciation and
change the Fiscal Year to the Current year + 1.
The Depreciation Status is “Planned”.
h) Display the Depreciation Status of depreciation area 20. To select this depreciation
area, click the first column of the corresponding entry in the Depreciation Areas screen
section.
The Depreciation Status is “Planned”.
i) Repeat the last step for depreciation area 01.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
143
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
The Depreciation Status is “Planned”.
j) Choose Compare Values.
k) Choose Enter selection criteria.
Note:
Enter Selection Criteria is represented by the Filter icon.
l) Select depreciation areas 32 and 20.
m) Choose OK.
Compare the values between depreciation areas 32 and 20.
n) Choose Values.
o) To select depreciation area 32, click the first column of the corresponding entry in the
Depreciation Areas screen section.
p) In the Values for 32 (IFRS in local currency) screen area, choose Journal Entries and in
the field Fiscal Year use the drop-down to choose the CY.
The document number appears in the Journal Entry column.
q) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
144
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Processing Acquisitions
LESSON SUMMARY
You should now be able to:
●
Enter transactions in the system and analyze them using the Asset Explorer
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
145
Unit 3
Lesson 2
Posting Non-Integrated Asset Acquisitions and
Understanding the Integration with Materials
Management
LESSON OVERVIEW
This lesson explains non-integrated asset acquisition with an automatic offsetting entry and
integration with Materials Management (MM).
Business Example
As an employee in the asset accounting department, you need to create acquisitions with an
automatic offsetting entry and integration with MM. For this reason, you require the following
knowledge:
●
An understanding of non-integrated asset acquisitions in the system
●
An understanding of asset acquisition integration with MM
LESSON OBJECTIVES
After completing this lesson, you will be able to:
●
146
Post asset acquisition with clearing account and understand the integration to materials
management (MM)
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Posting Non-Integrated Asset Acquisitions and Understanding the Integration with Materials Management
Post Asset Acquisition with Clearing Account
Figure 97: Asset Acquisition with Clearing Account – Acquisition with Automatic Offsetting Entry
Animation: Asset Acquisition with Clearing Account – Acquisition with Automatic
Offsetting Entry
For more information on Asset Acquisition with Clearing Account – Acquisition
with Automatic Offsetting Entry, please view the animation in the lesson Posting
Non-Integrated Asset Acquisitions and Understanding the Integration with
Materials Management, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
If asset acquisition postings are not integrated with MM, then use a clearing account.
The reasons for not making integrated postings are as follows:
●
●
The invoice arrived before the asset.
The asset has already been delivered and should be used, but the invoice has not been
delivered.
One posting is made to the clearing account from accounts payable (AP) (posting record to
debit clearing account, debit tax, and credit vendor), and one from FI-AA (posting record from
debit to asset and credit to clearing account). The sequence is determined by the transaction.
The following are the new features of the automatic offsetting entry:
●
The ability to create a new asset master record when posting.
●
The ability to post several existing asset master records in one step.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
147
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
148
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 3
Exercise 15
Make Various Non-Integrated Asset
Acquisition Postings
Simulation: Make Various Non-Integrated Asset Acquisition Postings
For more information on Make Various Non-Integrated Asset Acquisition
Postings, please view the simulation in the lesson Posting Non-Integrated Asset
Acquisitions and Understanding the Integration with Materials Management
online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
As an employee in the asset accounting department, you want to try out the various options
for posting non-integrated asset acquisitions in the SAP system.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Task 1: Make Non-Integrated Asset Acquisition Postings
Make various non-integrated asset acquisition postings
1. Post an acquisition, with automatic offsetting, to the first of your 10 machines with an APC
(acquisition and production costs) value of €100,000.
2. Check the asset values.
3. Review the change in the asset master record.
Task 2: Make additional Non-Integrated Acquisition Postings
For each of the Machines 02 to 05, post an external asset acquisition (with automatic
offsetting entry).
1. For Machine 02 post APC of €100,000 in the current year.
2. For Machines 03 and 04, post APC of €100000 each for January 1, PY (PY = previous
year) in a single posting.
3. For Machine 05, post APC of €100000 in the previous year and then subsequent costs of
€10000 in the current year.
Task 3: Post the Acquisitions
1. Post an acquisition in the previous year to Forklift 2.
2. Post an acquisition in the current year to a new asset in class 3100 without first creating
an asset master record. That is, create the master record during the acquisition posting.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
149
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
Task 4: Enter the Acquisition and Analyze the Values of the Assets
1. For PC Superflux Scenic 4000 Gr. ##, you have received information containing the
following net amounts:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
PC
1000
Monitor
500
Keyboard
20
Enter the acquisition (for main numbers and subnumbers) with the automatic offsetting
entry in the quickest way.
2. Analyze all the values of the asset in the Asset Explorer.
Task 5: Post the Corrected APC Amount of an Asset
1. The asset Machine 01 was posted with an incorrect acquisition value. Reverse the
document and then post the correct APC amount of €150000.
Task 6: (Optional) Make Non-Integrated Acquisition Posting
Post an acquisition for a Low-Value Asset (LVA)
If an LVA was not created in a previous exercise, an asset master data for class 5000 LVA
(individ. mgmt.) may need to be created in the system. If the asset exists this can be used in
the following exercise.
1. Post an acquisition of 1,200 for your low-value asset (coffee machine) on July 1, PY. The
system should reject the posting.
2. Retain the posting and document date as July 1, PY, with a capitalization amount of €400.
3. Check the values in the Asset Explorer.
150
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 3
Solution 15
Make Various Non-Integrated Asset
Acquisition Postings
Simulation: Make Various Non-Integrated Asset Acquisition Postings
For more information on Make Various Non-Integrated Asset Acquisition
Postings, please view the simulation in the lesson Posting Non-Integrated Asset
Acquisitions and Understanding the Integration with Materials Management
online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
As an employee in the asset accounting department, you want to try out the various options
for posting non-integrated asset acquisitions in the SAP system.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Task 1: Make Non-Integrated Asset Acquisition Postings
Make various non-integrated asset acquisition postings
1. Post an acquisition, with automatic offsetting, to the first of your 10 machines with an APC
(acquisition and production costs) value of €100,000.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Operational Processing tile group,
choose Post Acquisition (Non-Integrated) With Automatic Offsetting Entry (transaction
ABZOL).
b) If prompted, in the Enter a Company Code dialog box, enter TA## in the Company Code
field and choose Continue.
c) On the Enter Asset Transaction: Acquis. w/Autom. Offsetting Entry screen, enter the
following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Existing asset
Asset number for Machine 01
Document Date
Current date
Posting Date
Current date
Amount posted
100000
d) Choose Simulate (F9).
e) Choose AP/Currency → LG: Local GAAP → 10: EUR — Company Code Currency.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
151
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
f) Choose Post. Note the document numbers.
Asset Acquisition Document (for Machine 01
( IFRS)):_______________________________________
Asset Acquisition Document (for Machine 01
(LG)):__________________________________________
g) Choose Continue.
h) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
2. Check the asset values.
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Values (transaction AW01N).
b) Verify the Company Code and Asset fields are for your asset Machine 01.
c) On the Asset Explorer screen, check the asset values in Transactions area.
d) Do not exit the screen.
3. Review the change in the asset master record.
a) On the Asset Explorer screen, choose Display Master Data.
b) On the Display Asset: Master Data screen, choose the Time-dependent, Assignments,
and General tabs, one by one, and check the data.
c) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
Task 2: Make additional Non-Integrated Acquisition Postings
For each of the Machines 02 to 05, post an external asset acquisition (with automatic
offsetting entry).
1. For Machine 02 post APC of €100,000 in the current year.
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the Operational Processing tile group,
choose Post Acquisition (Non-Integrated) With Automatic Offsetting Entry (transaction
ABZOL).
b) On the Enter Asset Transaction: Acquis. w/Autom. Offsetting Entry screen, enter the
following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Existing asset
Asset number for Machine 02
Document Date
Current date
Posting Date
Current date
Amount Posted
100000
c) Choose Simulate.
d) Choose Post. Note the document numbers.
Asset Acquisition Document (for Machine 02
( IFRS)):_______________________________________
152
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Posting Non-Integrated Asset Acquisitions and Understanding the Integration with Materials Management
Asset Acquisition Document (for Machine 02
(LG)):__________________________________________
e) Choose Continue.
f) Remain on this screen for the next step.
2. For Machines 03 and 04, post APC of €100000 each for January 1, PY (PY = previous
year) in a single posting.
a) On the Fiori Launchpad home page, choose the tile Post Acquisition (Non-Integrated)
With Automatic Offsetting Entry (Transaction ABZOL).
b) On the Enter Asset Transaction: Acquis. w/Autom. Offsetting Entry screen, choose
Multiple assets.
c) Enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Document Date
January 1, PY
Posting Date
January 1, PY
Asset Value Date
January 1, PY
d) In the List of Assets section, enter the two asset numbers for Machines 03 and
04 and the posting amount of €100000 each.
e) Choose Simulate.
f) Choose Post.
g) If prompted, confirm the warning message by choosing Yes.
h) Remain on this screen for the next step.
3. For Machine 05, post APC of €100000 in the previous year and then subsequent costs of
€10000 in the current year.
a) On the Enter Asset Transaction: Acquis. w/Autom. Offsetting Entry screen, in the
Existing asset field, enter the asset number for Machine 05.
b) On the Enter Asset Transaction: Acquis. w/Autom. Offsetting Entry screen, enter the
following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Document Date
January 1, PY
Posting Date
January 1, PY
Asset Value Date
January 1, PY
Amount Posted
100000
c) Choose Simulate.
d) Choose Post.
e) Choose Continue.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
153
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
f) Create a separate posting in the same transaction of €10000 to the same asset with a
different date in the current year using the previous steps.
g) Remain on this screen for the next step.
Task 3: Post the Acquisitions
1. Post an acquisition in the previous year to Forklift 2.
a) On the Enter Asset Transaction: Acquis. w/Autom. Offsetting Entry screen, enter the
following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Existing Asset
Asset number for Forklift 2
Group ##
Document Date
January 1, PY
Posting Date
January 1, PY
Asset Value Date
January 1, PY
Amount Posted
100000
b) Choose Simulate.
c) Choose Post. Note your document numbers.
●
Asset Acquisition Document (for Forklift 2 (IFRS)) – _________________________
●
Asset Acquisition Document (for Forklift 2 (LG)) – _________________________
d) Remain on this screen for the next step.
2. Post an acquisition in the current year to a new asset in class 3100 without first creating
an asset master record. That is, create the master record during the acquisition posting.
a) On the Enter Asset Transaction: Acquis. w/Autom. Offsetting Entry home page, select
New Asset.
b) Enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Description
Large car TDI
Asset Class
3100
Cost Center
TA##1100
Document Date
Current date
Posting Date
Current date
Amount Posted
30000
c) Choose Simulate.
d) Choose Post. Note your asset and document numbers
154
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Posting Non-Integrated Asset Acquisitions and Understanding the Integration with Materials Management
●
●
●
Asset (Large Car TDI) – _________________________
Asset Acquisition Document (New Asset Large Car TDI (IFRS)) –
_________________________
Asset Acquisition Document (New Asset Large Car TDI (LG)) –
_________________________
e) Choose Continue.
f) Remain on this screen for the next step.
Task 4: Enter the Acquisition and Analyze the Values of the Assets
1. For PC Superflux Scenic 4000 Gr. ##, you have received information containing the
following net amounts:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
PC
1000
Monitor
500
Keyboard
20
Enter the acquisition (for main numbers and subnumbers) with the automatic offsetting
entry in the quickest way.
a) On the Enter Asset Transaction: Acquis. w/Autom. Offsetting Entry screen, choose
Multiple assets and enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Document Date
Current date
Posting Date
Current date
Asset Value Date
Current date
Asset
Asset number for Superflux
Scenic Gr. ##
b) Choose Subnumbers .
The system displays the main number and all subnumbers of the asset in the List of
Assets table.
c) Enter 1000 (for the Superflux Scenic 4000 Gr. ##), 500 (for the Monitor), and 20 (for
the Keyboard) in the respective Amount Posted field.
d) Choose Simulate.
e) Choose Post. Note the doucment numbers.
●
●
Asset Acquisition Document (for PC Superflux Scenic 4000 Gr. ## (PC 1) IFRS) –
______________
Asset Acquisition Document (for PC Superflux Scenic 4000 Gr. ## (PC 1) LG) –
______________
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
155
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
f) Choose Continue.
g) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
2. Analyze all the values of the asset in the Asset Explorer.
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Values (transaction AW01N).
b) On the Asset Explorer home page, verify the Company Code and Asset field for the
correct asset, in the subnumber field enter an asterisk (*) and choose Enter.
c) Review the information on the Asset Explorer screen. You can see the asset and asset
subnumber information.
d) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
Task 5: Post the Corrected APC Amount of an Asset
1. The asset Machine 01 was posted with an incorrect acquisition value. Reverse the
document and then post the correct APC amount of €150000.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Operational Processing tile group,
choose Reverse Journal Entry Asset Accounting-Specific (transaction AB08).
b) On the Documents for Asset screen, enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Company Code
TA##
Asset
Asset number for Machine 01
Subnumber
0
Fiscal Year
CY
c) Choose Enter.
d) On the Overview of Asset Accounting Documents screen, select the document and then
choose Reverse.
e) In the Specifications for Reverse Posting dialog box, enter the reversal reason as 01
(reversal in current period).
Fiscal year, posting date and period will be defaulted values from the system.
f) Choose Continue.
g) Choose Post.
●
Reversal Document (for Machine 01 (IFRS)) – _________________________
●
Reversal Document (for Machine 01 (LG)) – _________________________
h) Choose Continue.
i) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
j) Post the correct acquisition with an automatic offsetting entry as specified in the
exercise.
156
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Posting Non-Integrated Asset Acquisitions and Understanding the Integration with Materials Management
●
Asset Acquisition Document (for Machine 01 (IFRS)) – _________________________
●
Asset Acquisition Document (for Machine 01 (LG)) – _________________________
k) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
Task 6: (Optional) Make Non-Integrated Acquisition Posting
Post an acquisition for a Low-Value Asset (LVA)
If an LVA was not created in a previous exercise, an asset master data for class 5000 LVA
(individ. mgmt.) may need to be created in the system. If the asset exists this can be used in
the following exercise.
1. Post an acquisition of 1,200 for your low-value asset (coffee machine) on July 1, PY. The
system should reject the posting.
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the Operational Processing tile group,
choose Post Acquisition (Non-Integrated) With Automatic Offsetting Entry (transaction
ABZOL).
b) On the Enter Asset Transaction: Acquis. w/Autom. Offsetting Entry screen, enter the
following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Existing Asset
Asset number for Coffee Machine
Document Date
July 1, PY
Posting Date
July 1, PY
Amount Posted
1200
c) Choose Post.
The error message “Low value asset max. amount exceeded. No posting allowed” will
be displayed on the screen. The system rejects this data.
d) Choose Enter and remain on this screen for the next step.
2. Retain the posting and document date as July 1, PY, with a capitalization amount of €400.
a) If you remained on the screen in the previous step, skip this step. On the SAP Fiori
Launchpad home page, choose the Post Acquisition (Non-Integrated) With Automatic
Offsetting Entry tile (Transaction ABZOL).
b) On the Enter Asset Transaction: Acquis. w/Autom. Offsetting Entry screen, enter the
following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Existing asset
Asset number for Coffee Machine
Document Date
July 1, PY
Posting Date
July 1, PY
Amount posted
400
c) Choose Post. Note the document numbers.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
157
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
●
●
Asset Acquisition Document (for LVA Coffee Machine (IFRS)) –
_______________________
Asset Acquisition Document (for LVA Coffee Machine (LG)) –
_______________________
d) Choose Continue.
e) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
3. Check the values in the Asset Explorer.
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Values (transaction AW01N).
b) On the Asset Explorer screen, enter company code TA## and LVA previously posted
and in the Fiscal year field, enter CY-1
c) Choose Enter.
d) Select the row for External asset acquisition in Transactions and choose Display FI
Document.
e) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
158
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Posting Non-Integrated Asset Acquisitions and Understanding the Integration with Materials Management
Asset Acquisition with Materials Management Integration
Figure 100: Asset Acquisition with MM Integration
Animation: Asset Acquisition with MM Integration
For more information on Asset Acquisition with MM Integration, please view the
animation in the lesson Posting Non-Integrated Asset Acquisitions and
Understanding the Integration with Materials Management, online in the SAP
Learning Hub.
The logistic processes or activities of asset acquisition with MM are as follows:
1. Create a purchase requisition (PReq) and asset master record, if required.
2. Create a purchase order (from PReq) with assignment category A (A = Asset).
In the purchase order, you can specify a master record number for the asset in the Item
Detail screen area. An even greater degree of integration can be achieved by creating the
asset master record in the purchase order transaction.
3. Post the goods receipt.
When you enter the purchase order, you determine whether the asset is activated on
posting the goods receipt (valuated goods receipt) or posting the invoice receipt (nonvaluated goods receipt). The first option is used when, for example, the goods receipt
takes place before the invoice receipt. When the invoice is received later, differences may
occur between the invoice amount and the amount posted at the time of the goods
receipt. In this case, adjustment postings are made to the asset. Since the asset has not
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
159
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
yet been capitalized, no corrections are necessary for a non-valuated goods receipt.
However, the system uses the date of the goods receipt as the capitalization date.
4. Post the invoice receipt.
If the goods receipt is non-valuated, the system capitalizes the asset, creates line items,
and updates the value fields.
160
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 3
Exercise 16
Make Postings Integrated with Materials
Management (Optional)
Simulation: Make Postings Integrated with Materials Management (Optional)
For more information on Make Postings Integrated with Materials Management
(Optional), please view the simulation in the lesson Posting Non-Integrated Asset
Acquisitions and Understanding the Integration with Materials Management
online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
Your asset accounting department plans to use Materials Management (MM) functions for
asset acquisitions. They ask you to test the posting transactions.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
In the following steps, the logistics process chain Purchase order → Goods receipt → Invoice
receipt uses the example of a PC acquisition.
1. Create a standard purchase order for plant TA## and company code TA## using Asset
number your PC 05. Using the Fiori app Manage Purchase Orders and the data from the
tables:
Table 3: Purchase Order - Basic Data
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Purchase Order Type
Standard PO (NB)
Supplier
T-AV##
Currency
EUR
Purchasing Group
Z##
Company Code
TA##
Purchasing organization
C100
Table 4: Purchase Order Items - General Information
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Material
Do not fill
Short text
Purchase order PC Group ##
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
161
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Plant
TA##
Order Quantity
1 / PC
Net Order Price
2000
Product Type Group
Material
Material Group
L004
Account Assignment Category
Asset (A)
Table 5: Purchase Order Items - Delivery Details
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Storage Location
101B
Table 6: Purchase Order Items - Tax
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Tax Code
1I
Table 7: Purchase Order Items - Schedule Lines
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Delivery Date
Current date + 14 days
Table 8: Purchase Order Items - Account Assignment
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Asset
Asset number for PC 05
Note your purchase order document number
___________________________________________.
2. Check the data for your PC 05 by starting the Asset Explorer for this asset.
3. Do you see the PO amount immediately?
4. Has a capitalization date been set in the master data for the asset?
162
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Posting Non-Integrated Asset Acquisitions and Understanding the Integration with Materials Management
5. Post the logistics goods receipt. Use the app Post Goods Receipt for Purchasing
Document.
6. Check the asset value again by starting the Asset Explorer for the asset.
7. Post an invoice receipt for the above purchase order, using the current date and
containing the following (accepted) amounts:
●
Invoice amount (net): €1,995
●
(Sales) tax amount (10%): €199.50
●
Invoice amount (gross): €2,194.50
8. Check the asset value again by starting the Asset Explorer for the asset.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
163
Unit 3
Solution 16
Make Postings Integrated with Materials
Management (Optional)
Simulation: Make Postings Integrated with Materials Management (Optional)
For more information on Make Postings Integrated with Materials Management
(Optional), please view the simulation in the lesson Posting Non-Integrated Asset
Acquisitions and Understanding the Integration with Materials Management
online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
Your asset accounting department plans to use Materials Management (MM) functions for
asset acquisitions. They ask you to test the posting transactions.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
In the following steps, the logistics process chain Purchase order → Goods receipt → Invoice
receipt uses the example of a PC acquisition.
1. Create a standard purchase order for plant TA## and company code TA## using Asset
number your PC 05. Using the Fiori app Manage Purchase Orders and the data from the
tables:
Table 3: Purchase Order - Basic Data
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Purchase Order Type
Standard PO (NB)
Supplier
T-AV##
Currency
EUR
Purchasing Group
Z##
Company Code
TA##
Purchasing organization
C100
Table 4: Purchase Order Items - General Information
164
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Material
Do not fill
Short text
Purchase order PC Group ##
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Posting Non-Integrated Asset Acquisitions and Understanding the Integration with Materials Management
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Plant
TA##
Order Quantity
1 / PC
Net Order Price
2000
Product Type Group
Material
Material Group
L004
Account Assignment Category
Asset (A)
Table 5: Purchase Order Items - Delivery Details
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Storage Location
101B
Table 6: Purchase Order Items - Tax
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Tax Code
1I
Table 7: Purchase Order Items - Schedule Lines
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Delivery Date
Current date + 14 days
Table 8: Purchase Order Items - Account Assignment
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Asset
Asset number for PC 05
Note your purchase order document number
___________________________________________.
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the Materials Management tile group,
choose Manage Purchase Orders.
b) Choose Create.
c) On the New Purchase Order screen, in the Basic Data section, enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Purchase Order Type
Standard PO (NB)
Supplier
T-AV##
Currency
EUR
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
165
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Purchasing Group
Z##
Purchasing Organization
C100
Company Code
TA##
d) Choose Items tab page.
e) Choose Create in the Purchase Order Items section and choose details (>) on the right
side of the line.
In the Purchase Order Item screen area,enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Material
Do not fill
Short text
Purchase order PC Group ##
Plant
TA##
Order Quantity
1 / PC
Net Order Price
2000
Price Unit
1 / PC
Material Group
L004
Product Type Group
Material
Account Assignment Category
Asset (A)
f) Choose the Delivery Details tab and enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Storage Location
101B
g) Choose the Tax tab and enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Tax Code
1I
h) Choose the Schedule Lines tab and enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Delivery Date
Current date + 14 days
i) Choose the Account Assignment tab.
j) Choose in the Purchase Order Item Account Assignments (1) screen area details (>) on
the right side of the line 1.
k) Choose the Asset Management tab.
166
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Posting Non-Integrated Asset Acquisitions and Understanding the Integration with Materials Management
l) In the Asset field, search for your PC 05 asset master record number.
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Asset
Asset number for PC 05
m) In the Purchase Order Item Account Assignments screen area, choose Apply.
n) In the Purchase Order Item screen area, choose Apply.
o) In the Purchase Order screen area, choose Order.
Note your purchase order document number
___________________________________________.
p) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
2. Check the data for your PC 05 by starting the Asset Explorer for this asset.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Values (transaction AW01N).
b) On the Asset Explorer screen, enter the data in the table and choose Enter.
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Company Code
TA##
Asset
Asset number for PC 05
3. Do you see the PO amount immediately?
No, not immediately, but in the screen area Objects related to the asset, you see that a
purchase order exists for this asset.
a) Double-click the purchase order date that is displayed. The PO screen containing the
PO number is displayed.
b) Chose Back.
c) Remain on this screen for the next step.
4. Has a capitalization date been set in the master data for the asset?
No, because only a purchase order document has been created and no values have been
posted.
a) On the Asset Explorer screen, choose Display Master Data to open the asset master
record.
You can see that no capitalization date has been set.
b) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
5. Post the logistics goods receipt. Use the app Post Goods Receipt for Purchasing
Document.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
167
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the Materials Management tile group,
choose Post Goods Receipt for Purchasing Document.
b) On the Post Goods Receipt for Purchasing Document screen, in the Purchase Order
field, enter your purchase order number you just created.
c) Choose Enter, the goods receipt screen is filled with data from the purchase order.
d) Select the line for Purchase Order PC Group ##, confirm the delivered quantity is
correct (1 PC) and choose Post.
Note your material document number ___________________________________.
e) Choose OK.
f) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
6. Check the asset value again by starting the Asset Explorer for the asset.
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Values (transaction AW01N).
b) If needed, enter the company code and asset number for PC 05.
The asset now has an acquisition value.
c) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
7. Post an invoice receipt for the above purchase order, using the current date and
containing the following (accepted) amounts:
●
Invoice amount (net): €1,995
●
(Sales) tax amount (10%): €199.50
●
Invoice amount (gross): €2,194.50
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the Materials Management tile group,
choose Create Supplier Invoice.
b) On the Create Supplier Invoice screen, enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Transaction
Invoice
Company Code
TA##
Gross Invoice Amount
2194.50 / EUR
Invoice Date
Current Date
Posting Date
Current Date
Invoicing Party
T-AV##
c) Look at the lower part of the screen and enter your purchase order number to the right
of the entry field Purchase Order/Scheduling Agreement.
When you choose Enter, the relevant amounts are copied from the purchase order to
the Create Supplier Invoice screen.
d) Change the amount in the row to the net invoice price (€1,995) in the Amount column.
168
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Posting Non-Integrated Asset Acquisitions and Understanding the Integration with Materials Management
e) Choose Enter.
Now, have the system check whether the vendor has included the correct tax on the
invoice. Check the correct tax code 1I.
f) Choose the Tax tab.
In the field Tax Amount appears 199.50. If the correct tax amount is not shown, choose
Propose Tax.
g) Choose Simulate.
h) Choose Post.
i) In the Success dialog box, choose No.
j) If needed, choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
8. Check the asset value again by starting the Asset Explorer for the asset.
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Values (transaction AW01N).
b) Review the information for the asset as described previously.
Note that the acquisition value has been changed due to the net amount you changed
in the previous step.
c) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
169
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
LESSON SUMMARY
You should now be able to:
●
170
Post asset acquisition with clearing account and understand the integration to materials
management (MM)
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 3
Lesson 3
Posting Integrated and Non-Integrated Asset
Retirements
LESSON OVERVIEW
This lesson explains posting integrated and non-integrated asset retirements.
Business Example
As an employee in the asset accounting department, you need to know the various options for
posting integrated and non-integrated asset retirements, both individually and by mass
processing. For this reason, you require the following knowledge:
●
An understanding of the integrated (with accounts receivable (AR)) and the non-integrated
asset retirements in the system
LESSON OBJECTIVES
After completing this lesson, you will be able to:
●
Enter both integrated and non-integrated asset retirements
Integrated Asset Retirement
Figure 103: Important Parameters for Integrated Asset Retirement
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
171
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
Animation: Important Parameters for Integrated Asset Retirement
For more information on Important Parameters for Integrated Asset Retirement,
please view the animation in the lesson Posting Integrated and Non-Integrated
Asset Retirements, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
When you select the Asset Retirement checkbox while posting to the revenue from the asset
sales account, a dialog box appears.
In this dialog box, enter the following data if it does not appear by default:
●
Asset number
●
Retirement transaction type
●
Asset value date (date of retirement)
●
Portion of an asset being retired or complete retirement indicator
Retirement T-Accounts Model
Figure 105: Asset Retirement T-Accounts Model
Animation: Asset Retirement T-Accounts Model
For more information on Asset Retirement T-Accounts Model, please view the
animation in the lesson Posting Integrated and Non-Integrated Asset
Retirements, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
172
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Posting Integrated and Non-Integrated Asset Retirements
The example in the figure shows complete retirement with revenue. The system automatically
calculates the gain or loss (in the example, loss of €1,300). In addition, the system determines
the asset balance sheet value and the proportional value adjustments that is equivalent to
accumulated depreciation.
The following are different ways of posting retirements:
●
Retirement with revenue and customer (integrated asset retirement)
●
Retirement with revenue but without customer (not integrated)
●
Retirement without revenue (asset retirement by scrapping)
These three ways can be entered either as complete or partial retirement.
●
Retirement of mass asset (with worklist)
●
Retirement of several assets (within the manually posted retirement transaction)
The values of the accounts for revenue from asset sales and clearing asset retirement can be
shown in notes to the financial statement.
Asset Retirement – Calculating Gain or Loss
Figure 107: Asset Retirement – Calculating Gain or Loss
The system determines the asset retirement period based on the asset retirement date. Using
the period control method (period control key of the depreciation key), the system
automatically calculates how long depreciation is allowed to be posted for the asset.
The system automatically determines the proportional value adjustments (depreciation) until
the period that applies to the part of the asset being retired cancels this depreciation.
At the same time, the system posts the asset retirement.
The gain or loss result depends on the balance of the following:
●
Amount of the original APC value
●
Amount of value adjustments
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
173
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
●
Revenue (for example, the sales price) that is received for the asset
Mass Retirements Using Worklists
Figure 108: Mass Retirement Using Worklists Image
Animation: Mass Retirement Using Worklists Image
For more information on Mass Retirement Using Worklists Image, please view
the animation in the lesson Posting Integrated and Non-Integrated Asset
Retirements, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Mass retirement with or without revenue is defined as a standard task in the system.
To carry out a mass retirement, follow these steps:
1. Use an asset report to create a list of assets to be retired.
2. Create a worklist.
3. Select a purpose for the worklist, such as retirement without revenue or retirement sale
with revenue.
4. Enter the revenue distribution.
5. Process the worklist, or edit the worklist before releasing it.
174
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 3
Exercise 17
Post Integrated Asset Retirements with
Accounts Receivable (AR)
Simulation: Post Integrated Asset Retirements with Accounts Receivable (AR)
For more information on Post Integrated Asset Retirements with Accounts
Receivable (AR), please view the simulation in the lesson Posting Integrated and
Non-Integrated Asset Retirements online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
To use the SAP component Asset Accounting (FI-AA), you want to learn and test the various
options for posting asset retirement.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Task 1: Post an Integrated Complete Retirement and Display in the Asset Explorer
Machine 03 is to be sold (completely) on July 01 of the current year.
1. Post an integrated complete retirement for Machine 03 (value date: July 1, CY). You gain a
sales price/sales revenue of €10,000 (net).
Calculate the gross sales price using the selected output tax key.
Note:
If you want to work with an output tax of 10%, use the tax key 1O (in words: one
O, not one zero).
The Revenue from asset retirement account has the number 70020000 in the
chart of accounts you are using. (Use the customer T-AC##.)
2. Display the asset retirement in the Asset Explorer.
3. How are the values of the assets sold displayed in the asset history sheet?
Task 2: Post the Retirement in the Current Year
Part (60%) of a second asset (Machine 04) should be sold. Post the integrated retirement in
the current year, and check the asset values in the Asset Explorer.
1. Post the (integrated) retirement in the current year, and enter a revenue or sales price of
€11,000
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
175
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
2. Check the posting document, the changes in the asset master record, and the asset
values in the Asset Explorer.
Task 3: Post an Asset Acquisition and an Asset Retirement
The production department wants to scrap PC 02.
1. Post an asset acquisition to this asset in the previous year (PY).
2. Post the asset retirement without revenue in the current year.
3. Check the posting document, the change in the asset master record, and the asset values.
Has the asset been deactivated?
176
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 3
Solution 17
Post Integrated Asset Retirements with
Accounts Receivable (AR)
Simulation: Post Integrated Asset Retirements with Accounts Receivable (AR)
For more information on Post Integrated Asset Retirements with Accounts
Receivable (AR), please view the simulation in the lesson Posting Integrated and
Non-Integrated Asset Retirements online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
To use the SAP component Asset Accounting (FI-AA), you want to learn and test the various
options for posting asset retirement.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Task 1: Post an Integrated Complete Retirement and Display in the Asset Explorer
Machine 03 is to be sold (completely) on July 01 of the current year.
1. Post an integrated complete retirement for Machine 03 (value date: July 1, CY). You gain a
sales price/sales revenue of €10,000 (net).
Calculate the gross sales price using the selected output tax key.
Note:
If you want to work with an output tax of 10%, use the tax key 1O (in words: one
O, not one zero).
The Revenue from asset retirement account has the number 70020000 in the
chart of accounts you are using. (Use the customer T-AC##.)
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Operational Processing tile group,
choose Post Retirement (Integrated AR) With Customer (transaction F-92).
b) On the Asset Retire. frm Sale w/Customer: Header Data screen, enter the following
data and choose Enter:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Document Date
July 1, CY
Type
DR
Company Code
TA##
Posting Date
July 1, CY
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
177
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Period
7
Currency/Rate
EUR
PstKy
01
Account
T-AC##
c) Confirm your entries and choose Continue.
d) On the Enter Customer invoice: Add Customer item screen, enter the following data
and choose Enter:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Amount
11000
Calculate Tax
Select
Tax Code
1O
PstKy
50
Account
70020000
e) On the Enter Customer invoice: Add G/L account item screen, enter * in the Amount
field and select Asset retirement.
f) Choose Enter.
g) In the Create Asset Retirement dialog box, enter the following data and choose
Continue:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Asset
Asset number for Machine 03
Asset Value Date
July 1, CY
Complete retirement
Select
h) Choose Continue.
i) On the Enter Customer invoice: Correct G/L account item screen, choose Display
Document Overview.
j) Choose Asset Accounting.
k) Choose Back to return to the Enter Customer invoice: Display Overview screen.
l) Choose Post.
m) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
2. Display the asset retirement in the Asset Explorer.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Values (transaction AW01N).
178
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Posting Integrated and Non-Integrated Asset Retirements
b) On the Asset Explorer screen, double-click Retirement with revenue under the
Transactions area.
c) On the Display Document: Data Entry View screen, choose Display Document Header.
d) In the Document Header: TA## Company Code dialog box, choose Continue/Confirm.
e) Choose Back.
f) Remain on this screen for the next step.
3. How are the values of the assets sold displayed in the asset history sheet?
The Value Adjustment is listed in the Dep. Retir to clear out the accumulated depreciation
for the asset. Year-end values for APC, Accumul. dep. and Curr.bk.bal are 0.00
a) On the Asset Explorer screen, choose Call Asset Reports.
b) In the Select Report dialog box, double-click the Asset History Sheet report to select it.
c) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
Task 2: Post the Retirement in the Current Year
Part (60%) of a second asset (Machine 04) should be sold. Post the integrated retirement in
the current year, and check the asset values in the Asset Explorer.
1. Post the (integrated) retirement in the current year, and enter a revenue or sales price of
€11,000
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Operational Processing tile group,
choose Post Retirement (Integrated AR) With Customer (transaction F-92).
b) On the Asset Retire. frm Sale w/Customer: Header Data screen, enter the following
data and choose Enter:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Document Date
July 1, CY
Type
DR
Company Code
TA##
Posting Date
July 1, CY
Period
7
Currency/Rate
EUR
PstKy
01
Account
T-AC##
c) On the Enter Customer invoice: Add Customer item screen, enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Amount
11000
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
179
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Calculate Tax
Select
Tax Code
1O
PstKy
50
Account
70020000
d) Choose Enter.
e) On the Enter Customer invoice: Add G/L account item screen, enter * in the Amount
field, select Asset retirement, and choose Enter.
f) In the Create Asset Retirement dialog box, enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Asset
Asset number for Machine 04
Asset value date
July 1, CY
Percentage rate
60
g) Choose Continue.
h) On the Enter Customer invoice: Correct G/L account item screen, choose Display
Document Overview.
i) Choose Asset Accounting.
j) Go back to the Enter Customer invoice: Display Overview screen.
k) Choose Post.
l) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
2. Check the posting document, the changes in the asset master record, and the asset
values in the Asset Explorer.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Values (transaction AW01N).
b) On the Asset Explorer screen, review the current data for the asset.
c) Choose Call Asset Reports.
d) In the Select Report dialog box, select the Asset History Sheet, and choose Choose.
e) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
Task 3: Post an Asset Acquisition and an Asset Retirement
The production department wants to scrap PC 02.
1. Post an asset acquisition to this asset in the previous year (PY).
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Operational Processing tile group,
choose Post Acquisition (Non-Integrated) With Automatic Offsetting Entry (transaction
ABZOL).
180
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Posting Integrated and Non-Integrated Asset Retirements
b) On the Asset transaction: Acquis. w/Autom. Offsetting Entry screen, enter the following
data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Asset
Asset number for PC 02
Document Date
July 1, PY
Posting Date
July 1, PY
Amount Posted
10000
Use help to find your PC 02 asset.
Hint:
If you cannot find PC 02 initially when using help, remember that it may be
because only the last 10 assets edited are displayed. If so, you can use the
All Values button to display all master records.
c) Post your data.
d) Choose Enter.
e) Choose Continue.
f) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
2. Post the asset retirement without revenue in the current year.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Operational Processing tile group,
choose Post Retirement By Scrapping (transaction ABAVN).
b) On the Enter Asset Transaction: Asset Retirement by Scrapping screen, enter the
following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Existing asset
Asset number for PC 02
Document Date
Current date
Posting Date
Current date
Asset Value Date
Current date
c) Choose Post.
d) Choose Continue.
e) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
3. Check the posting document, the change in the asset master record, and the asset values.
Has the asset been deactivated?
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Values (transaction AW01N).
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
181
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
b) On the Asset Explorer screen, choose Display Master Data.
Has the asset been deactivated?
On the Display Asset: Master data screen, you will notice that the asset is deactivated.
c) Choose Back.
d) On the Asset Explorer screen, choose the row for Retirement without revenue.
e) Choose Display FI Document, then choose Asset Accounting.
f) Choose Back twice to return to the Asset Explorer screen.
g) Choose Call Asset Reports.
h) In the Select Report dialog box, select Asset History Sheet and choose Choose.
i) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
182
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Posting Integrated and Non-Integrated Asset Retirements
LESSON SUMMARY
You should now be able to:
●
Enter both integrated and non-integrated asset retirements
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
183
Unit 3
Lesson 4
Performing Transfers Within Company Code
and Intercompany Asset Transfers
LESSON OVERVIEW
This lesson explains the intracompany asset transfers (transactions within one company
code) and intercompany asset transfers.
Business Example
As an employee in the asset accounting department, you need to know the various ways of
posting transfers within a company code and intercompany asset transfers.
A particularly interesting issue regarding asset postings is what can happen when a wrong
asset class is selected. If a wrong asset class is selected, an asset transfer within a company
code, also called an intracompany transfer, is required. An asset transfer within an enterprise
and across enterprise boundaries (intercompany transfer) can be mapped using different
variants. For this reason, you require the following knowledge:
●
An understanding of intracompany and intercompany asset transfers in the SAP system
LESSON OBJECTIVES
After completing this lesson, you will be able to:
●
Process intracompany and intercompany asset transfers
Transfer Within a Company Code
Figure 111: Transfer within Company Code
184
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Performing Transfers Within Company Code and Intercompany Asset Transfers
FI-AA distinguishes between different types of transfers, depending on the following
circumstances:
●
Transactions within one company code (intracompany transfer)
●
Transactions between different company codes (intercompany transfer)
Animation: Transfer within Company Code
For more information on Transfer within Company Code, please view the
animation in the lesson Performing Transfers Within Company Code and
Intercompany Asset Transfers, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
The possible reasons for intracompany transfers are as follows:
●
●
●
You created and posted a master record in the wrong class.
You want to split up an asset or move part of an asset. Therefore, you must transfer a part
of the asset to a new asset.
You want to settle an asset under construction (AuC) and transfer it to a finished asset.
Hint:
It is possible to map the AuC settlement process using a transfer, but SAP
provides a much more convenient solution for splitting and settling an AuC in the
standard system.
Note:
The system uses transfer variant 4 for transfers within company codes.
One of the transfer variant functions is to determine the transaction type, with which the
transfer is recorded in the source and target asset.
All transfer variants can be found in Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset
Accounting → Transactions → Intercompany Asset Transfers → Automatic Intercompany
Asset Transfers → Define Transfer Variants.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
185
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
186
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 3
Exercise 18
Transfer Assets Within a Company Code
Simulation: Transfer Assets Within a Company Code
For more information on Transfer Assets Within a Company Code, please view
the simulation in the lesson Performing Transfers Within Company Code and
Intercompany Asset Transfers online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
As part of your job, you need to transfer an asset within a company code because an incorrect
asset class was selected earlier.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Task 1: Transfer an Asset Within a Company Code
1. When you created an asset master record for a company car (Car 3000 Group ##) you
made a mistake and created it in the wrong asset class (exercise in the Master Data unit).
Assumption: You still have not identified the mistake. Post €60,000 (net) to this master
record for January of the previous year.
Task 2: Transfer the Asset to a New Asset Master Record
You have noticed your error and would like to transfer the asset to a (new) asset master
record in the correct asset class (asset class 3100).
1. Create a (new) master record in the asset class Vehicles (asset class 3100) of your
company code TA## with the description Car 3100 Group ## and cost center
TA##1500. Make a note of the asset number.
Field transfers allow you to copy data from the old master record to the entry fields of the
new master record. Typically, the system uses the (acquisition) transaction type to
control how the depreciation start date is copied into the new master record.
2. Post a (complete) transfer within company code of your Car 3000 Group ## asset to the
new master record (Car 3100 Group ##).
Enter the current date as the posting and document date.
Caution:
The system should calculate the correct depreciation for the complete
current year. Therefore, set the asset value date to January 01, current year
(CY).
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
187
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
Is the depreciation of the previous year corrected completely?
3. Display the asset values of both assets and check the posting and asset value dates.
In the new asset, check the Original asset field (on the Origin tab page) and the useful life.
188
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 3
Solution 18
Transfer Assets Within a Company Code
Simulation: Transfer Assets Within a Company Code
For more information on Transfer Assets Within a Company Code, please view
the simulation in the lesson Performing Transfers Within Company Code and
Intercompany Asset Transfers online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
As part of your job, you need to transfer an asset within a company code because an incorrect
asset class was selected earlier.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Task 1: Transfer an Asset Within a Company Code
1. When you created an asset master record for a company car (Car 3000 Group ##) you
made a mistake and created it in the wrong asset class (exercise in the Master Data unit).
Assumption: You still have not identified the mistake. Post €60,000 (net) to this master
record for January of the previous year.
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the Operational Processing tile group,
choose Post Acquisition (Non-Integrated) With Automatic Offsetting Entry (transaction
ABZOL).
b) On the Enter Asset Transaction: Acquis. w/Autom. Offsetting Entry screen, enter the
following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Company Code
TA##
Existing Asset
Asset number for Car 3000 Group
##
Document Date
January 20, PY
Posting Date
January 20, PY
Amount Posted
60,000
c) Choose Post.
d) Go to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
Task 2: Transfer the Asset to a New Asset Master Record
You have noticed your error and would like to transfer the asset to a (new) asset master
record in the correct asset class (asset class 3100).
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
189
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
1. Create a (new) master record in the asset class Vehicles (asset class 3100) of your
company code TA## with the description Car 3100 Group ## and cost center
TA##1500. Make a note of the asset number.
Field transfers allow you to copy data from the old master record to the entry fields of the
new master record. Typically, the system uses the (acquisition) transaction type to
control how the depreciation start date is copied into the new master record.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Master Data tile group, choose Create
Asset (transaction AS01).
b) On the Create Asset: Initial Screen, enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Asset Class
3100
Company Code
TA##
c) Choose Enter.
d) On the Create Asset: Master data screen, enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Description
Car 3100 Group ##
e) Choose the Time-dependent tab page and enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Cost Center
TA##1500
f) Save your data.
g) Go back to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
2. Post a (complete) transfer within company code of your Car 3000 Group ## asset to the
new master record (Car 3100 Group ##).
Enter the current date as the posting and document date.
Caution:
The system should calculate the correct depreciation for the complete
current year. Therefore, set the asset value date to January 01, current year
(CY).
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Operational Processing tile gorup,
choose Post Transfer Within Company Code (transaction ABUMN).
b) On the Enter Asset Transaction: Transfer within Company Code screen, enter the
following data:
190
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Asset
Asset number for Car 3000 Group
##
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Performing Transfers Within Company Code and Intercompany Asset Transfers
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Document Date
Current date
Posting Date
Current date
Asset Value Date
January 1, CY as per Caution Note
Existing asset
Asset number for Car 3100 Group
## that you just creaetd
c) Choose Simulate.
d) On the Enter Asset Transaction: Transfer within Company Code screen, check the
values.
Look at the value adjustment entries (posted to account 17xxxxxx)
e) Post your data.
f) Go back to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
Is the depreciation of the previous year corrected completely?
Yes. If you have defined the posting amounts and data in accordance with the exercise,
you see a value adjustment of €20,000 in the document simulation, and this adjustment
is adopted by the new class 3100 master record.
3. Display the asset values of both assets and check the posting and asset value dates.
In the new asset, check the Original asset field (on the Origin tab page) and the useful life.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Values (transaction AW01N).
b) On the Asset Explorer screen, enter the company code and asset number for Car 3000
Group ##
c) On the Asset Explorer screen, double-click the row for 60,000.00 in Transactions.
Note the Asset Value Date for this transaction.
d) On the Display Document: Data Entry view screen, check the Posting Date and
Document Date.
Note that the Document Date and Posting Date are different from the Asset Value Date
noted previously.
e) On the Asset Explorer screen, enter the company code and asset number for Car 3100
Group ##
f) Go to the Parameters tab page for your (new) asset in class 3100.
Depreciation Area 01: An expired useful life of one year must be displayed. The
remaining useful life is four years. From the Asset Explorer, go to the master record for
the (new) asset and display the Origin tab page.
You should see the asset number of the original asset (of asset class 3000).
g) Go back to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
191
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
Automatic Intercompany Asset Transfer
Figure 114: Automatic Intercompany Asset Transfer
Animation: Automatic Intercompany Asset Transfer
For more information on Automatic Intercompany Asset Transfer, please view
the animation in the lesson Performing Transfers Within Company Code and
Intercompany Asset Transfers, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
The automatic intercompany asset transfer function is used when an asset has been sold or
transferred to another company code.
The following distinction is made for transfers:
●
Transfers within a legal unit within one company (ID).
In the case where both company codes belong to the same company (ID), SAP refers to a
transfer of relationship type 02. Both company codes are to be considered legally
dependent.
●
Transfers taking place between legally independent organizational units (company codes)
that are assigned to a different company (ID).
The company codes are not linked to one another through the company, but still belong to
a single company group (mapped using the client or group). This arrangement can also be
redefined using a transfer of relationship type 01.
The system determines the relationship type automatically, using the company IDs of the
company codes. This assignment can be checked again in Customizing for Financial
192
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Performing Transfers Within Company Code and Intercompany Asset Transfers
Accounting under Asset Accounting → Transactions → Intercompany Asset
Transfers → Automatic Intercompany Asset Transfers → Define Transfer Variants → Check
Company ID of Company Codes.
Exceptions to the default rule can be defined in a customer-specific program exit.
The (global) company is defined as the smallest organizational unit where individual financial
statements are required according to the relevant commercial law. This means that a legally
independent unit can be reflected by the company.
Transfer Method
Figure 116: Transfer Method
You can use automatic intercompany transfer to enter the acquisition and retirement parts of
asset transfers in a single step.
Depending on the hierarchical organizational structure of your enterprise, combined
transactions can be posted as an intracompany transfer transaction type.
The transfer method is used to control the transferring of values from the source to the target
company code.
Animation: Transfer Method
For more information on Transfer Method, please view the animation in the
lesson Performing Transfers Within Company Code and Intercompany Asset
Transfers, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Most transaction types for intracompany transfer are used with the gross transfer method. If
you select the gross transfer method, you will not have to add sales revenue to the asset
because the historical values of the asset are automatically transferred to the target company
code.
When you use the net transfer method or new value method, you have to enter sales revenue.
If there is no gain or loss on the asset retirement, the sales revenue equals the net book value
of the asset. Using the net method, the net book value of the source company code is
capitalized on the target asset.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
193
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
When you use the new value method, the system capitalizes the amount of the sales revenue
on the target asset.
Standard Settings for the Transfer Variants
Figure 118: Standard Settings for the Transfer Variants
The standard settings for the SAP transfer variants (combination of transaction types and
transfer methods) cover 80% of transfer actions.
Hint:
These standard settings and other information about asset transfers can be
found in SAP Note 327088.
The standard SAP assumption is that transfers of relationship type 02 (two company codes
but one company ID) are always transfers within one legal unit, such as the (global) company.
Therefore, transfers of relationship type 02 are always represented as intracompany
transfers (with transaction types 3++ and gross method). The individual company code is not
an independent legal entity, and does not create balance sheets for external purposes.
If the structure of your enterprise is not reflected, you need to define your own transfer
variants (with standard or user-defined transaction types).
Note:
If you need to enter a mass transfer in your company, see SAP Note 379944.
194
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Performing Transfers Within Company Code and Intercompany Asset Transfers
Transfer – Cross-Company Depreciation Area
Figure 119: Transfer – Cross-Company Depreciation Area
Animation: Transfer – Cross-Company Depreciation Area
For more information on Transfer – Cross-Company Depreciation Area, please
view the animation in the lesson Performing Transfers Within Company Code
and Intercompany Asset Transfers, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
If company codes are assigned to different charts of depreciation, the charts may contain
different depreciation areas (different keys or different area IDs) but have the same functions.
Therefore, you must define cross-company depreciation areas before an asset transfer.
Cross-company depreciation areas do not have their own control parameters. Instead, they
consist of a short description and a key that is uniform throughout the client.
If a corresponding cross-company depreciation area is not defined, the system enters an
asterisk (*) as a generic entry for the cross-company areas.
Caution:
If you decide to use cross-company depreciation areas be careful; you must
define a cross-company depreciation area for all other depreciation areas that
are transferred, even if the depreciation area keys are the same.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
195
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
196
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 3
Exercise 19
Post Intercompany Asset Transfer — Gross
Method
Simulation: Post Intercompany Asset Transfer — Gross Method
For more information on Post Intercompany Asset Transfer — Gross Method,
please view the simulation in the lesson Performing Transfers Within Company
Code and Intercompany Asset Transfers online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
As part of your job, you need to transfer an asset to another company, which is legally
independent (across company ID boundaries).
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Carry out intercompany asset transfer between legally independent companies (across
company ID boundaries).
1. A driver of a company car in your company code TA## (Company ID TA##) moves to
company code TA31 (Company ID TA31) and takes the car with him.
Post an acquisition with a value of €50,000 (net) to one of your previously unposted
company cars on January 01, PY. If there is no asset created, a new asset needs to be
created.
2. After one year of use in your company code TA##, the asset is to be transferred to the
company code TA31, on January 1, CY.
Since both company codes are legally independent, a sale price is also agreed upon. It is
€40,000, the net book value of the asset after one year of use (LG). In the new company
code TA31, the asset is depreciated for further four years.
Carry out the transfer using the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Document Date
January 01, CY
Posting Date
January 01, CY
Asset Value Date
January 01, CY
Rev.from NBV
1
Transfer to company code
TA31
Transfer variant (see Additional Details tab) 1
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
197
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Create (in the intercompany transfer trans- Select New Asset radio button
action) the new asset in Company Code
TA31 and use the sending asset as reference:
Cost center in Company Code TA31
TA311100
Note:
The Transfer variant 7 - Gross variant (affiliated) and Transfer variant 8 - Gross
variant (non-affiliated) are also two of the standard transfer variants supplied
by SAP. These variants differ from variant 1 by the fact that they allow a
transfer during the fiscal year (in other words, with a reference date other than
the first day of the fiscal year). The new acquisition transaction types in these
variants belong to transaction type groups that are marked as "retirement"
instead of "acquisition" in period control, so that the same period control is
used for acquisition and retirement. There is one variant each for transfers
with affiliated companies and for transfers without affiliated companies.
3. Display the values of both assets in the Asset Explorer. Analyze the transactions and both
FI documents. Display the cross-company number.
4. Display the Asset Transaction Type and Trading Partner fields (technical field names
ANBWA and VBUND) by changing the layout in the cross-company number display.
198
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 3
Solution 19
Post Intercompany Asset Transfer — Gross
Method
Simulation: Post Intercompany Asset Transfer — Gross Method
For more information on Post Intercompany Asset Transfer — Gross Method,
please view the simulation in the lesson Performing Transfers Within Company
Code and Intercompany Asset Transfers online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
As part of your job, you need to transfer an asset to another company, which is legally
independent (across company ID boundaries).
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Carry out intercompany asset transfer between legally independent companies (across
company ID boundaries).
1. A driver of a company car in your company code TA## (Company ID TA##) moves to
company code TA31 (Company ID TA31) and takes the car with him.
Post an acquisition with a value of €50,000 (net) to one of your previously unposted
company cars on January 01, PY. If there is no asset created, a new asset needs to be
created.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Operational Processing tile group,
choose Post Acquisition (Non-Integrated) With Automatic Offsetting Entry (transaction
ABZOL).
b) On the Enter Asset Transaction: Acquis. w/Autom. Offsetting Entry screen, enter the
following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Company Code
TA##
Existing asset
Asset number for Company Car ##
(1)
Document Date
January 01, PY
Posting Date
January 01, PY
Asset Value Date
January 01, PY
Amount posted
50,000
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
199
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
c) Choose Simulate.
d) Post your data and choose Enter.
e) Go back to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
2. After one year of use in your company code TA##, the asset is to be transferred to the
company code TA31, on January 1, CY.
Since both company codes are legally independent, a sale price is also agreed upon. It is
€40,000, the net book value of the asset after one year of use (LG). In the new company
code TA31, the asset is depreciated for further four years.
Carry out the transfer using the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Document Date
January 01, CY
Posting Date
January 01, CY
Asset Value Date
January 01, CY
Rev.from NBV
1
Transfer to company code
TA31
Transfer variant (see Additional Details tab) 1
Create (in the intercompany transfer trans- Select New Asset radio button
action) the new asset in Company Code
TA31 and use the sending asset as reference:
Cost center in Company Code TA31
TA311100
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Operational Processing tile group,
choose Asset Transfer Intercompany (transaction ABT1L).
b) In the Enter a Company Code dialog box, enter TA## in the Company Code field and
choose the Continue button.
c) On the Enter Asset transactions: Intercompany Asset Transfer screen, enter the
following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Asset
Asset number for Company Car ##
(1)
Document Date
January 01, CY
Posting Date
January 01, CY
Asset Value Date
January 01, CY
d) Select the Rev.from NBV radio button and, in the Depreciation area field, enter 01.
e) Enter TA31 in the Company Code field, and select the New asset radio button.
f) Choose the Master data button.
200
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Performing Transfers Within Company Code and Intercompany Asset Transfers
g) In the Create Asset dialog box, in the Cost center field, enter TA311100, and choose
Create.
h) Choose the Additional Details tab.
i) In the Transfer Variant field, enter 1.
j) Choose Simulate.
k) On the Enter Asset transaction: Intercompany Asset transfer screen, choose AP/
Currency → LG: Local GAAP → 10: Company code currency and check the values.
Note:
Depreciation Area 01 (Local GAAP): The value adjustment should be
corrected by 10,000 on the source asset . The net book value of the new
asset in company code TA31 is 40,000 on January 1, CY. The acquisition
value is 50,000 less the value adjustment is 10,000.
l) Post the data.
m) In the Document lines: Display messages dialog box, write down the asset number
created for company code TA31, and choose Continue.
n) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
Note:
The Transfer variant 7 - Gross variant (affiliated) and Transfer variant 8 - Gross
variant (non-affiliated) are also two of the standard transfer variants supplied
by SAP. These variants differ from variant 1 by the fact that they allow a
transfer during the fiscal year (in other words, with a reference date other than
the first day of the fiscal year). The new acquisition transaction types in these
variants belong to transaction type groups that are marked as "retirement"
instead of "acquisition" in period control, so that the same period control is
used for acquisition and retirement. There is one variant each for transfers
with affiliated companies and for transfers without affiliated companies.
3. Display the values of both assets in the Asset Explorer. Analyze the transactions and both
FI documents. Display the cross-company number.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Values (transaction AW01N).
b) On the Asset Explorer screen, enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Company Code
TA31
Asset
Asset number for Company Car ##
(1) New asset created in company code
TA31
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
201
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Fiscal year
CY
c) Choose Enter.
d) Double-click the row in Transaction.
e) On the Display Document: Data Entry View screen, check the cross-company number.
f) Do not exit the screen.
4. Display the Asset Transaction Type and Trading Partner fields (technical field names
ANBWA and VBUND) by changing the layout in the cross-company number display.
a) On the Display Document: Data Entry View screen, double-click the Cross-Comp.No
field to show the Cross-Company View. Choose Change Layout.
b) In the Change Layout dialog box, choose the row for Asset Transaction Type in Column
Set and transfer it into the (left) table Displayed Columns.
c) Choose the row for Trading Partner No. and transfer it into the (left) table Displayed
Columns.
d) Choose Adopt.
e) Choose Back.
f) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
202
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 3
Exercise 20
Post Intercompany Asset Transfer - Net
Method
Simulation: Post Intercompany Asset Transfer — Net Method
For more information on Post Intercompany Asset Transfer — Net Method,
please view the simulation in the lesson Performing Transfers Within Company
Code and Intercompany Asset Transfers online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
As part of your job, you need to transfer an asset to another company, which is legally
independent (across company ID boundaries).
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Carry out intercompany asset transfer between legally independent companies (across
company ID boundaries).
1. Another driver of a company car in your company code TA## (Company ID TA##) moves
to company code TA31 (Company ID TA31) and takes the car with him.
Post an acquisition with a value of €50,000 (net) to one of your previously unposted
company cars on January 01, PY. If there is no asset created, a new asset needs to be
created.
2. After one year of use in your company code TA##, the asset is to be transferred to the
company code TA31, on January 1, CY.
Since both company codes are legally independent, a sale price is also agreed upon. It is
€40,000, the net book value of the asset after one year use. In the new company code
TA31, the asset is depreciated for further five years (LG).
Carry out the transfer as a net transfer (transfer method 2) using the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Company Code
TA##
Asset
Asset number for Company Car ##
(2)
Document Date
January 1, CY
Posting Date
January 1, CY
Asset Value Date
January 1, CY
Specifications for revenue
Net book value (NBV) from area 01
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
203
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Transfer to company code
TA31
Transfer variant (see Additional Details tab
page)
2
Create (in the intercompany transfer trans- Select New Asset radio button
action) the new asset in company code
TA31 and use the sending asset as reference:
Cost center in company code TA31
TA311100
3. Display the values of both assets in the Asset Explorer. Analyze the transactions and both
FI documents. Display the cross-company number.
4. Display the Asset Transaction Type and Trading Partner fields (technical field names
ANBWA and VBUND) by changing the layout in the cross-company number display.
204
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 3
Solution 20
Post Intercompany Asset Transfer - Net
Method
Simulation: Post Intercompany Asset Transfer — Net Method
For more information on Post Intercompany Asset Transfer — Net Method,
please view the simulation in the lesson Performing Transfers Within Company
Code and Intercompany Asset Transfers online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
As part of your job, you need to transfer an asset to another company, which is legally
independent (across company ID boundaries).
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Carry out intercompany asset transfer between legally independent companies (across
company ID boundaries).
1. Another driver of a company car in your company code TA## (Company ID TA##) moves
to company code TA31 (Company ID TA31) and takes the car with him.
Post an acquisition with a value of €50,000 (net) to one of your previously unposted
company cars on January 01, PY. If there is no asset created, a new asset needs to be
created.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Operational Processing tile group,
choose Post Acquisition (Non-Integrated) With Offsetting Entry (transaction ABZOL).
b) On the Enter Asset Transaction: Acquis. w/Autom. Offsetting Entry screen, enter the
following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Company Code
TA##
Existing asset
Asset number for Company Car ##
(2)
Document Date
January 1, PY
Posting Date
January 1, PY
Asset Value Date
January 1, PY
Amount posted
50,000
c) Choose Simulate.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
205
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
d) Post your data.
e) Go back to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
2. After one year of use in your company code TA##, the asset is to be transferred to the
company code TA31, on January 1, CY.
Since both company codes are legally independent, a sale price is also agreed upon. It is
€40,000, the net book value of the asset after one year use. In the new company code
TA31, the asset is depreciated for further five years (LG).
Carry out the transfer as a net transfer (transfer method 2) using the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Company Code
TA##
Asset
Asset number for Company Car ##
(2)
Document Date
January 1, CY
Posting Date
January 1, CY
Asset Value Date
January 1, CY
Specifications for revenue
Net book value (NBV) from area 01
Transfer to company code
TA31
Transfer variant (see Additional Details tab
page)
2
Create (in the intercompany transfer trans- Select New Asset radio button
action) the new asset in company code
TA31 and use the sending asset as reference:
Cost center in company code TA31
TA311100
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Operational Processing tile group,
choose Asset Transfer Intercompany (transaction ABT1L).
b) In the Enter a Company Code dialog box, enter TA## in the Company Code field and
choose Continue.
c) On the Enter Asset transactions: Intercompany Asset Transfer screen, enter the
following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Asset
Asset number for Company Car ##
(2)
Document Date
January 1, CY
Posting Date
January 1, CY
Asset value date
January 1, CY
d) Select the Rev. from NBV radio button and, in the Depreciation area field, enter 01.
206
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Performing Transfers Within Company Code and Intercompany Asset Transfers
e) Enter TA31 in the Company Code field, and select the New asset radio button.
f) Choose Master data.
g) In the Create Asset dialog box, in the Cost center field, enter TA311100, and choose
Create.
h) Choose the Additional Details tab.
i) In the Transfer Variant field, enter 2.
j) Choose Simulate.
k) On the Enter Asset transaction: Intercompany Asset transfer screen, choose AP/
Currency → LG: Local GAAP → 10: Company code currency and check the values.
Note:
Depreciation Area 01: The value adjustment should be corrected by 10,000
on the source asset and the acquisition value of the new asset in company
code TA31 is 40,000 on January 1, CY.
l) Post the data.
m) In the Document lines: Display messages dialog box, write down the asset number
created for company code TA31, and choose Continue.
n) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
3. Display the values of both assets in the Asset Explorer. Analyze the transactions and both
FI documents. Display the cross-company number.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Values (transaction AW01N).
b) On the Asset Explorer screen, enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Company Code
TA31
Asset
Asset number for Company Car ##
(2) New asset created in company code
TA31
Fiscal year
CY
c) Choose Enter.
d) Choose depreciation area 01 (Local GAAP in local currency) in the navigation panel.
e) Double-click the row in Transaction.
f) On the Display Document: Data Entry View screen, check the cross-company number.
g) Do not exit the screen.
4. Display the Asset Transaction Type and Trading Partner fields (technical field names
ANBWA and VBUND) by changing the layout in the cross-company number display.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
207
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
a) On the Display Document: Data Entry View screen, double-click the Cross-Comp.No
field to show the Cross-Company view. Choose Change Layout.
b) In the Change layout dialog box, choose the row for Asset Transaction Type in Column
Set and transfer it into the (left) table Displayed Columns.
c) Choose the row for Trading Partner No. and transfer it into the (left) table Displayed
Columns.
d) Choose Adopt.
e) Choose Back.
Note:
Review the differences in Asset Explorer for the new assets created in
Company Code TA31 in this and the previous exercise. Notice that in the
Gross Method (previous exercise) the APC and Value Adjustment are
posted from the sending Company Code. In contrast, for the Net Method,
The APC Value is posted as the Net Book Value (NBV) used in the
Intercompany Transfer transaction.
f) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
208
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Performing Transfers Within Company Code and Intercompany Asset Transfers
LESSON SUMMARY
You should now be able to:
●
Process intracompany and intercompany asset transfers
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
209
Unit 3
Lesson 5
Representing, Distributing, and Settling Assets
Under Construction
LESSON OVERVIEW
This lesson discusses the distribution and settlement of the assets under construction (AuC).
Business Example
To work in the asset accounting department, you need to demonstrate the distribution and
settlement of the AuC, which is managed and executed in Asset Accounting (FI-AA). For this
reason, you require the following knowledge:
●
An understanding of AuC
LESSON OBJECTIVES
After completing this lesson, you will be able to:
●
Represent, distribute, and settle assets under construction
Assets Under Construction (AUC)
Figure 123: Assets Under Construction
210
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Representing, Distributing, and Settling Assets Under Construction
Note:
You can use Investment Management (IM) for large investment measures, where
you would also like to add internal activities and map these activities in the
system.
Settlement of AuC to Completed Assets
Figure 124: Settlement of AuC to Completed Assets
The following phases of AuC are relevant to FI-AA:
●
The under construction phase
●
The useful life phase
During these two phases, the asset is shown in two different balance sheet items. Therefore,
they are managed using different objects or asset master records for the under construction
phase and for the completed assets.
The transfer from the under construction phase to the completed assets is referred to as
capitalization of the AuC.
Depending on the functions needed, you can manage AuC in FI-AA in the following ways:
●
As a normal asset master record for summary settlement
●
As an asset master record with line item management
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
211
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
Animation: Settlement of AuC to Completed Assets
For more information on Settlement of AuC to Completed Assets, please view
the animation in the lesson Representing, Distributing, and Settling Assets Under
Construction, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
AuC – Settlement on a Line Item Basis
Figure 126: AuC – Settlement on a Line Item Basis
Animation: AUC – Settlement on a Line Item Basis
For more information on AUC – Settlement on a Line Item Basis, please view the
animation in the lesson Representing, Distributing, and Settling Assets Under
Construction, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
When you capitalize the AuC, you transfer the values to one or more completed assets on a
line item basis. The system automatically separates the transactions from the current year
and previous years. In doing this, the system uses different transaction types.
You can use Investment Management (IM) for large investment measures, where you would
also like to add internal activities and map these activities in the system.
To settle the AuC on a line item basis to one or more completed assets, proceed as follows:
1. Assign a settlement profile (SAP standard profile = AI) to your company code in
Customizing for Asset Accounting Transactions → Capitalization of Assets under
Construction → Define/Assign Settlement Profiles.
212
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Representing, Distributing, and Settling Assets Under Construction
2. Select all line items that you want to settle in the same value amount to the same receiver.
3. Define the distribution rules for these line items.
4. Post the settlement of line items to the specified receivers using the distribution rule.
Note that this posting procedure settles all line items to which you assign a distribution rule.
If you want to settle using amounts, select and distribute one line item after the other. When
you settle, you do not have to settle all line items at once, and you do not have to distribute
100% of each line item.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
213
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
214
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 3
Exercise 21
Settle a WBS element to an Asset Under
Construction (AuC)
Simulation: Settle a WBS element to an Asset Under Construction (AuC)
For more information on Settle a WBS element to an Asset Under Construction
(AuC), please view the simulation in the lesson Representing, Distributing, and
Settling Assets Under Construction online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
Your asset accounting department plans to use WBS element functions for asset acquisitions.
They ask you to test the posting transactions.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
In the following steps, the process chain Purchase order (Accounting Object WBS
element) → Goods receipt → Invoice receipt → Settlement uses the example of Machines
acquisition.
1. Release the WBS element A-010##.
2. Create a standard purchase order for two Machines. Use the WBS element A-010##.
Using the Fiori app Manage Purchase Orders and the data from the tables:
Table 9: Purchase Order - Basic Data
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Purchase Order Type
Standard PO (NB)
Supplier
T-AV##
Currency
EUR
Purchasing Group
Z##
Purchasing Organization
C100
Company Code
TA##
Table 10: Purchase Order Items - General Information
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Material
Do not fill
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
215
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Short Text
Purchase order Machines Group ##
Plant
Order Quantity
2 PC
Net Order Price
2000
Material Group
L004
Product Type Group
Material
Account Assignment Category
Project (P)
Table 11: Purchase Order Items - Delivery Details
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Storage Location
101B
Table 12: Purchase Order Items - Tax
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Tax Code
1I
Table 13: Purchase Order Items - Schedule Lines
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Delivery Date
Current date + 14 days
Table 14: Purchase Order Items - Account Assignment
Field Name or Data Type
Value
WBS Element
A-010##
3. Post the logistics goods receipt.
4. Look at your AuC in the Asset Explorer and view the transactions in the current year.
Has a capitalization date been set in the master data for the asset?
5. View a cost element report using the data in the following table:
216
Field Name or Data Type
Value
WBS element
A-010##
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Representing, Distributing, and Settling Assets Under Construction
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Controlling Area
A000
Plan
0
From Fiscal Year
Current Year
To Fiscal Year
Current Year
From Period
1
To Period
12
6. During the last period, costs were debited from your project. The project must now be
settled.
Perform a settlement on your investment WBS element using the data in the following
table:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
WBS element
A-010##
Settlement Period
Current Period
Fiscal Year
Current Year
Processing Type
Automatic
Test Run
Deselect
Detail List
Select
Check trans. Data
Deselect
7. Look at your AuC in the Asset Explorer and view the transactions in the current year.
Has a capitalization date been set in the master data for the asset?
8. Distribute and settle the acquisitions the AuC to two Machines.
9. The project has now been completed.
Perform a full settlement on your investment WBS element using the data in the following
table:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
WBS element
A-010##
Settlement Period
Current Period
Fiscal Year
Current Year
Processing Type
Full Settlement
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
217
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Test Run
Deselect
Detail List
Select
Check Trans.Data
Deselect
10. Call the Manage Fixed Assets app for the AuC.
218
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 3
Solution 21
Settle a WBS element to an Asset Under
Construction (AuC)
Simulation: Settle a WBS element to an Asset Under Construction (AuC)
For more information on Settle a WBS element to an Asset Under Construction
(AuC), please view the simulation in the lesson Representing, Distributing, and
Settling Assets Under Construction online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
Your asset accounting department plans to use WBS element functions for asset acquisitions.
They ask you to test the posting transactions.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
In the following steps, the process chain Purchase order (Accounting Object WBS
element) → Goods receipt → Invoice receipt → Settlement uses the example of Machines
acquisition.
1. Release the WBS element A-010##.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Controlling tile group, choose Project
Builder-CJ20N (transaction CJ20N).
b) If you are opening the Project Builder for the first time, a dialog box appears. Select the
Skip this in future indicator and choose Set options. In the Project Builder: User-specific
options dialog box, set the number of Hierarchy levels displayed for a project to 99 and
confirm this by choosing Enter.
You can change the user-specific options in the Project Builder whenever you need to
do this. To do so, in the menu bar of the Project Builder, choose More → Settings
→ Options.
c) Choose Open. You can also use the menu path More → Project → Open....
d) In the WBS element field, enter A-010## in the WBS element field and confirm this by
choosing Enter.
e) To release the project, choose More → Edit → Status → Release.
f) Choose Save.
g) Double-click A-010## in the worklist.
You can see the System Status REL and AUC.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
219
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
h) Choose More → Edit → WBS element → Investment programs → Asset under
construction.
Note the Asset number:_________________________
i) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
2. Create a standard purchase order for two Machines. Use the WBS element A-010##.
Using the Fiori app Manage Purchase Orders and the data from the tables:
Table 9: Purchase Order - Basic Data
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Purchase Order Type
Standard PO (NB)
Supplier
T-AV##
Currency
EUR
Purchasing Group
Z##
Purchasing Organization
C100
Company Code
TA##
Table 10: Purchase Order Items - General Information
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Material
Do not fill
Short Text
Purchase order Machines Group ##
Plant
Order Quantity
2 PC
Net Order Price
2000
Material Group
L004
Product Type Group
Material
Account Assignment Category
Project (P)
Table 11: Purchase Order Items - Delivery Details
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Storage Location
101B
Table 12: Purchase Order Items - Tax
220
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Tax Code
1I
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Representing, Distributing, and Settling Assets Under Construction
Table 13: Purchase Order Items - Schedule Lines
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Delivery Date
Current date + 14 days
Table 14: Purchase Order Items - Account Assignment
Field Name or Data Type
Value
WBS Element
A-010##
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the Materials Management tile group,
choose Manage Purchase Orders.
b) Choose the Create button on the right side of your screen.
c) On the New Create Purchase Order - Basic Data screen, enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Purchase Order Type
Standard PO (NB)
Supplier
T-AV##
Currency
EUR
Purchasing Group
Z##
Company Code
TA##
Purchasing organization
C100
d) Choose Items tab page.
e) Choose the Create button in the Purchase Order Items screen area and choose details
(>) on the right side of the line.
In the Purchase Order Item screen area,enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Material
Do not fill
Short Text
Purchase order Machines Group
##
Plant
Order Quantity
2 PC
Net Order Price
2000
Material Group
L004
Product Type Group
Material
Account Assignment Category
Project (P)
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
221
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
f) Choose the Delivery Details tab and enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Storage Location
101B
g) Choose the Tax tab and enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Tax Code
1I
h) Choose the Schedule Line tab and enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Delivery Date
Current date + 14 days
i) Choose the Account Assignment tab.
j) Choose in the Purchase Order Item Account Assignments (1) screen area details (>) on
the right side of the line 1.
k) In the WBS Element field, enter A-010##.
Field Name or Data Type
Value
WBS Element
A-010##
l) In the Purchase Order Item Account Assignments screen area, choose Apply.
m) In the Purchase Order Item screen area, choose Apply.
n) In the Purchase Order screen area, choose Order.
Note your purchase order number _____________________________________.
o) Choose the SAP logo to return to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
3. Post the logistics goods receipt.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Materials Management tile group,
choose Post Goods Receipt for Purchasing Document.
b) On the Post Goods Receipt for Purchasing Document screen, enter your purchase
order number at the top of the screen.
c) Choose Enter, the goods receipt screen is filled with data from the purchase order.
d) Select the line for Purchase Order Machines Group ##, confirm the delivered quantity
is correct (2 PC) and choose Post.
Note your material document number ___________________________________.
e) In the Success dialog box, choose OK.
f) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
4. Look at your AuC in the Asset Explorer and view the transactions in the current year.
222
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Representing, Distributing, and Settling Assets Under Construction
Has a capitalization date been set in the master data for the asset?
No, because no values have been posted.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Values (transaction AW01N).
b) Enter Company Code TA##, and your AuC asset number noted in a previous step.
c) Choose Display Master Data to open the master record of the asset.
You can see no capitalization date set there.
d) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
5. View a cost element report using the data in the following table:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
WBS element
A-010##
Controlling Area
A000
Plan
0
From Fiscal Year
Current Year
To Fiscal Year
Current Year
From Period
1
To Period
12
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Controlling tile group, choose Project
Costs Act/Comm/Tot/PL.
b) On the Enter profile screen, enter 000000000001in the Database prof. field.
c) Choose Continue.
d) On the Actual/Comm/Total/Plan in COAr Crcy: Selection screen, enter the data from
the table.
e) Choose Execute.
f) Choose row with All Cost Elements.
g) On the Act/Com/Total/Plan screen, choose Call up report.
h) On the Project line item selection dialog box, choose Project actual cost line items, and
choose Copy.
i) On the Display Actual Cost Line Items for Projects screen, choose Document.
j) On the Display Material Document screen, choose Doc. info → FI Documents.
k) On the List of Documents in Accounting screen, double-click Accounting document.
l) Note document number:___________________
m) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
223
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
6. During the last period, costs were debited from your project. The project must now be
settled.
Perform a settlement on your investment WBS element using the data in the following
table:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
WBS element
A-010##
Settlement Period
Current Period
Fiscal Year
Current Year
Processing Type
Automatic
Test Run
Deselect
Detail List
Select
Check trans. Data
Deselect
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the Controlling tile group, choose Settle
Project-CJ88 (transaction CJ88).
b) On the Actual Settlement: Project/WBS Element/Network screen, enter the data from
the table.
c) Choose Execute.
d) On the Document lines: Display messages dialog box, choose Enter to confirm the
message.
e) On the Actual Settlement: Project/WBS Element/Network Basic list screen, choose
Detail lists.
f) On the Actual Settlement: Project/WBS Element/Network Detail list screen, review the
details.
Answer the following question:
Who was the receiver of the project cost?_________________________
g) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
7. Look at your AuC in the Asset Explorer and view the transactions in the current year.
Has a capitalization date been set in the master data for the asset?
Yes, because the recipient of the project costs is AuC.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Values (transaction AW01N).
b) Enter Company Code TA##, and your AuC asset number noted in a previous step.
c) Choose Display Master Data and open the master record of the AuC asset.
You can see a capitalization date has been set on the asset master record.
224
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Representing, Distributing, and Settling Assets Under Construction
d) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
8. Distribute and settle the acquisitions the AuC to two Machines.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Controlling tile group, choose Project
Builder-CJ20N. (transaction CJ20N).
b) On the Project Builder screen, double-click A-010## in the worklist.
c) Choose Display<-> change.
d) On the Project Builder: Subproject A-010## screen, choose More → Edit → WBS
element → Investment programs → Create completed asset.
e) On the Create Asset screen, enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Asset Class
2000
Company Code
TA##
Number of Similar Assets
2
Description
Machine WBS A-010##
Cost Center
TA##1100
Plant
TA##
f) Choose Create.
g) Choose Save.
h) On the Worklist double-click your WBS element A-010##.
a) Choose More → Edit → Costs → Settlement rule.
Note the 2 asset numbers ________________________________________
The settlement rule is filled. The asset under construction is settled in equal parts to
the newly created machines.
b) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
9. The project has now been completed.
Perform a full settlement on your investment WBS element using the data in the following
table:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
WBS element
A-010##
Settlement Period
Current Period
Fiscal Year
Current Year
Processing Type
Full Settlement
Test Run
Deselect
Detail List
Select
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
225
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Check Trans.Data
Deselect
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Controlling tile group, choose Settle
Project-CJ88 (transaction CJ88).
b) On the Actual Settlement: Project/WBS Element/Network screen, enter the data from
the table.
c) Choose Execute.
d) On the Document lines: Display messages dialog box, choose Enter to confirm the
message.
e) On the Actual Settlement: Project/WBS Element/Network Basic list screen, choose
Detail lists .
f) On the Actual Settlement: Project/WBS Element/Network Detail list screen, choose
Accounting documents..
Note the document number for each Ledger group:
0L:____________________
2L:_____________________
g) Double-click the Document Number for the 0L Ledger Group.
h) Choose Back and double-click the Document Number for the 2L Ledger Group.
i) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
10. Call the Manage Fixed Assets app for the AuC.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Master Data tile group, choose Display
Asset Master Worklist.
b) In the Company Code field, enter TA##.
c) Choose Go.
d) Choose Settings.
e) On the View Settings screen, select Original Asset.
Note:
To quickly find the object, in the Search field, enter Original Asset.
f) Choose Show selected.
g) Select Original Asset (result: line is highlighted) and choose Move to Top.
h) Choose OK.
Note that in the Original Asset column, your AuC appears on the 2 Machines created
from the WBS Element.
226
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Representing, Distributing, and Settling Assets Under Construction
i) For your asset with Asset Class 4001, choose the Display Asset navigation arrow on
the right side of the screen (>), to display details of your AuC asset.
Has the AuC been credited completely?
The AuC is credited completely. Net Book Value = 0 (Zero)
j) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
227
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
228
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 3
Exercise 22
Create and Post to an Asset Under
Construction (AuC) and Settle It to Completed
Assets (Optional)
Simulation: Create and Post to an Asset Under Construction (AuC) and Settle It
to Completed Assets (Optional)
For more information on Create and Post to an Asset Under Construction (AuC)
and Settle It to Completed Assets (Optional), please view the simulation in the
lesson Representing, Distributing, and Settling Assets Under Construction online
in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
You work in the asset accounting department, and want to demonstrate a settlement for an
asset under construction (AuC) without integrating Investment Management.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Post, distribute, and settle an AuC.
1. Assign a settlement profile to your company code TA##. SAP provides the standard
settlement profile YB00AI.
2. Post three acquisitions for the previous and current year to your master record in the
class AuC (asset class 4000) in your company code TA##.
Hint:
If you have not created an asset master record for class 4000 in the master
data exercise at the beginning of the course where asset master records were
created, you can do so now.
Depending on your personal value list, your master record in class 4000 may
not display directly in the help.
The final asset master records Machine 07, 08 and 09 should be created if
these were not created previously.
Enter the following acquisitions on the AuC and ensure that the posting, document, and
asset value dates are correct:
Jan 1, PY
10000
Posting Text: Acquisition 1
Oct 1, PY
60000
Posting Text: Acquisition 2
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
229
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
Feb 1, CY
35000
Posting Text: Acquisition 3
3. Look at your AuC in the Asset Explorer and view the transactions in the previous and
current years.
4. Distribute the acquisition of €60,000 completely to the (completed) asset of Machine 07.
Distribute and settle the other two acquisitions to the AuC as follows: 70% to the asset of
Machine 08 and 30% to the asset Machine 09.
Hint:
You can enter the current date as the settlement date if the course is not
being held in January. If the course is being held in January, use the
settlement date February 18, CY.
Always start an update run after the test run.
Select the SAP standard layout 3SAP in the line item list of the distribute transaction. Your
posting texts display.
5. Call the Asset Explorer for the AuC.
Has the AuC been credited completely?
Is the same transaction type used for all credit transactions? If not, why?
6. Look at the values of your assets of Machine 07 to Machine 09 in the Asset Explorer and in
the asset history sheet.
How do the values display in the asset history sheet?
230
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 3
Solution 22
Create and Post to an Asset Under
Construction (AuC) and Settle It to Completed
Assets (Optional)
Simulation: Create and Post to an Asset Under Construction (AuC) and Settle It
to Completed Assets (Optional)
For more information on Create and Post to an Asset Under Construction (AuC)
and Settle It to Completed Assets (Optional), please view the simulation in the
lesson Representing, Distributing, and Settling Assets Under Construction online
in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
You work in the asset accounting department, and want to demonstrate a settlement for an
asset under construction (AuC) without integrating Investment Management.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Post, distribute, and settle an AuC.
1. Assign a settlement profile to your company code TA##. SAP provides the standard
settlement profile YB00AI.
a) Assign a settlement profile in Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset
Accounting → Transactions → Capitalization of Assets under Construction → Define/
Assign Settlement Profiles.
b) In the Select Activity dialog box, select Assign Settlement Profile to Company Code and
choose Choose.
c) On the Change View “FI-AA: Settlement profile”: Overview screen, choose Position.
d) In the Another Entry dialog box, enter TA## as the company code and choose
Continue.
e) Enter YB00AI (settlement AuC) in your company code TA##.
f) Save the data.
g) Go back to the Customizing screen.
2. Post three acquisitions for the previous and current year to your master record in the
class AuC (asset class 4000) in your company code TA##.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
231
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
Hint:
If you have not created an asset master record for class 4000 in the master
data exercise at the beginning of the course where asset master records were
created, you can do so now.
Depending on your personal value list, your master record in class 4000 may
not display directly in the help.
The final asset master records Machine 07, 08 and 09 should be created if
these were not created previously.
Enter the following acquisitions on the AuC and ensure that the posting, document, and
asset value dates are correct:
Jan 1, PY
10000
Posting Text: Acquisition 1
Oct 1, PY
60000
Posting Text: Acquisition 2
Feb 1, CY
35000
Posting Text: Acquisition 3
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Operational Processing tile group,
choose Post Acquisition (Non-Integrated) With Automatic Offsetting Entry (transaction
ABZOL).
Carry out the three acquisitions to the AuC consecutively, in accordance with the
exercise text, and fill out the entry field text in the posting transaction.
b) On the Enter Asset Transaction: Acquis. w/Autom. Offsetting Entry screen, enter the
following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Company Code
TA##
Existing asset
Your AuC asset number
Document Date
January 1, PY
Posting Date
January 1, PY
Asset Value Date
January 1, PY
Amount posted
10000
Text
Acquisition 1
c) Choose Simulate.
d) Post the data and choose Enter.
e) Using the data in the step detail above, enter the second and third acquisition.
f) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
3. Look at your AuC in the Asset Explorer and view the transactions in the previous and
current years.
232
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Representing, Distributing, and Settling Assets Under Construction
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Values (transaction AW01N).
To view the acquisitions of the previous year, select the previous fiscal year in the entry
field Fiscal year.
b) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
4. Distribute the acquisition of €60,000 completely to the (completed) asset of Machine 07.
Distribute and settle the other two acquisitions to the AuC as follows: 70% to the asset of
Machine 08 and 30% to the asset Machine 09.
Hint:
You can enter the current date as the settlement date if the course is not
being held in January. If the course is being held in January, use the
settlement date February 18, CY.
Always start an update run after the test run.
Select the SAP standard layout 3SAP in the line item list of the distribute transaction. Your
posting texts display.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Asset Under Construction tile group,
choose Define Distribution Rules For AuC (transaction AIAB).
b) On the Settlement AuC: Initial screen, enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Company Code
TA##
Asset
Asset number for AuC Group ##
Layout
3SAP
c) On the Settlement AuC: Initial screen, choose Execute.
d) Select both rows for 60,000 (using the CTRL key), and choose the Enter (Distribution
Rules) button (see bottom right).
e) On the Maintain Settlement Rules: Overview screen, enter the asset number of
Machine 07 in the Settlement Receiver field, choose Enter, and choose Back.
f) On the Settlement AuC: Line Items list screen, Acquisition 2 now appears with a green
traffic light. Select the other four acquisitions using the CTRL key. Choose the Enter
(Distribution Rules) button again.
g) On the Maintain Settlement Rules: Overview screen, enter the asset number of
Machine 08 (70%) and Machine 09 (30%) in the Settlement Receiver field. Choose
Enter. Choose Back and save your data.
All line items should have a green status icon.
h) On the Settlement AuC: Line Items list screen, choose (Execute) Settlement .
i) On the AuC Settlement: Initial Screen, choose Execute. Review the data results. Go
back to the previous screen, deselect Test Run, and choose Execute.
j) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
233
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
5. Call the Asset Explorer for the AuC.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Values (transaction AW01N).
b) On the Asset Explorer screen, enter Company Code TA## and your AuC asset
number.
c) On the Asset Explorer screen, check Transaction Type in the Transactions field.
d) Remain on this screen for the next step.
Has the AuC been credited completely?
The AuC is credited completely.
Is the same transaction type used for all credit transactions? If not, why?
The credit transaction types are not the same because the acquisitions on the AuC were
from both previous and current years.
6. Look at the values of your assets of Machine 07 to Machine 09 in the Asset Explorer and in
the asset history sheet.
How do the values display in the asset history sheet?
a) On the Asset Explorer screen, enter the asset number for Machine 07 and choose
Enter.
Fiscal year should be the Current Year.
b) On the Asset Explorer screen, choose Call Asset Reports.
c) In the Select Report dialog box, select Asset History Sheet and choose Choose.
d) Compare the result with the following data:
Asset
Acquisition
Transfer
Current APC
Machine 07
0
60 000
60 000
Machine 08
24 500
7 000
31 500
Machine 09
10 500
3 000
13 500
After reviewing the Machine 07 choose Back and repeat the process for Machine 08
and Machine 09
e) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
234
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Representing, Distributing, and Settling Assets Under Construction
LESSON SUMMARY
You should now be able to:
●
Represent, distribute, and settle assets under construction
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
235
Unit 3
Lesson 6
Entering and Analyzing Unplanned
Depreciation
LESSON OVERVIEW
This lesson explains the option of posting unplanned depreciation.
Business Example
To work in the asset accounting department, you need to know the various options for
entering and mapping unplanned depreciation. For this reason, you require the following
knowledge:
●
An understanding of unplanned depreciation
LESSON OBJECTIVES
After completing this lesson, you will be able to:
●
Enter and analyze unplanned depreciation
Posting Unplanned Depreciation
Figure 130: Unplanned Depreciation
236
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Entering and Analyzing Unplanned Depreciation
In addition to the normal depreciation that you can schedule using depreciation keys, you can
also schedule unplanned depreciation for individual assets manually in Asset Accounting (FIAA).
When you enter the relevant transaction type, the system recognizes that you want to post an
unplanned depreciation. You can select the depreciation areas for which you want to enter
depreciation in a dialog box. The depreciation could be current value depreciation, for
example, a depreciation that is allowed for book depreciation but not for tax depreciation.
As you have only manually scheduled the depreciation, the system does not create a Financial
Accounting (FI) document. This FI document is not generated until the depreciation posting
program is running.
Animation: Unplanned Depreciation
For more information on Unplanned Depreciation, please view the animation in
the lesson Entering and Analyzing Unplanned Depreciation, online in the SAP
Learning Hub.
You can use a special report to evaluate manual depreciation. For reporting, on the SAP Easy
Access screen, choose Accounting → Financial Accounting → Fixed Assets → Information
System → Reports on Asset Accounting → Explanations for P&L → International → Manual
Depreciation.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
237
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
238
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 3
Exercise 23
Post Unplanned Depreciation
Simulation: Post Unplanned Depreciation
For more information on Post Unplanned Depreciation, please view the
simulation in the lesson Entering and Analyzing Unplanned Depreciation online in
the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
To work in the SAP system for the Asset Accounting (FI-AA) department, you want to map a
long-term, unplanned reduction of value for an asset.
The second forklift, which was delivered and capitalized last year, was involved in an accident
in the current year.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
1. Enter this long-term, unplanned reduction of value in the system with the current date.
The unplanned depreciation amount should be higher in the book depreciation area than
in the cost-accounting depreciation area.
2. Display the asset values and explain why no FI document is present when you double-click
the relevant transaction.
3. What transaction type would you use to post unplanned depreciation on a new/current
year acquisition?
4. Execute unplanned depreciation posted manually report.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
239
Unit 3
Solution 23
Post Unplanned Depreciation
Simulation: Post Unplanned Depreciation
For more information on Post Unplanned Depreciation, please view the
simulation in the lesson Entering and Analyzing Unplanned Depreciation online in
the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
To work in the SAP system for the Asset Accounting (FI-AA) department, you want to map a
long-term, unplanned reduction of value for an asset.
The second forklift, which was delivered and capitalized last year, was involved in an accident
in the current year.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
1. Enter this long-term, unplanned reduction of value in the system with the current date.
The unplanned depreciation amount should be higher in the book depreciation area than
in the cost-accounting depreciation area.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Operational Processing tile group,
choose Post Depreciation Manually Unplanned and Planned (transaction ABAAL).
b) On the Create General Header Data for Posting dialog box, enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Company Code
TA##
Asset
Asset number for Forklift 2
Group ##
Transaction Type
640
c) Choose Continue.
d) On the Enter Asset Transaction: Unplanned depreciation, enter the following data:
240
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Document Date
Current Date
Posting Date
Current Date
Asset Value Date
Current Date
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Entering and Analyzing Unplanned Depreciation
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Amount Posted
1000
e) On the Enter Asset Transaction: Unplanned depreciation screen, choose Line Items.
f) In the dialog box that appears, in Area: 20, enter 500 in the Amount posted field.
g) Choose Continue.
h) Choose Post.
i) On the Document lines: Display messages dialog box, choose Continue.
j) Choose Back.
2. Display the asset values and explain why no FI document is present when you double-click
the relevant transaction.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Values (transaction AW01N).
b) Verify that the data is correct for your Forklift 2 Group ##. If not, enter the correct
data.
c) On the Asset Explorer screen, in the Transactions section, select the row for Unplanned
depreciation on prior-year acquisitions and choose Display FI document.
d) Check that there is no FI document.
The system has only made a note of the unplanned depreciation. It is not posted until
the depreciation posting runs along with all other depreciations.
e) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
3. What transaction type would you use to post unplanned depreciation on a new/current
year acquisition?
Transaction type 650.
4. Execute unplanned depreciation posted manually report.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Periodic Activities tile group, choose
Depreciation Lists.
b) On the Depreciation Lists screen, enter the following data:
Field Name
Value
Fiscal Year
CY
To Period
Current Period
Depreciation Variant
Unplanned Depreciation
Company Code
TA##
Ledger
0L
Display Currency
EUR
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
241
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
Field Name
Value
Depreciation Area
32
c) Choose Go.
d) Choose Settings.
e) On the View Settings dialog box, add the column for Planned Amount.
f) Choose the Group tab. Remove the grouping selections.
g) Choose Go.
h) Adjust columns as needed to view the Planned Amount.
You can see the Unplanned Depreciation amount you entered.
i) Repeat steps 4b) - 4c) for depreciation areas 20 and 01.
Note:
●
●
To see Depreciation Area 20 for 0L ledger, change the Depreciation
Area to 20.
To see Depreciation Area 01 for LG ledger, change the Ledger to 2L and
Depreciation Area to 01.
j) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
242
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Entering and Analyzing Unplanned Depreciation
LESSON SUMMARY
You should now be able to:
●
Enter and analyze unplanned depreciation
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
243
Unit 3: Asset Transactions
244
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 3
Learning Assessment
1. Every transaction in customer and vendor accounts in the accounts payable (AP) and
accounts receivable (AR) subledgers and in the asset accounts has a direct effect on the
corresponding accounts of the general ledgers.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
2. The system stores the depreciation start date in the depreciation areas of the asset
master record.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
3. The posting date and the asset value date need not be in the same fiscal year.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
4. With new General Ledger Accounting (G/L) and activated document splitting, the
program SAPF181 is no longer required.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
245
Unit 3: Learning Assessment
5. Which of the following logistic processes are involved in asset acquisition with materials
management (MM)?
Choose the correct answers.
X
A Purchase requisition
X
B Purchase order
X
C Goods receipt
X
D Inventory receipt
6. You can create an asset master record when posting a procurement document.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
7. If the goods receipt is not valuated, the asset is capitalized during invoice verification.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
8. The values of the accounts for revenue from asset sales and clearing asset retirement can
be shown in notes to the financial statement.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
9. On what basis does the system determine the period for the asset retirement?
Choose the correct answer.
X
A Asset value date (asset retirement date)
X
B Net book value
10. Identify different ways of posting asset retirements.
246
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 3: Learning Assessment
11. When you use the new value method in transaction ABT1L, the system capitalizes the
amount of the sales revenue on the target asset.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
12. In transaction ABT1L, the system automatically determines the relationship type between
company codes using the company IDs of the Company Codes.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
13. Using the transfer variant, it is possible to determine the transaction types with which the
transfer is recorded in the source and the target asset.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
14. When you capitalize the asset under construction (AuC), you can transfer the values to
one or more completed assets.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
15. What are the two phases of AuC that are relevant to Asset Accounting?
Choose the correct answers.
X
A Under-construction phase
X
B Useful life phase
X
C Assets transfer phase
X
D Accounting phase
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
247
Unit 3: Learning Assessment
16. When you enter the relevant transaction type during execution of unplanned depreciation,
the system recognizes that you want to perform manual depreciation.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
17. You can select the depreciation areas for which you want to enter depreciation while
posting unplanned depreciation.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
248
X
True
X
False
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
UNIT 4
Periodic Processing and
Valuation
Lesson 1
Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and Posting
Exercise 24: Analyze Depreciation Areas
Exercise 25: Understand and Maintain Depreciation Keys
Exercise 26: Maintain Time-Dependent Depreciation Parameters
Exercise 27: Analyze Cost-Accounting Depreciation Area
Exercise 28: Execute and Analyze the Depreciation Run
251
255
265
275
283
291
Lesson 2
Executing Programs for Fiscal Year Change and Year-End Closing in Asset Accounting
Exercise 29: Execute Year-End Closing in Asset Accounting
303
307
Lesson 3
Investment Support Measures
Exercise 30: Post Investment Support Shown on Liabilities Side
311
317
Lesson 4
Parallel Accounting in Asset Accounting
Exercise 31: Manage Parallel Accounting
Exercise 32: Create and Post Values - Ledger Approach
Exercise 33: Create and Post Values - Account Approach
Exercise 34: Manage Unilateral Asset Postings
326
333
337
343
351
UNIT OBJECTIVES
●
Analyze depreciation areas in detail and configure them
●
Describe and understand the structure of a depreciation key and how it works
●
●
●
Understand the new calculation of depreciation amounts and describe the options for
time-dependent depreciation terms
Define interest and use index series for indexing the acquisition value and calculate a
replacement value
Post depreciation and analyze depreciation values
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
249
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
●
Execute programs for fiscal year change and year-end closing in FI-AA
●
Define Investment Support Measures
●
Understand Investment Support on the Liabilities Side
●
Understand Investment Support Managed on the Assets Side
●
250
Name and explain possibilities for mapping parallel accounting and create and control a
new depreciation area in FI-AA
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 4
Lesson 1
Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation,
and Posting
LESSON OVERVIEW
This lesson explains how to calculate and post depreciation, the structure of the depreciation
keys and the settings of the individual depreciation areas.
Business Example
After completing initial tests, you can create and post assets. As an employee in the Asset
Accounting (FI-AA) department, you need to provide support during month-end closing. For
this reason, you require the following knowledge:
●
An understanding of depreciation areas and depreciation keys
●
An understanding of time-dependent depreciation terms
●
An understanding of the method used to calculate depreciation amounts
●
An understanding of posting depreciation
LESSON OBJECTIVES
After completing this lesson, you will be able to:
●
Analyze depreciation areas in detail and configure them
●
Describe and understand the structure of a depreciation key and how it works
●
●
●
Understand the new calculation of depreciation amounts and describe the options for
time-dependent depreciation terms
Define interest and use index series for indexing the acquisition value and calculate a
replacement value
Post depreciation and analyze depreciation values
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
251
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
Periodic Processing Overview
Figure 133: Periodic Processing Overview
Periodic processing comprises the tasks performed at periodic intervals in FI-AA.
Animation: Periodic Processing Overview
For more information on Periodic Processing Overview, please view the
animation in the lesson Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and
Posting, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Some of the periodic processing activities are as follows:
●
Primary cost planning:
If you want to plan primary costs on a cost center basis, you can periodically determine
planned depreciation and interest; pass these costs on to primary cost planning in the
Controlling (CO) system using a report.
●
Investment support:
Investment support is a subsidy that a company receives for certain asset investments.
Assets eligible for such a subsidy are marked in the asset master records with an
investment support key. All specifications for claiming the investment support are stored
in the definition of this key. You can manually post the implementation of investment
support measures for each individual asset.
●
Inflation management:
Inflation management is required in countries with high rates of inflation or deflation.
252
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and Posting
●
Closing Cockpit:
You can use the Closing Cockpit in FI-AA to define, schedule, process, and control
periodically recurring activities.
Configure Depreciation Areas
Figure 135: Configure Depreciation Areas
You can identify the depreciation areas in the system by a two-character numeric key.
The following are the types of valuation for depreciation areas:
●
●
●
●
●
Define how to post the asset balance sheet values. These values are equivalent to
acquisitions and production cost (APC), proportional value adjustments, and depreciation
to the G/L accounts.
Define the depreciation areas for reporting reasons only. Depreciation areas show values
and calculate depreciation, but do not post any values to the G/L accounts.
Calculate different values in a depreciation area for a specific purpose (for example, a
balance sheet, cost-accounting, or taxes).
Define how the values have to be managed (for example, APC or positive and negative net
book values).
Define how posting values and depreciation terms can be transferred to other areas.
Animation: Configuring Depreciation Areas
For more information on Configuring Depreciation Areas, please view the
animation in the lesson Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and
Posting, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
253
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
254
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 4
Exercise 24
Analyze Depreciation Areas
Simulation: Analyze Depreciation Areas
For more information on Analyze Depreciation Areas, please view the simulation
in the lesson Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and Posting online
in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
As part of your job, you need to support the asset accounting department during month-end
closing. For this reason, you want to analyze depreciation areas and master data changes for
depreciation terms.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Task 1: Check the Depreciation Areas
Check which depreciation areas allow ordinary depreciation.
1. Check which depreciation areas allow ordinary depreciation in your chart of depreciation
TA##.
Caution:
Do not change any of the entries.
Task 2: Post an Asset
1. Post €12000 on January 01, CY to your Photocopier ## (Asset Class 3100) which is not
capitalized yet.
Note:
If your Photocopier ## is not available or is already capitalized, create a new
asset with Asset Class 3100.
2. Start the Asset Explorer and check the depreciation amount.
3. In change mode, go to the master record of the asset and change the depreciation key in
depreciation areas 01 and 02 of LINR to LINK. Before you confirm the changes, reduce the
useful life from 3 to 2 years.
Save the changes and read the warning messages the system displays by calling the
warning messages with a double-click.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
255
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
4. Analyze the planned depreciation for Depreciation Area 01 again in the Asset Explorer.
Did the planned depreciation amount change?
Display the calculation of the planned depreciation amount.
5. One of the texts in the warning messages you called previously explains the situation with
the one-to-one transfer of depreciation terms.
Where can you find the table or control options for your chart of depreciation TA## in
Customizing?
Caution:
Do not make changes to the system.
256
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 4
Solution 24
Analyze Depreciation Areas
Simulation: Analyze Depreciation Areas
For more information on Analyze Depreciation Areas, please view the simulation
in the lesson Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and Posting online
in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
As part of your job, you need to support the asset accounting department during month-end
closing. For this reason, you want to analyze depreciation areas and master data changes for
depreciation terms.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Task 1: Check the Depreciation Areas
Check which depreciation areas allow ordinary depreciation.
1. Check which depreciation areas allow ordinary depreciation in your chart of depreciation
TA##.
Caution:
Do not change any of the entries.
a) Determine depreciation areas in Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset
Accounting → Depreciation → Ordinary Depreciation → Determine Depreciation
Areas.
b) If prompted, enter TA## as the chart of depreciation and then confirm the entries.
c) Check which depreciation areas allow ordinary depreciation.
d) Go back to the Customizing screen.
Task 2: Post an Asset
1. Post €12000 on January 01, CY to your Photocopier ## (Asset Class 3100) which is not
capitalized yet.
Note:
If your Photocopier ## is not available or is already capitalized, create a new
asset with Asset Class 3100.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
257
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Operational Processing tile group,
choose Post Acquisition (Non-Integrated) With Automatic Offsetting Entry (transaction
ABZOL).
b) Enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Company Code
TA##
Existing Asset
Asset number of Photocopier ##
Document Date
January 1, CY
Posting Date
January 1, CY
Asset value Date
January 1, CY
Amount Posted
12000
c) Choose Simulate.
d) Choose Post.
The line items are posted.
e) Choose Continue.
f) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
2. Start the Asset Explorer and check the depreciation amount.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Values (transaction AW01N).
b) Verify the data is correct for the asset you just capitalized. If not, enter the correct
data.
c) Choose Depreciation Areas 01 and 32 and check the depreciation amount for each
area.
If you start the Asset Explorer, can you see that the system shows a planned
depreciation of €4000 for the current year because of the depreciation key LINR in
depreciation areas 32 (IFRS) and 01 (Local GAAP)?
Yes, the depreciation amount is €4000 in depreciation areas 32 (IFRS) and 01 (Local
GAAP).
d) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
3. In change mode, go to the master record of the asset and change the depreciation key in
depreciation areas 01 and 02 of LINR to LINK. Before you confirm the changes, reduce the
useful life from 3 to 2 years.
Save the changes and read the warning messages the system displays by calling the
warning messages with a double-click.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Master Data tile group, choose Change
Asset (transaction AS02).
258
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and Posting
b) On the Change Asset: Initial screen, enter the following data:
Field
Value
Asset
Asset number of Photocopier ##
Company Code
TA##
c) Choose Enter.
d) Choose the Deprec. Areas tab page.
e) Enter the following data for depreciation areas as noted in the table:
Field
Value
DKey
LINK
(ONLY for 01 and 02 depreciation areas)
UseLife
2
(for all depreciation areas)
f) Save the data and confirm warning messages.
g) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
4. Analyze the planned depreciation for Depreciation Area 01 again in the Asset Explorer.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Values (transaction AW01N).
Did the planned depreciation amount change?
Yes, the planned depreciation amount is now €6000 per year and this amount is to be
distributed over two years in depreciation area 01 (Local GAAP).
Display the calculation of the planned depreciation amount.
5. One of the texts in the warning messages you called previously explains the situation with
the one-to-one transfer of depreciation terms.
Where can you find the table or control options for your chart of depreciation TA## in
Customizing?
Caution:
Do not make changes to the system.
a) Specify the transfer of depreciation terms in Customizing for Financial Accounting
under Asset Accounting → General Valuation → Depreciation Areas → Specify
Transfer of Depreciation Terms.
The Change View “Depreciation areas: Rules for takeover of deprec. terms” screen is
displayed.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
259
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
Notice that in Depreciation Area 15, the Identical indicator is not checked. This caused
the message that this area was not automatically updated.
b) Go back to the Customizing screen.
260
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and Posting
Depreciation Key and Depreciation Calculation
Figure 138: Depreciation Types
The system supports the following depreciation types for each depreciation area:
●
Ordinary depreciation:
Ordinary depreciation is the planned reduction in asset value due to normal wear and tear.
●
Special depreciation:
Special depreciation represents a purely tax-based type of depreciation for wear and tear.
This form of depreciation allows for depreciating a percentage of the asset value. This
percentage may be staggered within a tax concession period, without taking the actual
wear and tear on the asset into consideration.
●
Unplanned depreciation:
Unplanned depreciation concerns unusual circumstances, such as damage to the asset
that led to a permanent reduction in its value.
●
Unit-of-production depreciation:
Unit-of-production depreciation allows you to take fluctuations in activity into
consideration for the depreciation calculation. The amount of depreciation is dependent on
seasonal usage of the asset (for example, how many kilometers a truck is driven or how
many units a machine produces).
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
261
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
Depreciation Key – Calculation Methods
Figure 139: Depreciation Key – Calculation Methods
In any calculation methods, the specifications and parameters are entered that the system
requires to calculate depreciation amounts.
Individual calculation methods are as follows:
●
Base method
●
Declining-balance method
●
Maximum amount method
●
Multilevel method
●
Period control method
Animation: Depreciation Key – Calculation Methods
For more information on Depreciation Key – Calculation Methods, please view
the animation in the lesson Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and
Posting, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
You can assign the calculation methods to the depreciation key using the transaction AFAMA.
Maintain a depreciation key in Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset
Accounting → Depreciation → Valuation Methods → Depreciation Key → Maintain
Depreciation Key.
The advantages of the calculation methods compared to the internal calculation key are as
follows:
262
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and Posting
●
●
●
Country-specific requirements are represented by methods specific to a particular chart of
accounts.
You can avoid using an increasing number of internal calculation keys.
Depreciation keys can be entered as default values for a particular company code or
depreciation area.
Detail List of Methods
Figure 141: Detail List of Methods
You can view the detail list of the calculation methods assigned to a depreciation key from
transaction AFAMA, from the asset master record or from the Asset Explorer.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
263
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
Calculate Depreciation Values
Figure 142: Calculate Depreciation Values
The depreciation terms are stored in the asset master record. In the example above, the
system calculates the annual depreciation using the depreciation key and useful life.
Depending on the purpose of the depreciation area, other terms, such as revaluation or
imputed interest are also calculated.
The system determines the depreciation start date using the asset value date and period
control method.
The Asset Explorer displays the values and depreciation for every transaction in each area.
You can display the calculation of depreciation values from the Asset Explorer.
Animation: Calculating Depreciation Values
For more information on Calculating Depreciation Values, please view the
animation in the lesson Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and
Posting, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Note:
Changes to the Customizing settings of the depreciation keys do not
automatically correct the depreciation amounts for previously posted or active
assets. For that to happen, you need to execute a recalculation of depreciation
(for example, in the transaction AS02 for one single asset or with the RAAFAR00
program).
264
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 4
Exercise 25
Understand and Maintain Depreciation Keys
Simulation: Understand and Maintain Depreciation Keys
For more information on Understand and Maintain Depreciation Keys, please
view the simulation in the lesson Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation,
and Posting online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
As part of your job, you need to support the asset accounting department during month-end
closing. For this reason, you need to understand and maintain the depreciation keys.
Understand and maintain the depreciation keys.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Task 1: Maintain the Depreciation Keys
1. In the training system, all depreciation keys will already have their status as active.
However, look at the Customizing settings for the depreciation keys (for your chart of
depreciation TA##).
2. What is the transaction code used for Customizing?
Task 2: Create a New Depreciation Key
A typical example from everyday experience: Sections of SAP Note 328780 are listed (with
some course-specific supplements).
1. SAP Note 328780, Page 1
Field Name or Data Type
Value
SAP Note Number
328780
Version
8 dated 09/01/08
Set on
September 2, 2008
Language
EN
Text
Changes according to German law
on tax reduction
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
265
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Responsible
P. Mustermann
Component
FI-AA
Long text/symptom: With the introduction of the German law on tax reduction, the
following measure is relevant to the valuation of complex assets: A reduction of straight
line depreciation for buildings in the company assets from 4% to 3%.
Procedure: Create a new depreciation key (for example, GL30 with the description
Buildings linear 3% Gr ##) by copying the depreciation key GL20.
Then replace the multilevel method 007 with the new multilevel method A## and the
description Multilevel method A## 3%. It must have the following values:
Acq.year
Year
Per
BaseVal.
Percent
9999
999
12
01
3
Implement the solution described for your chart of depreciation TA##.
Hint:
When you create the new multilevel method, you can simplify the procedure
by using a reference, copying an existing method (for example, multilevel
method 007), and changing the copy.
2. Search for one of your building master records (asset class 1100) that has not been
posted to yet. Post €1,000,000 to this master record on January 1, CY. Note: You can
use using Building 1
3. Analyze the planned depreciation values of the asset.
4. After activating and analyzing the asset, change the depreciation terms of all areas
(except for depreciation area 20) from GD50 to the new depreciation key GL30.
5. Look at the values in the Asset Explorer.
Did the new depreciation key calculate the values correctly? How high is the annualplanned depreciation amount now?
When will the asset in depreciation area 01 be written off completely?
266
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 4
Solution 25
Understand and Maintain Depreciation Keys
Simulation: Understand and Maintain Depreciation Keys
For more information on Understand and Maintain Depreciation Keys, please
view the simulation in the lesson Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation,
and Posting online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
As part of your job, you need to support the asset accounting department during month-end
closing. For this reason, you need to understand and maintain the depreciation keys.
Understand and maintain the depreciation keys.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Task 1: Maintain the Depreciation Keys
1. In the training system, all depreciation keys will already have their status as active.
However, look at the Customizing settings for the depreciation keys (for your chart of
depreciation TA##).
a) Maintain the depreciation keys in Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset
Accounting → Depreciation → Valuation Methods → Depreciation Key → Maintain
Depreciation Key.
b) Remain on this screen for the next step.
2. What is the transaction code used for Customizing?
The SAP Easy Access transaction code is AFAMA.
Task 2: Create a New Depreciation Key
A typical example from everyday experience: Sections of SAP Note 328780 are listed (with
some course-specific supplements).
1. SAP Note 328780, Page 1
Field Name or Data Type
Value
SAP Note Number
328780
Version
8 dated 09/01/08
Set on
September 2, 2008
Language
EN
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
267
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Text
Changes according to German law
on tax reduction
Responsible
P. Mustermann
Component
FI-AA
Long text/symptom: With the introduction of the German law on tax reduction, the
following measure is relevant to the valuation of complex assets: A reduction of straight
line depreciation for buildings in the company assets from 4% to 3%.
Procedure: Create a new depreciation key (for example, GL30 with the description
Buildings linear 3% Gr ##) by copying the depreciation key GL20.
Then replace the multilevel method 007 with the new multilevel method A## and the
description Multilevel method A## 3%. It must have the following values:
Acq.year
Year
Per
BaseVal.
Percent
9999
999
12
01
3
Implement the solution described for your chart of depreciation TA##.
Hint:
When you create the new multilevel method, you can simplify the procedure
by using a reference, copying an existing method (for example, multilevel
method 007), and changing the copy.
a) In Customizing, choose Financial Accounting under Asset Accounting → Depreciation
→ Valuation Methods → Depreciation Key → Maintain Depreciation Key.
Note:
If you remained on the screen from the previous step, skip to step 1b.
b) Choose the depreciation key GL20 and choose the Copy in the same Chart of
Depreciation button.
c) Enter GL30 in the DepKey field and enter the description Buildings linear 3% Gr
##.
d) Choose Enter.
e) On the Information dialog box, choose Continue to confirm the dependent entries that
were copied.
f) Choose Save.
g) Choose Exit to return to the Customizing screen.
h) Copy the multilevel method in Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset
Accounting → Depreciation → Valuation Methods → Depreciation Key → Calculation
Methods → Define Multi-Level Methods.
268
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and Posting
i) Choose the multilevel method 007 and choose Copy in the same Chart of Depreciation.
j) Enter A## in the Multilev.Meth. field and enter the description 3.0000%.
k) Choose Enter.
l) On the Information dialog box, choose Continue to confirm the dependent entries that
were copied.
m) On the Change View “Multilevel Method”: Overview screen, choose A## and doubleclick Levels in the Dialog Structure.
n) On the Change View “Levels”: Overview screen, enter 3 in the Percent field. Choose
Enter.
o) Choose Save.
p) Choose Exit to return to the Customizing screen.
q) Enter a new multilevel method in the new depreciation key in Customizing for Financial
Accounting under Asset Accounting → Depreciation → Valuation Methods →
Depreciation Key → Maintain Depreciation Key.
r) Choose the depreciation key GL30 and double-click Assignment of Calculation
Methods in the Dialog Structure.
s) On the Change View “Assignment of Calculation Methods”: Details screen, enter A## in
the Multilev.Meth. field.
t) Choose Save.
u) Choose Exit to return to the Customizing screen.
2. Search for one of your building master records (asset class 1100) that has not been
posted to yet. Post €1,000,000 to this master record on January 1, CY. Note: You can
use using Building 1
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Operational Processing tile group,
choose Post Acquisition (Non-Integrated) With Automatic Offsetting Entry (transaction
ABZOL).
b) Post an acquisition to Building 1 as described above.
c) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
3. Analyze the planned depreciation values of the asset.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Values (transaction AW01N)
b) Review the data.
c) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
4. After activating and analyzing the asset, change the depreciation terms of all areas
(except for depreciation area 20) from GD50 to the new depreciation key GL30.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Master Data tile group, choose Change
Asset (transaction AS02).
Make the changes according to the exercise and Save them. Confirm the warning
messages.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
269
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
b) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
5. Look at the values in the Asset Explorer.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Values (transaction AW01N)
b) Review the data. Note the differences from the previous step.
Note that the ordinary depreciation is now different due to the change in the
depreciation key.
c) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
Did the new depreciation key calculate the values correctly? How high is the annualplanned depreciation amount now?
The yearly planned depreciation is €30,000.
When will the asset in depreciation area 01 be written off completely?
The asset in area 01 is written off completely over the course of year CY+33. Use the
Comparison tab to view Depreciation Area 01 to see when the Net Book Value is 0 (ZERO)
270
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and Posting
Depreciation Calculation on the Basis of Period Intervals
Figure 145: Depreciation Calculation on the Basis of Period Intervals
The logic examines how long the same reference value (for example, purchase value or net
book value of an asset) is valid within a fiscal year. If there is no transaction on the asset, the
depreciation calculation has the same reference value for one year. In this case, the
calculation uses exactly one period interval (period 1 to period 12). If there are transactions,
the reference value changes each time and the system uses additional period intervals
depending on the period control.
The method for calculating depreciation (Depreciation Engine: part of Enterprise Extension
EA-FIN) produces calculations of depreciation amounts.
Animation: Depreciation Calculation on the Basis of Period Intervals
For more information on Depreciation Calculation on the Basis of Period
Intervals, please view the animation in the lesson Defining Depreciation Areas,
Keys, Calculation, and Posting, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Time Dependency of Depreciation Terms
The following parameters can be changed on a time-dependent basis:
●
Depreciation key
●
Useful life (year or period)
●
Variable depreciation portion
●
Absolute scrap value
●
Percentage scrap value
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
271
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
With the depreciation calculation, you can manage important depreciation parameters timedependently. You can find these parameters in the detail screen of the depreciation area,
using the Change Asset Master tile in the SAP Fiori Launchpad (or transaction code AS02).
Using the Further Intervals and Add Interval buttons in the detail screen of the depreciation
area, you can define a time dependency for the depreciation term of each depreciation area.
The logic and method for working with time-dependent depreciation terms is comparable to
the procedure for time-dependent data in the master data area. Therefore, time-dependent
changes can also be defined by creating new intervals.
Note:
The time-dependent intervals are also visible in the Asset Explorer, see SAP Note
1398629.
For more information about keeping time-dependent depreciation terms, refer to
FAQ Note 981222.
Example: Time-Dependency of Depreciation Terms
Figure 147: Time-Dependency of Depreciation Terms
The example illustrates the use of time-dependent depreciation terms to calculate the
depreciation in detail.
272
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and Posting
Caution:
If time-dependent depreciation terms are not used, a parameter change effects
all open and future fiscal years. This means, the system recalculates all periods
of the open fiscal year and all future ones.
The new logic of the depreciation calculation creates a new period interval for all
changes during the fiscal year. The change only affects the future periods.
Note:
Regarding a time-dependent change of depreciation parameters, note that the
changes only take effect if they do not violate any other system dependencies,
such as the settings for the depreciation areas. If the settings for the depreciation
areas are violated, the system may automatically reduce the depreciation
amounts. This system feature is called reduction of calculated depreciation.
You may want to change only depreciation area 01 for an asset using a time-dependent useful
life reduction. Depreciation areas 01 and 02 are used to calculate the values for a (derived)
depreciation area 03 (area 03 = 02 - 01). According to the Customizing settings for this area
03, the net book value is negative or zero. Reducing the useful life only in area 01 produces a
net book value that is smaller than the useful life in area 02. Therefore, this produces a
positive net book value in area 03. The system does not allow this scenario. The useful life
reduction of area 01 has no effect and the system does not display the changed amounts.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
273
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
274
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 4
Exercise 26
Maintain Time-Dependent Depreciation
Parameters
Simulation: Maintain Time-Dependent Depreciation Parameters
For more information on Maintain Time-Dependent Depreciation Parameters,
please view the simulation in the lesson Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys,
Calculation, and Posting online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
As a result of changes in legislation, from July 1, CY+1 onward, every asset, including already
activated assets, must be written off within 10.5 years starting from this date.
Change the depreciation key GL30 to LINR from the preceding exercise from July 1, CY+1
onward in depreciation areas 01 and 02. Change the useful life in both the areas.
Change the time-dependent depreciation parameters.
Also, change the useful life to 10.5 years in both areas.
Caution:
You can only do this exercise if you have completed the previous exercise.
Hint:
Changes you mark as time-dependent (for example, in a future year) are
displayed immediately on the Depreciation Areas tab page of the asset master
record. A time interval display is only available on the detail screen of the
depreciation area and in the Asset Explorer.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
1. Change the time-dependent depreciation parameters.
2. Analyze your asset in the Asset Explorer. Look at the planned depreciation value for CY+1.
It is greater than the planned value of the current year, which is €30,000.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
275
Unit 4
Solution 26
Maintain Time-Dependent Depreciation
Parameters
Simulation: Maintain Time-Dependent Depreciation Parameters
For more information on Maintain Time-Dependent Depreciation Parameters,
please view the simulation in the lesson Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys,
Calculation, and Posting online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
As a result of changes in legislation, from July 1, CY+1 onward, every asset, including already
activated assets, must be written off within 10.5 years starting from this date.
Change the depreciation key GL30 to LINR from the preceding exercise from July 1, CY+1
onward in depreciation areas 01 and 02. Change the useful life in both the areas.
Change the time-dependent depreciation parameters.
Also, change the useful life to 10.5 years in both areas.
Caution:
You can only do this exercise if you have completed the previous exercise.
Hint:
Changes you mark as time-dependent (for example, in a future year) are
displayed immediately on the Depreciation Areas tab page of the asset master
record. A time interval display is only available on the detail screen of the
depreciation area and in the Asset Explorer.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
1. Change the time-dependent depreciation parameters.
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the Master Data tile group, choose Change
Asset (transaction AS02).
b) On the Change Asset: Initial screen, enter the following data:
276
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and Posting
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Asset
Asset number used in previous
exercise (Building 1)
Company code
TA##
c) Choose the Deprec. Area tab and double-click the depreciation area, area 01.
d) On the Change Asset: Depreciation area Book deprec. screen, choose More Intervals.
e) Choose Add Interval.
f) In the Create New Interval dialog box, enter July 1, CY+1.
g) Choose Yes.
h) Make the depreciation term changes in the new interval as described in the exercise.
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Fr
July 1, CY+1
DepKy
LINR
Use
10
Per
6
i) Once you create the new interval in area 01, choose Back and make the same change
for depreciation area 02.
j) Save your data. Confirm any warning messages
k) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
2. Analyze your asset in the Asset Explorer. Look at the planned depreciation value for CY+1.
It is greater than the planned value of the current year, which is €30,000.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Values (transaction AW01N).
b) Verify the data for the correct asset.
c) Choose depreciation area 01.
d) Go to the Comparisons tab.
Look at the planned depreciation value for CY+1. It is greater than the planned value of
the current year, which is €30,000.
e) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
277
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
Cost-Accounting Depreciation Area
Figure 149: Cost-Accounting Depreciation Areas
You can define whether interest must be calculated for the cost-accounting depreciation area
and whether depreciation must continue below zero. You make these specifications when you
define the depreciation areas.
You can use index series to index the acquisition value and calculate a replacement value.
Animation: Cost-Accounting Depreciation Areas
For more information on Cost-Accounting Depreciation Areas, please view the
animation in the lesson Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and
Posting, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Information on Depreciation Terms
The following shows the information about the depreciation terms:
●
Depreciation key:
Depreciation key is LINA (straight-line from replacement value, such as pro rata temporis,
with curb and interest).
●
Ord. dep. start:
Ord. dep. start date is 02/01/YYYY (depreciation and interest in year 1, which is 11/12 of
the annual value).
●
278
Index:
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and Posting
Index is 103% for APC (the calculation of depreciation from the second year is based on
the indexed replacement value).
●
Interest:
Interest is 10% on half the acquisition value.
●
Depreciation after planned life end:
Depreciation after planned life end indicates that you want the depreciation to be
continued after the end of the planned useful life.
●
Depreciation below net book value zero:
Depreciation below the net book value zero can be set if you want depreciation to be
continued after the book value is zero. The depreciation area must allow negative net book
value (for which a changeover key may be used).
●
Effective life after planned end (with curb):
Effective life after planned end is the actual life that determines the rate of depreciation.
This actual life is not a planned life.
The useful life is 10 years, so there is a depreciation of 1/10 each year. This indicator
reduces the depreciation rate of 1/10 of the APC to 1/11 in the 11th year, and so on. So, the
depreciation amount slowly decreases after the planned end.
Imputed Interest
Figure 151: Imputed Interest
For cost-accounting, you may have to calculate imputed interest on the capital tied up in
assets. Therefore, the system enables you to calculate imputed interest for each depreciation
area.
The following settings are required to calculate imputed interest:
●
Allow the calculation of imputed interest for the depreciation area.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
279
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
●
●
●
Determine that interest must be posted for the company code and the corresponding
depreciation area.
Use a depreciation key to which calculation methods for the interest depreciation type are
assigned, or define such a key.
If the calculation of the interest is based on a replacement value, the indexed interest is
calculated.
The system posts interest periodically during the posting run of periodic depreciation.
Account assignment is posted to the accounts specified in the given depreciation area in the
account determination. An additional account assignment can be made for the cost center or
internal order entered in each asset master record.
Animation: Imputed Interest
For more information on Imputed Interest, please view the animation in the
lesson Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and Posting, online in the
SAP Learning Hub.
Replacement Values – Index Series
Figure 153: Replacement Values – Index Series
When revaluation or indexing is used in a depreciation area, you can specify a default index
series for calculating the replacement value in the asset or asset class.
For each fiscal year, you must specify index figures for the index series. If the figures are
missing, the system switches to a simulated annual rate.
An indexed revaluation can also be calculated for accumulated depreciation and imputed
interest if the interest calculation key is based on replacement value.
If you want to post to the general ledger, specify whether you want to post revaluation of APC
only, or also include depreciation or interest in the depreciation area.
280
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and Posting
Animation: Replacement Values – Index Series
For more information on Replacement Values – Index Series , please view the
animation in the lesson Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and
Posting, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
281
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
282
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 4
Exercise 27
Analyze Cost-Accounting Depreciation Area
Simulation: Analyze Cost-Accounting Depreciation Area
For more information on Analyze Cost-Accounting Depreciation Area, please
view the simulation in the lesson Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation,
and Posting online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
As part of your job, you need to support the asset accounting department during month-end
closing. You need to revalue some assets based on the index series. For this reason, you want
to understand how to create and use index series.
Create a new index series and replace the old series with this new series in your asset.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
1. Carry out an acquisition posting to one of your unposted master records of class 3200 on
January 15, CY for the amount of €7,000. Note: Use asset PC 03.
2. Check the values in the cost-accounting depreciation area (depreciation area 20).
In particular, look at the APC and the cost-accounting interest, and how these values will
develop in the future, because the effect of the index (index series 00040) cannot be
viewed until the following year. It means that from CY+1, you must see an amount in the
Revaluation row, which increases the APC. Based on this replacement value, the planned
ordinary depreciation is calculated for the CY+1.
3. Create a new index series TA## in index class 3.
Use the current year as the base year with the valuation key figure 100 and reduce this
amount by 10 index points per year over three (3) years. If you wish, you can work with a
simulated yearly rate of + 5% (that is, 105%) after this period.
4. In your asset (of asset class 3200, with APC values of € 7,000), in depreciation area 20,
replace the index series 00040 with the new index series TA##.
Then go back to the Asset Explorer and determine whether the revaluation has been
calculated based on your new index series.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
283
Unit 4
Solution 27
Analyze Cost-Accounting Depreciation Area
Simulation: Analyze Cost-Accounting Depreciation Area
For more information on Analyze Cost-Accounting Depreciation Area, please
view the simulation in the lesson Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation,
and Posting online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
As part of your job, you need to support the asset accounting department during month-end
closing. You need to revalue some assets based on the index series. For this reason, you want
to understand how to create and use index series.
Create a new index series and replace the old series with this new series in your asset.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
1. Carry out an acquisition posting to one of your unposted master records of class 3200 on
January 15, CY for the amount of €7,000. Note: Use asset PC 03.
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the Operational Processing tile group,
choose Post Acquisition (Non-Integrated) With Automatic Offsetting Entry (transaction
ABZOL).
b) Post the acquisition for PC 03 described in the task.
2. Check the values in the cost-accounting depreciation area (depreciation area 20).
In particular, look at the APC and the cost-accounting interest, and how these values will
develop in the future, because the effect of the index (index series 00040) cannot be
viewed until the following year. It means that from CY+1, you must see an amount in the
Revaluation row, which increases the APC. Based on this replacement value, the planned
ordinary depreciation is calculated for the CY+1.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Values (transaction AW01N).
b) Verify the data is correct for your company code and asset PC 03. Correct if
necessary.
c) Select depreciation area 20 and then choose the Comparisons tab.
d) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
3. Create a new index series TA## in index class 3.
Use the current year as the base year with the valuation key figure 100 and reduce this
amount by 10 index points per year over three (3) years. If you wish, you can work with a
simulated yearly rate of + 5% (that is, 105%) after this period.
284
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and Posting
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Configuration tile group, choose Change
Index Series (transaction OAV5).
b) Create the new index series described in the exercise. Choose the New Entries button.
c) On the New Entries: Details of Added Entries screen, enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Index Series
TA## / Index Series Gr ##
Index class
3
Sim.annual rate
105
d) Double-click Index figures.
e) Choose New Entries.
f) On the Change View "Index figures": Overview screen, enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Year
CY
Index
100
Year
CY+1
Index
90
Year
CY+2
Index
80
Year
CY+3
Index
70
g) Save the data.
h) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
4. In your asset (of asset class 3200, with APC values of € 7,000), in depreciation area 20,
replace the index series 00040 with the new index series TA##.
Then go back to the Asset Explorer and determine whether the revaluation has been
calculated based on your new index series.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Master Data tile group, choose Change
Asset (transaction AS02).
b) Confirm the Asset number (PC 03) and Company Code (TA##). Correct if needed.
c) Choose the Deprec. Areas tab page and make the changes in depreciation area 20
described in the exercise.
d) Choose Save.
e) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
285
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
f) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Values (transaction AW01N).
g) Confirm the Company Code (TA##) and Asset number (PC 03). Correct if needed.
h) Review depreciation area 20 for the new values.
i) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
286
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and Posting
Depreciation Run
Figure 156: Depreciation Posting Program
The depreciation run is carried out using the program FAA_DEPRECIATION_POST.
The program FAA_DEPRECIATION_POST posts the following:
●
Ordinary depreciation, such as book depreciation and cost-accounting (imputed)
depreciation.
●
Tax depreciation or allocation and write-off of reserves due to special tax depreciation.
●
Unplanned depreciation or other manually planned depreciation.
●
Imputed interest.
●
Revaluation of APC or accumulated depreciation.
Hint:
The program FAA_DEPRECIATION_POST posts the depreciation amounts in FIAA and also directly to the G/L accounts. Additional account assignment objects
are posted and the program creates controlling documents.
Using a test run, you can check for any possible errors, such as locked cost centers. Any
errors that occur are displayed in an error list.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
287
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
Animation: Depreciation Posting Program
For more information on Depreciation Posting Program, please view the
animation in the lesson Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and
Posting, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Post Depreciation – Settings
Figure 158: Post Depreciation
Specify Account Assignment Types
Figure 159: Test Run
The errors can be as follows:
●
288
Incorrect account assignment objects (for example, a cost center that is locked in CO).
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and Posting
●
●
●
●
Missing account assignment types in Customizing for FI-AA (You receive the error
message as Account xxxx requires an assignment to a CO object).
Missing accounts for depreciation posting.
Incorrect posting period (related to the posting interval entered in Customizing) on the
initial screen of the program FAA_DEPRECIATION_POST.
Missing settings for the depreciation posting cycle in the depreciation area.
Hint:
The errors are signified by red traffic lights. You can choose the Error list button
to see more details.
If you execute a productive depreciation run, you can see all the documents from the entire
period in the posting run log. The corresponding program is called RAPOST2001 and you can
find it in the Asset Accounting application under Periodic Processing → Depreciation
Run → Display Log.
To Maintain Settings Required for Running Depreciation and Specifying Account
Assignment Types
1. Configure depreciation areas where you want to post depreciation in Customizing for
Financial Accounting) under Asset Accounting → General Valuation → Depreciation
Areas → Define Depreciation Areas.
2. Specify the G/L accounts for depreciation postings in your account determinations in
Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset Accounting → Integration with General
Ledger Accounting → Assign G/L Accounts.
3. Assign the document type for depreciation postings (AF) to the company code in
Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset Accounting → Integration with General
Ledger Accounting → Post Depreciation to General Ledger Accounting → Specify
Document Type for Posting of Depreciation → Specify Document Type for Posting of
Depreciation.
Note:
If you still use a document number range with external number assignment,
see SAP Note 890976.
4. Specify intervals and posting rules per depreciation area in Customizing for Financial
Accounting under Asset Accounting → Integration with General Ledger Accounting → Post
Depreciation to General Ledger Accounting → Specify Intervals and Posting Rules.
5. Activate account assignment objects in Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset
Accounting → Integration with General Ledger Accounting → Additional Account
Assignment Objects → Activate Account Assignment Objects.
6. Specify the account assignment type for active controlling (CO) account assignment
objects. Post cost-accounting depreciation to the CO objects of the asset master record in
Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset Accounting → Integration with General
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
289
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
Ledger Accounting → Additional Account Assignment Objects → Specify Account
Assignment Types for Account Assignment Objects.
You can use the program RAACCOBJ01 and the transaction AACCOBJ to display all active
account assignment objects.
290
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 4
Exercise 28
Execute and Analyze the Depreciation Run
Simulation: Execute and Analyze the Depreciation Run
For more information on Execute and Analyze the Depreciation Run, please view
the simulation in the lesson Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and
Posting online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
As part of your job, you need to support the asset accounting department during month-end
closing. For this reason, you must execute and analyze the depreciation run.
Execute and analyze the depreciation run.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Task 1: Post the Depreciation for the Previous Year
You must post the depreciation for the complete previous year of your company code TA##.
1. Make sure you have made all necessary Customizing settings for your company code
TA##.
Make sure the active account assignment objects in the client you are using include, at the
minimum, Cost Center (KOSTL) and Internal Order (CAUFN). Additional objects are also
activated.
Caution:
Do not change the entries in this table.
Other objects may also remain active.
2. In the cost accounting area, you want to post the cost accounting depreciation costs to
the respective Cost Center in the asset master record. Profit Center and Segment will also
need to be added.
For the Cost Center account assignment object, verify whether the account assignment
type for depreciation run has been set for your company code TA##, in depreciation area
20.
This is not the case; therefore, create the corresponding entry.
3. Check which document type for depreciation posting is specified in your company code,
TA##.
4. Make that sure all depreciation areas in your company code (that are supposed to post
depreciation) are posting depreciation monthly by default.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
291
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
5. In addition, area 20 (cost-accounting) in your chart of depreciation TA## must post
interest along with depreciation. Select the relevant checkbox.
6. It is necessary to recalculate the depreciation because the Customizing settings have
been changed.
7. You made all the settings to execute the depreciation run for your company code TA##
without errors. An FI document for depreciation areas 01, 32 and CO document for area
20, will be posted. Execute a test run of the depreciation posting program for your
company code TA## for the month of January in the previous year.
Select List assets. Compare the columns showing the amounts to be posted.
8. Post the depreciation for the entire previous year in a single step. Start another test run
for the complete previous year. Copy your first test run.
Analyze the log of the test run, and branch to one or more simulated FI documents.
9. Carry out the update run for your company code TA## for the complete previous year.
Task 2: Display the Posted Documents
1. Display the posted FI documents using the SAP Fiori app, Manage Journal Entries, in the
General Ledger tile group. Use the following filter criterion:
Field
Value
Company Code
TA##
Journal Entry Type
AF
Fiscal Year
CY - 1
2. Choose the Display Asset Master Worklist app and display assets. Use the following filter
criterion:
Field
Value
Company Code
TA##
Capitalized On
before or on / December 31, CY-1
3. Create a depreciation list for your company code TA## using the Depreciation Lists tile
with the following data:
292
Field
Value
Fiscal Year
CY - 1
To Period
12
Depreciation Variant
Ordinary Depreciation
Company Code
TA##
Ledger
0L
Display Currency
EUR (Company Code Currency)
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and Posting
Field
Value
Depreciation Area
32
Task 3: Check Whether the Depreciation is Posted
Call the Asset Explorer and check whether the depreciation of the previous year is posted.
1. Call the Asset Explorer, and use your Machine 03 (machine with complete retirement) as
an example to check whether the depreciation of the previous year is posted.
Task 4: Assign Cost Accounting Depreciation to WBS Elements
1. You decide to assign cost accounting depreciation from depreciation area 20 to WBS
elements.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
293
Unit 4
Solution 28
Execute and Analyze the Depreciation Run
Simulation: Execute and Analyze the Depreciation Run
For more information on Execute and Analyze the Depreciation Run, please view
the simulation in the lesson Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and
Posting online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
As part of your job, you need to support the asset accounting department during month-end
closing. For this reason, you must execute and analyze the depreciation run.
Execute and analyze the depreciation run.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Task 1: Post the Depreciation for the Previous Year
You must post the depreciation for the complete previous year of your company code TA##.
1. Make sure you have made all necessary Customizing settings for your company code
TA##.
Make sure the active account assignment objects in the client you are using include, at the
minimum, Cost Center (KOSTL) and Internal Order (CAUFN). Additional objects are also
activated.
Caution:
Do not change the entries in this table.
Other objects may also remain active.
a) Activate the account assignment objects in Customizing for Financial Accounting
under Asset Accounting → Integration with General Ledger Accounting → Additional
Account Assignment Objects → Activate Account Assignment Objects.
b) Validate that Cost Center (KOSTL) and Internal Order (CAUFN) are set to Active.
c) Go back to the Customizing screen.
2. In the cost accounting area, you want to post the cost accounting depreciation costs to
the respective Cost Center in the asset master record. Profit Center and Segment will also
need to be added.
For the Cost Center account assignment object, verify whether the account assignment
type for depreciation run has been set for your company code TA##, in depreciation area
20.
294
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and Posting
This is not the case; therefore, create the corresponding entry.
a) Verify the account assignment types in Customizing for Financial Accounting under
Asset Accounting → Integration with General Ledger Accounting → Additional Account
Assignment Objects → Specify Account Assignment Types for Account Assignment
Objects.
b) On the Display View “Company Code”: Overview screen, select the row for your
company code TA##.
c) In the dialog structure, double-click Depreciation Area and select the row for
depreciation area 20 (cost-accounting).
d) In the dialog structure, double-click Account Assignment Objects.
e) Choose New Entries.
f) Enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Account Assignment Object
KOSTL (Cost Center)
Transaction type
*
Account assignment type
Depreciation Run
Account Assignment
Select
Account Assignment Object
PRCTR (Profit Center)
Transaction type
*
Account assignment type
Depreciation Run
Account Assignment
Select
Account Assignment Object
SEGMENT (Segment)
Transaction type
*
Account assignment type
Depreciation Run
Account Assignment
Select
g) Save your data.
h) Go back to the Customizing screen.
3. Check which document type for depreciation posting is specified in your company code,
TA##.
a) Check the document type in Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset
Accounting → Integration with General Ledger Accounting → Post Depreciation to
General Ledger Accounting → Specify Document Type for Posting of Depreciation.
b) In the Select Activity dialog box, choose Specify Document Type for Posting of
Depreciation.
c) Locate your company code (TA##).
The AF document type is specified.
d) Go back to the Customizing screen.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
295
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
4. Make that sure all depreciation areas in your company code (that are supposed to post
depreciation) are posting depreciation monthly by default.
a) Check the intervals and posting rules in Customizing for Financial Accounting under
Asset Accounting → Integration with General Ledger Accounting → Post Depreciation
to General Ledger Accounting → Specify Intervals and Posting Rules.
b) On the Change View "Company code selection": Overview screen, select the row for
TA##.
c) In the dialog structure, double-click Posting rules.
d) Double-click areas 01, 32, and 20 and check whether posting is set to take place
monthly in these areas.
Note:
The derived area 03 is not that important in this exercise.
e) While on the Change View "Posting rules": Details for depreciation 20, remain on this
screen for the next step.
5. In addition, area 20 (cost-accounting) in your chart of depreciation TA## must post
interest along with depreciation. Select the relevant checkbox.
a) If you did not remain on the screen, refer to the previous step for the navigation.
b) In the Other posting settings field group, select the Post interest checkbox.
c) Save your entries.
d) Go back to the Customizing screen.
6. It is necessary to recalculate the depreciation because the Customizing settings have
been changed.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Periodic Activities tile group, choose
Calculation of Depreciation.
b) Enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Company Code
TA##
From fiscal year
Previous year
Detailed Log
Select
Test Run
Deselect
c) Choose More → Program → Execute in Background.
d) In the Background Print Parameters dialog box, in the Output Device field, enter LOCL
and confirm the details.
e) In the Start Time dialog box, choose the Immediate.
f) Choose Save.
g) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
296
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and Posting
7. You made all the settings to execute the depreciation run for your company code TA##
without errors. An FI document for depreciation areas 01, 32 and CO document for area
20, will be posted. Execute a test run of the depreciation posting program for your
company code TA## for the month of January in the previous year.
Select List assets. Compare the columns showing the amounts to be posted.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Periodic Activities tile group, choose
Schedule Asset Accounting Jobs.
b) Choose Create.
c) Enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Job Template
Depreciation Posting Run
Job Name
Depreciation Posting ## Test
d) Choose Step 2.
e) Enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Start Immediately
Select
f) Choose Step 3.
g) Enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Company Code
TA##
Fiscal Year
CY - 1
Posting period
01
Test Run
Select
Detailed Log
Select
h) Choose Schedule.
i) Choose Go to refresh the Application Jobs screen.
j) To display the result, double-click the icon of your depreciation posting test run in the
Results column.
k) Choose Execute.
l) Select each Spool number and choose Display contents to review the test results.
m) Choose Next Request.
n) After viewing the third spool request, choose Back to return to the Application Jobs
screen.
o) Remain on this screen for the next step.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
297
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
8. Post the depreciation for the entire previous year in a single step. Start another test run
for the complete previous year. Copy your first test run.
Analyze the log of the test run, and branch to one or more simulated FI documents.
a) Select your Test Run Depreciation Posting ## Test and choose Copy.
b) In the field Job Name, enter Depreciation Posting ## Test <PY>.
c) Choose Step 2.
d) Choose Step 3.
e) In the field Posting Period, enter 12.
f) Choose Schedule.
g) Choose Go to refresh the Application Jobs screen.
h) To display the result, double-click the icon of your depreciation posting test run in the
Results column.
i) Carry out the same steps as under 7 k-n. to review the test result.
j) Do not close the Application Jobs screen.
9. Carry out the update run for your company code TA## for the complete previous year.
a) Select your second Test Run Depreciation Posting ## Test <PY> and choose Copy.
b) Enter Depreciation Posting ## UPDATE <PY>in the Job Namefield.
c) Choose Step 2.
d) Choose Step 3.
e) Deselect the Test Run field.
f) Choose Schedule.
g) To refresh the Application Jobs screen, choose Go.
h) To display the result, double-click the icon of your depreciation posting test run in the
Results column.
i) Carry out the same steps as under 7 k-n. to review the test result.
j) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
Task 2: Display the Posted Documents
1. Display the posted FI documents using the SAP Fiori app, Manage Journal Entries, in the
General Ledger tile group. Use the following filter criterion:
298
Field
Value
Company Code
TA##
Journal Entry Type
AF
Fiscal Year
CY - 1
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and Posting
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the General Ledger tile group, choose
Manage Journal Entries.
b) Enter the data from the table.
c) Choose Go.
d) Select the document number with Header Text that starts with AFB/20... and choose
Manage Journal Entries from the pop-up-window.
This accounting document includes the FI postings in relation with depreciation area
20 and ledger group 0L.
Check the Header data.
e) Choose the Settings button.
f) In the View Setting dialog box, choose Main Asset No.
g) Choose OK.
h) Choose Related Documents.
i) Expand the nodes under Document Type.
j) Choose the accounting document number in the Related Documents Area and choose
Manage Journal Entries from the dialog box.
This accounting document includes the FI postings in relation with depreciation area
32 and ledger group 0L.
k) Choose T-Account View.
The journal entry information is displayed in a T-Account format.
l) To display the Manage Journal Entries result screen again, choose Back 3 times.
m) Select the Journal Entry with the document number 70XXXXXXXX and choose
Manage Journal Entries from the dialog box.
This accounting document includes the FI postings in relation with depreciation area
01 and ledger group 2L.
n) Choose the SAP Logo, to return to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
2. Choose the Display Asset Master Worklist app and display assets. Use the following filter
criterion:
Field
Value
Company Code
TA##
Capitalized On
before or on / December 31, CY-1
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the Master Data tile group, choose Display
Asset Master Worklist.
b) Choose Adapt Filters and, under Administrative Fields, choose More Filters.
c) Select Capitalized On and choose OK.
d) To save the query selection, choose Save. In the View name field, enter VAR##.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
299
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
e) Choose Go.
f) Enter the data from the table. For the Capitalized On field, choose Search icon to enter
the Boolean value before or on, enter date value, then choose OK.
g) Choose Go.
All asset master records that are still in process and have been capitalized prior to or
on December 31, PY are displayed.
h) Choose Capitalized.
i) To display details of an asset, choose the Manage Fixed Asset navigation arrow on the
right side of the screen (>).
j) In the Values for 32 (IFRS in local currency) screen area, choose Depreciation and
Fiscal Year as Prior year.
The Depreciation Status is Posted.
k) In the Values for 32 (IFRS in local currency) screen area, choose Depreciation and
change the Fiscal Year to the Current year.
The Depreciation Status is Planned.
l) Display the Depreciation Status of depreciation area 20. To select this depreciation
area, choose the first column of the corresponding entry in the Depreciation Areas
screen section.
m) Repeat the previous step for CY - 1 for Depreciation Area 01.
The Depreciation Status is Posted for the prior year.
n) Choose the SAP Logo to go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
3. Create a depreciation list for your company code TA## using the Depreciation Lists tile
with the following data:
Field
Value
Fiscal Year
CY - 1
To Period
12
Depreciation Variant
Ordinary Depreciation
Company Code
TA##
Ledger
0L
Display Currency
EUR (Company Code Currency)
Depreciation Area
32
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Depreciation Lists.
b) Enter the data from the table.
c) Choose Go.
d) Choose the Settings icon.
300
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Defining Depreciation Areas, Keys, Calculation, and Posting
e) Select the Asset Cost Center field, then choose OK.
f) Expand the Ordinary Depreciation section to view the individual asset numbers.
g) Choose Details (>) icon for an asset to review detailed depreciation data.
h) Choose the SAP Logo to go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
Task 3: Check Whether the Depreciation is Posted
Call the Asset Explorer and check whether the depreciation of the previous year is posted.
1. Call the Asset Explorer, and use your Machine 03 (machine with complete retirement) as
an example to check whether the depreciation of the previous year is posted.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Values (transaction AW01N.
b) Choose Machine 03 from the F4 (search) help. Choose Enter.
c) In the Fiscal year field, enter the previous year.
d) Choose Posted Values.
e) Select the row that displays the posted depreciation.
f) Choose Display Deprec. Log.
This shows the depreciation posting runs where this asset is included.
g) On the Schedule Manager: Monitor screen, double-click on a line to see additional
detail of the depreciation posting run.
h) Go back to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
Task 4: Assign Cost Accounting Depreciation to WBS Elements
1. You decide to assign cost accounting depreciation from depreciation area 20 to WBS
elements.
a) Activate the account assignment object WBS Element (PS_PSP_PNR2) in Customizing
for Asset Accounting. Choose Integration with the General Ledger → Additional
Account Assignment Objects → Activate Account Assignment Objects.
b) Specify this account assignment object for the account assignment type Depreciation
Run for your company code TA## and depreciation area 20 in Customizing for Asset
Accounting.
c) Choose Integration with the General Ledger → Additional Account Assignment Objects
→ Specify Account Assignment Types for Account Assignment Objects.
d) Create the corresponding entry as described.
What two basic settings do you need to change in Customizing for Asset Accounting
before you can maintain a WBS element characteristic in the asset master data and
post the depreciation to this object?
The Account Assignment Object must be active and must be assigned as an available
object in the relevant depreciation area.
e) Go back to the Customizing screen.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
301
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
LESSON SUMMARY
You should now be able to:
●
Analyze depreciation areas in detail and configure them
●
Describe and understand the structure of a depreciation key and how it works
●
●
●
302
Understand the new calculation of depreciation amounts and describe the options for
time-dependent depreciation terms
Define interest and use index series for indexing the acquisition value and calculate a
replacement value
Post depreciation and analyze depreciation values
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 4
Lesson 2
Executing Programs for Fiscal Year Change
and Year-End Closing in Asset Accounting
LESSON OVERVIEW
This lesson explains how to execute programs for fiscal year change and year-end closing in
Asset Accounting.
Business Example
Assets have been created, posted, and depreciated. You now want to help the Asset
Accounting (FI-AA) department with the year-end closing. For this reason, you require the
following knowledge:
●
An understanding of fiscal year change and year-end closing programs
LESSON OBJECTIVES
After completing this lesson, you will be able to:
●
Execute programs for fiscal year change and year-end closing in FI-AA
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
303
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
Fiscal Year Change in Asset Accounting (FI-AA)
Figure 161: Fiscal Year Change and Year End Closing
With the central balance carry forward program in FI-GL (transaction FAGLGVTR), the new
year is opened in FI-AA. This allows you to post to assets in the new fiscal year. The fiscal year
change program opens new annual value fields for each asset. You can start the fiscal year
change program in the last posting period of the current year.
Note:
You can only process a fiscal year change to a subsequent year if the previous
year is closed for business in FI-AA.
Animation: Fiscal Year Change and Year End Closing
For more information on Fiscal Year Change and Year End Closing, please view
the animation in the lesson Executing Programs for Fiscal Year Change and YearEnd Closing in Asset Accounting, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
304
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Executing Programs for Fiscal Year Change and Year-End Closing in Asset Accounting
Year-End Closing in Asset Accounting (FI-AA)
Figure 163: Year-End Closing in FI-AA
The following are the preparations for year-end closing in FI-AA:
●
●
●
After the depreciation lists and asset history sheet are checked, depreciation is posted.
If the final result is not satisfactory, you can carry out the depreciation simulation, make
bulk changes, or make adjustment postings.
If you change any depreciation values, you must run depreciation posting again.
The year-end closing program checks whether the depreciation is posted comprehensively or
if the assets contain errors or are incomplete.
If the program does not find any errors, it updates the last closed fiscal year for each
depreciation area. The year-end closing program also blocks postings from the asset area to
all closed fiscal years.
You can go to the year-end closing program by choosing Accounting → Financial
Accounting → Fixed Assets → Periodic Processing → Year-End Closing → Execute/Undoor
Execute (Cross-Company Code and Ledger) from the SAP Easy Access screen.
You can also use the Schedule Asset Accounting Jobs app. There is a job template: Year-End
Closing Asset Accounting (Cross-Company Code and Ledger).
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
305
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
306
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 4
Exercise 29
Execute Year-End Closing in Asset Accounting
Simulation: Execute Year-End Closing in Asset Accounting
For more information on Execute Year-End Closing in Asset Accounting, please
view the simulation in the lesson Executing Programs for Fiscal Year Change and
Year-End Closing in Asset Accounting online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
Many tests have been completed and assets have been created, posted, and depreciated. You
now need to help the Asset Accounting (FI-AA) department with the year-end closing.
Understand the logic of year-end closing of FI-AA and execute the program.
Carry out the year-end closing for the previous year in company code TA##.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
A prerequisite for successfully performing year-end closing in asset accounting is that the
depreciation should be run for all periods of previous year and the carry forward balances
should be performed for current year.
1. Check whether the previous year is entered as the last closed fiscal year for company
code TA##.
2. Carry out the Asset Accounting year-end closing for the previous year (CY - 1) in company
code TA##.
3. Set the status of asset legacy data transfer in the company code TA##. Use the following
data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Transfer Date
December 31, PY
Legacy Data Transfer Status
Ongoing (Other Postings Allowed)
Document Type
UE (Data Transfer)
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
307
Unit 4
Solution 29
Execute Year-End Closing in Asset Accounting
Simulation: Execute Year-End Closing in Asset Accounting
For more information on Execute Year-End Closing in Asset Accounting, please
view the simulation in the lesson Executing Programs for Fiscal Year Change and
Year-End Closing in Asset Accounting online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
Many tests have been completed and assets have been created, posted, and depreciated. You
now need to help the Asset Accounting (FI-AA) department with the year-end closing.
Understand the logic of year-end closing of FI-AA and execute the program.
Carry out the year-end closing for the previous year in company code TA##.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
A prerequisite for successfully performing year-end closing in asset accounting is that the
depreciation should be run for all periods of previous year and the carry forward balances
should be performed for current year.
1. Check whether the previous year is entered as the last closed fiscal year for company
code TA##.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Periodic Activities tile group, choose
Execute/Undo Year-End Closing (transaction FAA_CMP).
b) On the Display Settings for Company Code in Asset Accounting screen, double-click
TA##, double-click 0L and check whether the previous year appears in the column for
Closed Fiscal Year (Clsd,FY).
No, the entries for the depreciation areas are CY - 2.
c) On the Display Settings for Company Code in Asset Accounting screen, double-click 2L
and check whether the previous year appears in the column for Closed Fiscal Year.
(Clsd.FY).
No, the entries for the depreciation areas are CY - 2.
d) Remain on this screen for the next step.
2. Carry out the Asset Accounting year-end closing for the previous year (CY - 1) in company
code TA##.
a) On the Display Settings for Company Code in Asset Accounting screen, choose
Change/Display.
308
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Executing Programs for Fiscal Year Change and Year-End Closing in Asset Accounting
b) On the Change Settings for Company Code in Asset Accounting screen, double-click
TA## and double-click 0L.
c) Select depreciation areas 20, 32 and 61.
d) Choose the Close. Confirm the messages that appear.
The Cl.FY (closed fiscal year) is now the previous year.
e) Double click 2L.
f) Select depreciation areas 1, 2, 15, 25 and 51.
g) Choose the Close. Confirm the messages that appear.
The Cl.FY (closed fiscal year) is now the previous year.
h) Choose Save.
i) Confirm the message.
No segment for legacy data transfer was created yet in company code.
Settings for company code TA## saved successfully.
Closed Fiscal Year (CY-1).
j) Remain on this screen for the next step.
3. Set the status of asset legacy data transfer in the company code TA##. Use the following
data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Transfer Date
December 31, PY
Legacy Data Transfer Status
Ongoing (Other Postings Allowed)
Document Type
UE (Data Transfer)
a) Double-click your Company Code TA##.
b) Choose the Legacy Data Transfer tab.
c) On the Change Setting for Company Code in Asset Accounting screen, choose Create
legacy transfer segment.
d) Enter the data from the table.
e) Choose Save.
f) On the Document lines: Display messages, choose Continue.
In the History of Legacy Data Transfers section, the data just entered appears.
g) Go back to the Customizing screen.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
309
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
LESSON SUMMARY
You should now be able to:
●
310
Execute programs for fiscal year change and year-end closing in FI-AA
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 4
Lesson 3
Investment Support Measures
LESSON OBJECTIVES
After completing this lesson, you will be able to:
●
Define Investment Support Measures
●
Understand Investment Support on the Liabilities Side
●
Understand Investment Support Managed on the Assets Side
Investment Support Measures
The investment support function is for managing government subsidies for certain types of
investment. The subsidy can be managed as a reduction of acquisition and production costs,
or as a value adjustment on the liabilities side. The subsidy amount normally has to be
identified separately from the actual acquisition and production costs of the asset.
Investment support is a subsidy that is regarded as a reduction or valuation adjustment on
the liabilities side of the acquisition value of the asset in question.
Figure 165: Investment Support key
An investment support measure is identified in the system by an investment support key. You
define investment support keys in Customizing for Asset Accounting. You also specify in
Customizing for Asset Accounting whether the investment support measure should be
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
311
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
handled as a value adjustment on the liabilities side, or as a reduction of acquisition and
production costs. You specify this by entering the depreciation areas in which the support
measure should be carried out.
An investment measure is defined by the following entries:
●
●
●
●
●
Validity period.
Maximum percentage rate (in regard to the acquisition and production costs) and/or a
maximum amount.
Retention period.
Type of repayment if the asset is retired ahead of time (only applies to support measures
handled on the liabilities side).
Depreciation areas in which the measure should be managed (on the assets side or
liabilities side).
●
The account assignment for all business transactions relating to the support measure.
●
Plausibility check for the assignment of a support measure to an asset.
Animation: Investment Support key
For more information on Investment Support key, please view the animation in
the lesson Investment Support Measures, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Note:
The selected depreciation areas for an investment support measure all have to
belong to the same accounting principle. The system does not support defining an
investment support measure beyond the boundaries of accounting principles.
Maintain a investment support key in Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset
Accounting → Special Valuations → Investment Support → Define Investment Support
Measures.
Indicating the Assets Eligible for Support
You indicate assets are eligible for subsidies by specifying the investment key in the asset
master record. Entering this key also creates the required depreciation area for the asset. You
can manage an indefinite number of support measures for each asset. However, if you
manage more than one support measure for an asset, each one must be managed in a
separate depreciation area. This is necessary, for example, for a partial retirement, in order to
exactly identify the part of the retirement amount that is derived from the subsidy amount.
You must enter the depreciation areas for all investment support measures that are possible
in the respective asset class. When you enter the investment key in the asset master record,
the system creates the needed depreciation areas for the individual asset.
Entering an investment support key in the asset master record makes it possible to:
312
●
Create an investment support claim list, with optional posting by the system.
●
Carry out plausibility tests when claiming the investment support.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Investment Support Measures
●
●
When the asset is retired: Automatically post the necessary transactions for the
investment support.
For a retirement or an intracompany transfer: Please note problems with the required
period of retention.
Transaction Types for Investment Support Measures
The system generates transaction types for posting investment support when you define the
support measure. These transaction types are called (XX = investment support key):
●
●
●
IXX for claiming the investment support.
KXX for post-capitalization of investment support measures (claiming the investment
support and entering proportional value adjustments).
JXX for an extraordinary write-off of an investment support measure that is managed on
the liabilities side, as the result of an asset retirement (no repayment obligation).
You can manually post the claiming of investment support measures for each individual asset,
using transaction ABIF. You can also use the program (RAINZU10N).
Investment Support on the Liabilities Side
Figure 167: Investment Support on the Liabilities Side
When investment support is managed on the liabilities side, it is possible to depreciate the full
acquisition value of the fixed asset over the expected useful life. The investment support
amount granted, which is posted as a special reserve on the liabilities side of the balance
sheet, is also depreciated. This treatment on the liabilities side requires at least one separate
depreciation area in which the values are managed and posted automatically to Financial
Accounting. If multiple investment support measures are managed in parallel on the same
asset, you need to create a separate depreciation area (with the posting indicator Area Posts
in Realtime) for each support measure.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
313
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
Note:
If you manage parallel currencies, then you also have to create additional
depreciation areas for the parallel currencies, even if you handle the investment
support measures on the liabilities side.
The support amount can be written off using all available calculation methods (depreciation
keys). By specifying that the investment support depreciation area adopts its depreciation
terms from the local depreciation area, you can ensure that the support measure is written off
according to depreciation terms allowed by your local laws.
Animation: Investment Support on the Liabilities Side
For more information on Investment Support on the Liabilities Side, please view
the animation in the lesson Investment Support Measures, online in the SAP
Learning Hub.
Posting Asset Retirement/Repayment
If you sell an asset that has received investment support within its required retention period,
you may be required to repay the amount of the support. When you post the asset retirement,
you must be careful to choose the correct transaction type for the retirement, depending on
the particular situation:
●
●
Retirements that do not require repayment of the support amount, must be posted using
transaction type 201 (retirement due to catastrophic event).
Retirements that require repayment of the support amount must be posted using normal
asset retirement transactions (for example 200).
If the retirement takes place during the required retention period, the system automatically
creates, depending on the transaction type, either a posting for the write-off of the support
measure, or a repayment of investment support posting in conjunction with a posting for
expense from the repayment of investment support.
You use the repayment type in the Customizing definition of the support measure to control
whether the repayment is:
●
Complete
●
Proportional to the amount of the retention period that has expired (to the year)
●
Proportional (to the exact period)
Note:
If you claimed the investment support in the same year as the retirement is to be
posted, you have to reverse the investment support measure before posting the
retirement.
314
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Investment Support Measures
Understand Investment Support Managed on the Assets Side
Figure 169: Investment Support Managed on the Assets Side
You can handle investment support as a reduction of asset acquisition costs on the assets
side of the balance sheet, as long as you are not required to display claimed investment
support separately in the balance sheet. When you use this method, the acquisition costs of
the asset are reduced by the support amount. The reduced acquisition costs serve as the
basis for depreciation.
If you are managing only one investment support measure for each asset, you do not need a
separate depreciation area. The investment support has to be managed in the depreciation
area that posts automatically to the general ledger. This area provides Financial Accounting
with the necessary posting information.
If you manage more than one investment support measure for a fixed asset and you want
each measure to be posted separately in Financial Accounting, you need special depreciation
areas. You manage the additional investment support measures in these depreciation areas
and post the values from these areas to Financial Accounting. You specify the same
depreciation terms for these areas as exist in the area that posts automatically to the general
ledger.
You need the following accounts for posting investment support on the assets side:
●
●
APC balance sheet account, for the posting of the allocation of the investment support
(corresponds to the special reserves balance sheet account for showing investment
support on the liabilities side of the balance sheet).
A clearing account for the allocation of investment support.
The following transactions are supported by the system:
●
Claiming of support.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
315
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
●
Retirement of support along with acquisition value.
The system cannot offer the same automatic assistance for certain transactions when this
method is used, as compared to using the method of posting investment support on the
liabilities side, since the investment support directly reduces the acquisition value and the
depreciation is calculated based on this reduced amount. Automatic support from the system
is not available for retirements during the required period of retention, and for the
extraordinary write-off of the investment support resulting from such retirements. The
system does not automatically post the repayment of investment support in these instances.
You have to post the repayment of the investment support amount manually in Financial
Accounting. In addition, the system does not issue a warning when the asset retirement takes
place during the required period of retention.
316
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 4
Exercise 30
Post Investment Support Shown on Liabilities
Side
Simulation: Post Investment Support Shown on Liabilities Side
For more information on Post Investment Support Shown on Liabilities Side,
please view the simulation in the lesson Investment Support Measures online in
the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
You will receive a government subsidy and review the presentation possibilities. You decide to
present this investment support as a value adjustment on the liabilities side of the balance
sheet.
1. Make sure that the depreciation areas for Investment Support Shown on Liabilities Side
exist in the chart of depreciation TA##.
2. Create an investment support key Z1 for Local valuation approach and an investment
support key Z2 for IFRS valuation approach.
3. Check which Account number (in the chart of accounts YCOA) is assigned for the Special
reserves (Account Determination 160040) in depreciation areas 51 and 61.
4. Check which transaction types for Investment Support Measures is assigned for
Investment support key Z1 and Z2.
5. You will receive an investment support for your asset Forklift 2 Group ##. Link your
master record with the investment support keys you have just created.
6. You enter an investment support of 10 percent for your asset Forklift 2 Group ##.
7. Check the asset values for Forklift 2 Group ##.
8. Execute a test run of depreciation posting program for your company code and Forklift 2
Group ##.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
317
Unit 4
Solution 30
Post Investment Support Shown on Liabilities
Side
Simulation: Post Investment Support Shown on Liabilities Side
For more information on Post Investment Support Shown on Liabilities Side,
please view the simulation in the lesson Investment Support Measures online in
the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
You will receive a government subsidy and review the presentation possibilities. You decide to
present this investment support as a value adjustment on the liabilities side of the balance
sheet.
1. Make sure that the depreciation areas for Investment Support Shown on Liabilities Side
exist in the chart of depreciation TA##.
a) Choose in Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset Accounting → General
Valuation → Depreciation Areas → Define Depreciation Areas .
b) In the Select Activity dialog box, double-click Define Depreciation Areas. If prompted,
enter Work Area TA##.
Note:
Due to a system issue the correct text is missing. Choose the first entry in
the Select Activity dialog box.
Result:
318
Dep. Areas
Name of Depreciation
Areas
Target Ledger
Group
Acc.Princ.
Posting in GL
51
Local Invest.
support posted
to liabilities
LcCry
2L
LG
Area Posts in
Real Time
52
Local Invest.
support posted
to liabilities
GrCry
2L
LG
Area Does not
Post
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Investment Support Measures
Dep. Areas
Name of Depreciation
Areas
Target Ledger
Group
Acc.Princ.
Posting in GL
61
IFRS Invest.
support posted
to liabilities
LcCry
0L
IFRS
Area Posts in
Real Time
62
IFRS Invest.
support posted
to liabilities
GrCry
0L
IFRS
Area Does not
Post
c) Select Depreciation Area 51 and choose Details.
Result in Value Maintenance field group:
Field Name
Value
Acquisition Value
No Values Allowed
Net Book Value
— Only Negative Values or Zero Allowed
Investment Grants
— Only Negative Values or Zero Allowed
Revaluation
No Values Allowed
Ordinary Depreciat.
— Only Positive Values or Zero Allowed
Special Depr.
No Values Allowed
Unplanned Depreciat.
— Only Positive Values or Zero Allowed
Transfer of Reserves
No Values Allowed
Interest
No Values Allowed
Revaluation of Ord.Dep
No Values Allowed
Note:
Do not change predefined entries.
d) Choose Back.
e) Carry out the same steps for depreciation ares 52, 61, and 62. The values are the same
as depreciation area 51 in the Value Maintenance section
f) Choose Back and do not save.
g) Return to the Customizing screen.
2. Create an investment support key Z1 for Local valuation approach and an investment
support key Z2 for IFRS valuation approach.
a) In Customizing for Financial Accounting, choose Asset Accounting → Special
Valuations → Investment Support → Define Investment Support Measures.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
319
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
b) On the Change View “Investment Support Measure”: Details screen, choose New
Entries.
c) Enter the following data:
Field Name
Value
Invest.Support
Z1
Name Invest.Support
Investment Support Local GAAP
Support Area
51
Valid From
January 01, CY - 1
Valid To
January 31, CY + 10
Max.perc.rate
50
Base Area
01
Retention Per
10
Per. from
From capitalization date
d) In the Dialog Structure, double-click Depreciation Areas for APC Reduction.
e) On the Change View “Depreciation Areas for APC Reduction": Overview screen, choose
New Entries.
f) Enter 52.
When you define investment support measures, you can specify depreciation areas for
APC reductions. A depreciation area of this type must be assigned to the same
accounting principle as the investment support depreciation area.
g) Choose Save.
h) Choose Back to return to the Change View "Investment Support Measure": Overview
screen.
i) On the Change View “Investment Support Measure”: Overview screen, choose New
Entries.
j) Enter the following data:
320
Field Name
Value
Invest.Support
Z2
Name Invest.Support
Investment Support IFRS GAAP
Support Area
61
Valid From
January 01, CY - 1
Valid To
January 31, CY + 10
Max.perc.rate
50
Base Area
32
Retention Per
10
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Investment Support Measures
Field Name
Value
Per. from
From capitalization date
k) In the Dialog Structure, double-click Depreciation Areas for APC Reduction.
l) On the Change View “Depreciation Areas for APC Reduction": Overview screen, choose
New Entries and enter 62.
m) Choose Save.
n) Go back to the Customizing screen.
3. Check which Account number (in the chart of accounts YCOA) is assigned for the Special
reserves (Account Determination 160040) in depreciation areas 51 and 61.
a) Choose in Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset Accounting → Special
Valuations → Investment Support → Assign Accounts.
b) On the Change View “Accounts: Investment Sup”; Overview screen, select YCOA and
double-click Choose Account Determination.
c) On the Change View “Accounts: Investment Support”; Overview screen, select 160040
Vehicles and double-click Assign Accounts to Areas.
d) Double click depreciation area 51 .
Special reserves accounts: 24099990.
e) Choose Back.
f) Double click depreciation area 61 .
Special reserves accounts: 24099990.
g) Go back to the Customizing screen.
4. Check which transaction types for Investment Support Measures is assigned for
Investment support key Z1 and Z2.
a) In Customizing for Financial Accounting, choose Asset Accounting → Special
Valuations → Investment Support → Check Transaction Types for Investment Support
Measures.
b) In the Select Activity dialog box, double-click Check Transaction Types for Investment
Support Measures.
Result: IZ1, IZ2, JZ1, JZ2, KZ1 and KZ2 are transaction types for Investment Support
Keys Z1 and Z2.
c) Go back to the Customizing screen.
5. You will receive an investment support for your asset Forklift 2 Group ##. Link your
master record with the investment support keys you have just created.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Master Data tile group, choose Change
Asset (transaction AS02).
b) Enter the asset number of Forklift 2 Group ## you created in your company
code (TA##) and confirm the Capitalized On date is January 1, PY.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
321
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
c) On the Change Asset: Master data screen, choose the Assignments tab in the asset
master record.
d) Under Investment support measures, enter Z1 and Z2 in field Key.
e) Choose Save.
f) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
6. You enter an investment support of 10 percent for your asset Forklift 2 Group ##.
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the Operational Processing tile group,
choose Investment Support (transaction ABIF).
b) On the Create General Header Data for Posting screen, enter the following data:
Field Name
Value
Company Code
TA##
Asset
Asset number of Forklift 2
Group ##
Sub-number
0
Trans. Type
KZ1
Note:
If the capitalization date of your asset is in the current year, use transaction
type IZ1.
c) On the Enter Asset Transaction: Investment Support screen, enter the following data:
Field Name
Value
Transaction data
Document Date
Current date
Posting Date
Current date
Asset Value Date
Current date
Amount Posted
5500
Text
Investment support
Additional Details
Document type
AA
d) Choose Simulate.
e) Post your data.
Investment Support Document (for Forklift 2 Group ## (LG) — ________________
f) Go back.
322
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Investment Support Measures
g) Repeat the steps 6a - e but use transaction type KZ2.
Investment Support Document (for Forklift 2 Group ## (IFRS) — ________________
h) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
7. Check the asset values for Forklift 2 Group ##.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Values (transaction AW01N).
b) On the Asset Explorer screen, enter Company Code TA## and the asset number
for your Forklift #2 Group ##
c) Choose depreciation area 61.
d) Check the asset values in Transaction area,.
e) On the Asset Explorer screen, choose depreciation area 51.
f) Check the asset values in Transaction area.
g) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
8. Execute a test run of depreciation posting program for your company code and Forklift 2
Group ##.
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the Periodic Activities tile group, choose
Schedule Asset Accounting Jobs.
b) Choose Create.
c) Enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Job Template
Depreciation Posting Run
Job Name
Depreciation Posting ## Test
d) Choose Step 2 and enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Start Immediately
Select
e) Choose Step 3 and enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Company Code
TA##
Fiscal Year
Current Year
Posting period
Current Period
Test Run
Select
Asset
Asset number of Forklift 2
Group ##
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
323
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Detailed Log
Select
f) Choose Schedule.
g) Choose Go to refresh the Application Jobs screen.
h) To display the result, double-click the icon of your depreciation posting test run in the
Results column.
i) Choose Execute.
j) In the row with the Title Complete List, double-click the icon in the Type column.
k) On the Graphical display of spool request 4xxxx in system T41 screen, scroll down until
the depreciation areas 51 and 61 appear.
l) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
324
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Investment Support Measures
LESSON SUMMARY
You should now be able to:
●
Define Investment Support Measures
●
Understand Investment Support on the Liabilities Side
●
Understand Investment Support Managed on the Assets Side
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
325
Unit 4
Lesson 4
Parallel Accounting in Asset Accounting
LESSON OVERVIEW
This lesson explains parallel accounting in Asset Accounting (FI-AA) and some general
aspects.
Business Example
As part of your job, you need to explain and demonstrate to employees in the asset
accounting department, how a parallel posting depreciation area can be posted to the general
ledger (G/L) by using the ledger approach or the accounts approach. You also need to post
depreciation areas, such as an International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) area, a U.S.
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (U.S. GAAP) area, an area for the tax balance
sheet, or a local area to the G/L. For this reason, you require the following knowledge:
●
An understanding of mapping options for parallel accounting
LESSON OBJECTIVES
After completing this lesson, you will be able to:
●
Name and explain possibilities for mapping parallel accounting and create and control a
new depreciation area in FI-AA
Parallel Accounting in FI-AA
Figure 171: Mapping Options for Parallel Accounting
In new Asset Accounting, you can handle parallel accounting using depreciation areas. You
have to define the necessary depreciation areas for each of the accounting principles
involved.
326
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Parallel Accounting in Asset Accounting
You specify that a depreciation area is for a certain accounting principle or type of valuation
by assigning an accounting principle to it. To represent parallel accounting in Asset
Accounting, you can use the following scenarios:
●
Using parallel ledgers: the ledger approach
●
Using additional accounts: the accounts approach
Animation: Mapping Options for Parallel Accounting
For more information on Mapping Options for Parallel Accounting, please view
the animation in the lesson Parallel Accounting in Asset Accounting, online in the
SAP Learning Hub.
Ledger Approach
Figure 173: Example Chart of Depreciation Ledger Approach
Different accounting principles or valuation are mapped in separate ledgers, as in new
General Ledger Accounting. In general, the same accounts are used in the ledgers.
The depreciation areas have equal status. Separate documents are posted for each
accounting principle or valuation.
For each accounting principle or valuation, the system posts the correct values in real time.
The values that are posted are full values and not delta values.
For each valuation, there is always just one depreciation area that posts to the general ledger
in real time and manages APC. For this leading depreciation area, choose the posting option
Area Posts in Realtime. This applies both for the leading valuation and for all parallel
valuations. You can choose which of these depreciation areas, which post to the general
ledger, posts to the leading ledger.
One or more depreciation areas represent a valuation. You must assign an accounting
principle uniquely to all depreciation of a valuation. For each valuation, the accounting
principle has to be assigned to a separate ledger group. The ledgers of these ledger groups
are not allowed to overlap.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
327
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
Accounting Principle to Ledger Group — Ledger Approach
Figure 174: Accounting Principle to Ledger Group — Ledger Approach
The following steps outline the ledger approach from Accounting Principle to Ledger Group:
1. Assign the accounting principle to the new depreciation area in Customizing for Financial
Accounting under Asset Accounting → General Valuation → Depreciation Areas → Define
Depreciation Areas.
2. Assign the ledger group to the accounting principles in Customizing for Financial
Accounting under Ledgers → Parallel Accounting → Assign Accounting Principle to Ledger
Groups.
3. Define a new ledger group in Customizing for Financial Accounting under Financial
Accounting Global Settings → Ledgers → Ledger → Define Ledger Group.
328
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Parallel Accounting in Asset Accounting
Accounts Approach
Figure 175: Example Chart of Depreciation — Account Approach
For each valuation, there is always just one depreciation area that posts to the general ledger
in real time and manages APC. The following applies for these posting depreciation areas:
●
●
For the leading valuation, choose the posting option Area Posts in Realtime.
For the parallel valuations, choose the posting option Area Posts APC Immediately,
Depreciation Periodically.
You can choose which of these depreciation areas that post to the general ledger represent
the leading valuation.
Animation: Example Chart of Depreciation — Account Approach
For more information on Example Chart of Depreciation — Account Approach,
please view the animation in the lesson Parallel Accounting in Asset Accounting,
online in the SAP Learning Hub.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
329
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
Accounting Principle to Ledger Group - Account Approach
Figure 177: Accounting Principle to Ledger Group - Account Approach
The following steps outline the account approach from Accounting Principle to Ledger Group:
1. Assign the accounting principle to the new depreciation area in Customizing for Financial
Accounting under Asset Accounting → General Valuation → Depreciation Areas → Define
Depreciation Areas.
2. Assign the ledger group to the accounting principles in Customizing for Financial
Accounting under Ledgers → Parallel Accounting → Assign Accounting Principle to Ledger
Groups.
3. Define a new ledger group in Customizing for Financial Accounting under Financial
Accounting Global Settings → Ledgers → Ledger → Define Ledger Group.
Accounts Approach
Figure 178: Accounts Approach
330
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Parallel Accounting in Asset Accounting
You represent different valuations on different accounts within the same general ledger. This
means that you have to create the same set of accounts again for each parallel valuation.
You may have to add a digit to your chart of accounts in FI.
You need two completely different balance sheets and profit and loss (P&L) structures in FI.
Animation: Accounts Approach
For more information on Accounts Approach, please view the animation in the
lesson Parallel Accounting in Asset Accounting, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Separate documents are posted for each accounting principle or valuation.
For each accounting principle or valuation, the system posts the correct values in real time.
The values that are posted are always full values and not delta values.
One or more depreciation areas represent a valuation. You must assign an accounting
principle uniquely to all depreciation areas of a valuation. For each valuation, the accounting
principle has to be assigned to a separate ledger group. These ledger groups must always
contain the leading ledger as the representative ledger.
Differences in Recognition and Valuation
Figure 180: Unilateral Asset
In Asset Accounting, the different accounting principles differ primarily in the following ways:
●
Rules regarding what values are capitalized:
If you have assets in your company that are capitalized only according to some valuations,
but not according to all valuations, you are only allowed to manage those depreciation
areas in the asset master record in which the asset is actually capitalized (called a
unilateral asset).
1. We recommend that you use separate asset classes for objects that are not managed
as assets in all accounting principles. (Or as an alternative, you can deactivate
individual depreciation areas directly in the asset master record).
2. If you follow the recommendation in step 1, deactivate those depreciation areas in the
asset class that represent an accounting principle that does not require capitalization
of the asset in Customizing for Asset Accounting under General Valuation → Determine
Depreciation Areas in the Asset Class.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
331
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
3. For those depreciation areas that you have deactivated, maintain the capitalization
differences/nonoperating expense account in Customizing for Asset Accounting under
Integration with General Ledger Accounting → Assign G/L Accounts, field KTNAIB.
●
Rules regarding valuation:
-
Valuation at capitalization:
For the acquisition posting, you might have to take different amounts into account for
different accounting principles.
As the first step, you enter the vendor invoice and capitalize the full amount for all
relevant accounting principles. As the second step, you enter an asset-specific credit
memo that is only valid for one accounting principle. This causes the amount of the
capitalization to be cleared for this accounting principle and posted directly to expense.
-
Exception: Capitalization of assets produced in-house:
For capitalizing assets produced in-house, you can use the function for determination
of capitalization values in Investment Management (IM). Using this function, you can
specify by depreciation area the percentage to be capitalized and the percentage to be
posted to non-operating expenses when investment measures are settled.
You can use the preliminary settlement to settle cost items that are not to be
capitalized, for example to cost centers. You can then no longer settle these
preliminary-settled values to the asset or to the asset under construction (AuC). In all
depreciation areas, these non-capitalized values are shown as costs.
Note:
From the point of view of Controlling, there must be a cost-accounting
depreciation area that is completely settled. This ensures that all values
remaining after preliminary settlement are always completely capitalized for
Controlling.
Accounting-principle-specific documents are generated for each valuation. In the case
of the ledger approach, these documents are posted to separate ledgers. In the case of
the accounts approach, these documents are posted to parallel account sets within the
same ledger of General Ledger Accounting.
The depreciation area that represents the leading valuation view must always exist on
the asset under construction. You cannot deactivate this depreciation area.
-
Depreciation:
For each depreciation area – that is, for each accounting principle – you define specific
depreciation rules, useful life, and so on, in Customizing. The depreciation is then
calculated in parallel for each depreciation area using the depreciation rules that you
have defined, and is posted separately for each depreciation area. The postings are
made either to parallel ledgers or additional accounts, depending on whether you use
the ledger approach or the accounts approach.
332
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 4
Exercise 31
Manage Parallel Accounting
Simulation: Manage Parallel Accounting
For more information on Manage Parallel Accounting, please view the simulation
in the lesson Parallel Accounting in Asset Accounting online in the SAP Learning
Hub.
Business Example
As part of your job, you need to configure a chart of depreciation.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Compare the Ledger and Account Approaches
The depreciation area is assigned to an accounting principle in the chart of depreciation.
Show the difference between the ledger approach (Company Code TA##) and accounts
approach (Company Code TAA1).
1. Check the connection between the depreciation areas in chart of depreciation TA## and
the ledgers in G/L. Which basis ledger(s) does Company Code TA## have? Which
valuations of asset accounting post into which ledger of G/L?
2. Check the connection between the depreciation areas in the chart of depreciation TAA1
and the ledgers in G/L. Which basis ledger(s) does Company Code TAA1 have? Which
valuations of asset accounting post into which ledger of G/L?
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
333
Unit 4
Solution 31
Manage Parallel Accounting
Simulation: Manage Parallel Accounting
For more information on Manage Parallel Accounting, please view the simulation
in the lesson Parallel Accounting in Asset Accounting online in the SAP Learning
Hub.
Business Example
As part of your job, you need to configure a chart of depreciation.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Compare the Ledger and Account Approaches
The depreciation area is assigned to an accounting principle in the chart of depreciation.
Show the difference between the ledger approach (Company Code TA##) and accounts
approach (Company Code TAA1).
1. Check the connection between the depreciation areas in chart of depreciation TA## and
the ledgers in G/L. Which basis ledger(s) does Company Code TA## have? Which
valuations of asset accounting post into which ledger of G/L?
a) Go to Customizing for Financial Accounting under Financial Accounting Global Settings
→ Ledgers → Ledger → Define Settings for Ledgers and Currency Types.
Caution:
Do not change predefined entries.
b) Choose Standard Ledger 2L and double-click Company Code Settings for the Ledger.
Look for your Company Code (TA##).
Company Code TA## has two basis ledgers: The leading ledger 0L (by default) and
the non-leading leader 2L. Parallel accounting uses the ledger approach in this
Company Code.
c) Go back to the Customizing screen.
d) Choose in Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset Accounting → General
Valuation → Depreciation Areas
e) In the Select Activity dialog box, double-click Define Depreciation Areas. If prompted,
enter Work Area TA##..
334
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Parallel Accounting in Asset Accounting
Note:
Due to a system issue the correct text is missing. Choose the first entry in
the Select Activity dialog box.
Depreciation area 1 contains Local GAAP (LG) in local currency and Target (ledger)
Group 2L.
Depreciation area 32 contains IFRS in local Currency and Target (ledger) Group 0L.
f) Go back to the Customizing screen.
g) Go to Customizing for Financial Accounting under Financial Accounting Global Settings
→ Ledgers → Parallel Accounting → Assign Accounting Principle to Ledger Groups.
For the 2 Ledgers in Company Code TA##, Ledger Group 0L is assigned to Accounting
Principle IFRS and Ledger Group 2L is assigned to Accounting Principle LG.
NOTE: Accounting Principle LOGA is not used in this course and is not relevant in this
exercise.
h) Go back to the Customizing screen.
i) Go to Customizing for Financial Accounting under Financial Accounting Global Settings
→ Ledgers → Ledger → Define Ledger Group.
j) Select Ledger Group 0L and double-click on Ledger Assignment in the Dialog Structure
pane.
Ledger Group 0L contains Ledger 0L.
k) Choose Back.
l) Select Ledger Group 2L and double-click on Ledger Assignment in the Dialog Structure
pane.
Ledger Group 2L contains Ledger 2L.
m) Go back to the Customizing screen.
2. Check the connection between the depreciation areas in the chart of depreciation TAA1
and the ledgers in G/L. Which basis ledger(s) does Company Code TAA1 have? Which
valuations of asset accounting post into which ledger of G/L?
a) Go to Customizing for Financial Accounting under Financial Accounting Global Settings
→ Ledgers → Ledger → Define Settings for Ledgers and Currency Types.
Caution:
Do not change predefined entries.
b) Choose Standard Ledger 2L and double-click Company Code Settings for the Ledger.
Look for Company Code TAA1.
The company code TAA1 has one basis ledger: the leading ledger 0L (by Default) and is
not assigned for Ledger 2L. For this company code, parallel accounting uses the
accounts approach.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
335
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
c) Go back to the Customizing screen.
d) Go to Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset Accounting → General
Valuation → Set Chart of Depreciation. in ChDep field, enter TAA1. Choose Enter.
e) Go back to the Customizing screen.
f) Go to Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset Accounting → General
Valuation → Depreciation Areas
g) In the Select Activity dialog box, double-click Define Depreciation Areas. If prompted,
enter Work Area TAA1..
Note:
Due to a system issue the correct text is missing. Choose the first entry in
the Select Activity dialog box.
Depreciation area 1 contains Local GAAP (XL) in local Currency and Target (ledger)
Group XL
Depreciation area 32 contains IFRS (IAS) in local Currency and Target (ledger) Group
XI.
h) Go back to the Customizing screen.
i) Go to Customizing for Financial Accounting under Financial Accounting Global Settings
→ Ledgers → Parallel Accounting → Assign Accounting Principle to Ledger Groups.
For the Ledger in Company Code TAA1, Ledger Group XI is assigned to Accounting
Principle IAS (IFRS) and Ledger Group XL is assigned to Accounting Principle XL
(Local).
NOTE: Accounting Principle LOGA is not used in this course and is not relevant in this
exercise.
j) Go back to the Customizing screen.
k) Go to Customizing for Financial Accounting under Financial Accounting Global Settings
→ Ledgers → Ledger → Define Ledger Group.
l) Select Ledger Group XI and double-click on Ledger Assignment in the Dialog Structure
pane.
Ledger Group XI contains Ledger 0L.
m) Choose Back.
n) Select Ledger Group XL and double-click on Ledger Assignment in the Dialog Structure
pane.
Ledger Group XL also contains Ledger 0L.
In Company Code TAA1, the Ledger Groups XL and XI both contain ledger 0L. This is
the accounts approach to parallel accounting.
o) Go back to the Customizing screen.
336
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 4
Exercise 32
Create and Post Values - Ledger Approach
Simulation: Create and Post Values - Ledger Approach
For more information on Create and Post Values - Ledger Approach, please view
the simulation in the lesson Parallel Accounting in Asset Accounting online in the
SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
The company creates financial statements based on two parallel accounting principles using
different ledgers (Ledger Approach).
●
IFRS (IFRS accounting principle) posting into Ledger Group 0L
●
LG (Local GAAP) accounting principle posting into Ledger Group 2L
The enterprise posts asset acquisitions integrated with Accounts Payable.
The enterprise purchases a new asset. The acquisition and production costs are 10,000. The
incidental acquisition costs (in this case, shipment costs) amount to 200.
According to IFRS, the acquisition costs in the amount of 10,000 and the shipping costs in the
amount of 200 are both to be capitalized.
According to the local accounting principle, only the acquisition costs in the amount of 10,000
are to be capitalized. The shipping costs are to be posted as an expense.
The financial accountant first capitalizes the amount that is allowed by IFRS. Then, the
financial assistant clears the shipping costs as an expense for the local accounting principle.
1. Create an asset in asset class 2000 using the data in the table.
Field Name
Value
Asset Class
2000
Company Code
TA##
Number of similar assets
1
Description
Asset ##
Cost Center
TA##1200
2. For your asset, post an acquisition to vendor T-AC00 for January 7, CY. The purchase
price is 11220 Euro (TAX 10% included).
Field Name
Value
Document Date
January 7, CY
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
337
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
Field Name
Value
(Document) Type
KR
Company Code
TA##
Posting Date
January 7, CY
Period
01
Currency/Rate
EUR
Reference
Asset ##
Doc.Header Text
Asset ##
PstKy
31
Account
T-AC00
Amount
11220
Tax Amount
1020
Tax code
1I
PstKy
70
Account
Asset number for Asset ## (created
in previous step)
TType
100
Amount
*
3. Check the posted values for your asset.
4. There are €200 worth of transport costs included in your invoice. These transport costs
should not be capitalized in the Local Depreciation Areas". Enter a credit memo
(Transaction Type 105) and book to transport costs (account 65002000).
Field Name
Value
Transaction Data
Existing asset
Asset number for Asset ## (created
in this exercise)
Accounting Principle
LG
Document Date
January 7, CY
Posting Date
January 7, CY
Amount posted
200
Additional Data
Offsetting Account.
65002000
Transaction Type
105
5. Check the posted values for your asset in the Asset Explorer transaction.
338
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 4
Solution 32
Create and Post Values - Ledger Approach
Simulation: Create and Post Values - Ledger Approach
For more information on Create and Post Values - Ledger Approach, please view
the simulation in the lesson Parallel Accounting in Asset Accounting online in the
SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
The company creates financial statements based on two parallel accounting principles using
different ledgers (Ledger Approach).
●
IFRS (IFRS accounting principle) posting into Ledger Group 0L
●
LG (Local GAAP) accounting principle posting into Ledger Group 2L
The enterprise posts asset acquisitions integrated with Accounts Payable.
The enterprise purchases a new asset. The acquisition and production costs are 10,000. The
incidental acquisition costs (in this case, shipment costs) amount to 200.
According to IFRS, the acquisition costs in the amount of 10,000 and the shipping costs in the
amount of 200 are both to be capitalized.
According to the local accounting principle, only the acquisition costs in the amount of 10,000
are to be capitalized. The shipping costs are to be posted as an expense.
The financial accountant first capitalizes the amount that is allowed by IFRS. Then, the
financial assistant clears the shipping costs as an expense for the local accounting principle.
1. Create an asset in asset class 2000 using the data in the table.
Field Name
Value
Asset Class
2000
Company Code
TA##
Number of similar assets
1
Description
Asset ##
Cost Center
TA##1200
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Master Data tile group, choose Create
Asset.
b) In the Asset Class field, enter 2000.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
339
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
c) In the Company Code field, enter TA##.
d) In the Number of similar assets field, enter 1.
Confirm your entry by pressing the Enter key.
e) In the Description field, enter Asset ## (replace ## with your group number).
f) Choose the Time-dependent tab.
g) In the Cost Center field, enter TA##1200.
h) Choose Save.
i) Choose the SAP Logo to return to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
2. For your asset, post an acquisition to vendor T-AC00 for January 7, CY. The purchase
price is 11220 Euro (TAX 10% included).
Field Name
Value
Document Date
January 7, CY
(Document) Type
KR
Company Code
TA##
Posting Date
January 7, CY
Period
01
Currency/Rate
EUR
Reference
Asset ##
Doc.Header Text
Asset ##
PstKy
31
Account
T-AC00
Amount
11220
Tax Amount
1020
Tax code
1I
PstKy
70
Account
Asset number for Asset ## (created
in previous step)
TType
100
Amount
*
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Operational Processing tile group,
choose Post Acquisition (Integrated AP) without Purchase Order.
b) Enter the data from the table.
c) Choose Display Document overview.
340
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Parallel Accounting in Asset Accounting
d) Choose Asset Accounting.
Alternatively, press Ctrl+F11.
Note:
Here you can clearly see the documents that will be generated during
posting. The first three lines are the operational entry document, the next
two are the Ledger-specific documents.
e) Review the data to be posted for the IFRS Accounting Principle in company code
currency.
f) Choose AP/Currency → LG: Local GAAP → 10: EUR Company Code currency.
Review the data to be posted for the LG Accounting Principle in Company Code
currency.
Note:
The 0L and 2L documents are similar, using the same accounts and only
differentiating on the ledger level.
g) Choose Back to return to the previous page.
h) Choose Post.
i) Choose the SAP Logo to return to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
3. Check the posted values for your asset.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Value (transaction AW01N).
Note:
The asset values are displayed per Depreciation Area, grouped by the
Accounting Principle/Ledger Group.
b) Choose depreciation areas 32 and then 01 to review values.
c) Choose the SAP Logo to return to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
4. There are €200 worth of transport costs included in your invoice. These transport costs
should not be capitalized in the Local Depreciation Areas". Enter a credit memo
(Transaction Type 105) and book to transport costs (account 65002000).
Field Name
Value
Transaction Data
Existing asset
Asset number for Asset ## (created
in this exercise)
Accounting Principle
LG
Document Date
January 7, CY
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
341
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
Field Name
Value
Posting Date
January 7, CY
Amount posted
200
Additional Data
Offsetting Account.
65002000
Transaction Type
105
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Operational Processing tile group,
choose Post Acquisition (Non — Integrated) With Automatic Offsetting Entry
(transaction ABZOL).
b) Enter Company Code TA## and choose Continue.
c) Enter the data from the table.
d) Choose the Additional Details tab and enter the appropriate data from the table.
e) Choose Simulate.
Alternatively, press F9.
Note:
The document is only posted in ledger 2L (Local GAAP). You can see this if
you choose AP/Currency.
f) Choose Post.
g) Choose the SAP Logo to return to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
5. Check the posted values for your asset in the Asset Explorer transaction.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Value (transaction AW01N).
b) Review the values for depreciation areas 32 and 01.
Note:
The credit memo is only recorded in the depreciation area LG (Local
GAAP).
c) Choose Exit to quit the transaction.
342
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 4
Exercise 33
Create and Post Values - Account Approach
Simulation: Create and Post Values - Account Approach
For more information on Create and Post Values - Account Approach, please
view the simulation in the lesson Parallel Accounting in Asset Accounting online
in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
The company creates financial statements based on two parallel accounting principles using a
single ledger and different accounts (Accounts Approach)..
●
IAS (IFRS accounting principle) posting to Ledger Group XI
●
LG (Local GAAP accounting principle) posting to Ledger Group XL
Note:
Remember from a previous exercise that Ledger Groups XI and XL both
contain ONLY Ledger 0L
The enterprise posts asset acquisitions integrated with Accounts Payable.
The enterprise purchases a new asset. The acquisition and production costs are 10,000. The
incidental acquisition costs (in this case, shipment costs) amount to 200.
According to IFRS, the acquisition costs in the amount of 10,000 and the shipping costs in the
amount of 200 are both to be capitalized.
According to the local accounting principle, only the acquisition costs in the amount of 10,000
are to be capitalized. The shipping costs are to be posted as an expense.
The financial accountant first capitalizes the amount that is allowed by IFRS. Then he clears
the shipping costs as an expense for the local accounting principle.
1. Create an asset in asset class 2000 using the data in the table.
Field Name
Value
Asset Class
2000
Company Code
TAA1
Number of similar assets
1
Description
Asset ##
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
343
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
Field Name
Value
Cost Center
TAA11200
2. For your asset, post an acquisition to vendor T-AC00 for January 7, CY. The purchase
price is 11220 Euro (TAX 10% included).
Field Name
Value
Document Date
January 7, CY
(Document) Type
KR
Company Code
TAA1
Posting Date
January 7, CY
Period
01
Currency/Rate
EUR
Reference
Asset ##
Doc.Header Text
Asset ##
PstKy
31
Account
T-AC00
Amount
11220
Tax Amount
1020
Tax code
1I
PstKy
70
Account
Asset number for Asset 05 (created
in this exercise)
TType
100
Amount
*
3. Check the posted values for your asset.
4. There are €200 worth of transport costs included in your invoice. These transport costs
should not be capitalized in the Local Depreciation Areas". Enter a credit memo
(Transaction Type 105) and book to transport costs (account 65002000).
Field Name
Value
Transaction Data
344
Existing asset
Asset number for Asset 05 (created
in this exercise)
Accounting Principle
XL
Document Date
January 7, CY
Posting Date
January 7, CY
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Parallel Accounting in Asset Accounting
Field Name
Value
Amount posted
200
Additional Details
Offsetting Account
65002000
Transaction Type
105
5. Check the posted values for your asset in the Asset Explorer transaction.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
345
Unit 4
Solution 33
Create and Post Values - Account Approach
Simulation: Create and Post Values - Account Approach
For more information on Create and Post Values - Account Approach, please
view the simulation in the lesson Parallel Accounting in Asset Accounting online
in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
The company creates financial statements based on two parallel accounting principles using a
single ledger and different accounts (Accounts Approach)..
●
IAS (IFRS accounting principle) posting to Ledger Group XI
●
LG (Local GAAP accounting principle) posting to Ledger Group XL
Note:
Remember from a previous exercise that Ledger Groups XI and XL both
contain ONLY Ledger 0L
The enterprise posts asset acquisitions integrated with Accounts Payable.
The enterprise purchases a new asset. The acquisition and production costs are 10,000. The
incidental acquisition costs (in this case, shipment costs) amount to 200.
According to IFRS, the acquisition costs in the amount of 10,000 and the shipping costs in the
amount of 200 are both to be capitalized.
According to the local accounting principle, only the acquisition costs in the amount of 10,000
are to be capitalized. The shipping costs are to be posted as an expense.
The financial accountant first capitalizes the amount that is allowed by IFRS. Then he clears
the shipping costs as an expense for the local accounting principle.
1. Create an asset in asset class 2000 using the data in the table.
346
Field Name
Value
Asset Class
2000
Company Code
TAA1
Number of similar assets
1
Description
Asset ##
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Parallel Accounting in Asset Accounting
Field Name
Value
Cost Center
TAA11200
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Master Data tile group, choose Create
Asset.
b) In the Asset Class field, enter 2000.
c) In the Company Code field, enter TAA1.
d) In the Number of similar assets field, enter 1.
Confirm your entry by pressing the Enter key.
e) In the Description field, enter Asset ## (replace ## with your group number).
f) Open the Time-dependent tab.
g) In the Cost Center field, enter TAA11200.
h) Choose Save.
i) Choose the SAP Logo.
2. For your asset, post an acquisition to vendor T-AC00 for January 7, CY. The purchase
price is 11220 Euro (TAX 10% included).
Field Name
Value
Document Date
January 7, CY
(Document) Type
KR
Company Code
TAA1
Posting Date
January 7, CY
Period
01
Currency/Rate
EUR
Reference
Asset ##
Doc.Header Text
Asset ##
PstKy
31
Account
T-AC00
Amount
11220
Tax Amount
1020
Tax code
1I
PstKy
70
Account
Asset number for Asset 05 (created
in this exercise)
TType
100
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
347
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
Field Name
Value
Amount
*
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Operational Processing tile group,
choose Post Acquisition (Integrated AP) without Purchase Order .
b) Enter the data from the table.
c) Choose Display Document Overview.
d) Choose the Asset Accounting button.
Alternatively, press Ctrl+F11.
Note:
Here you can clearly see the documents that will be generated during
posting. The first three lines are the operational entry document, the next
two are the valuating part documents.
e) Review the data to be posted for the LG Accounting Principle in Company Code
currency.
f) Choose AP/Currency → IAS: International Accounting Standards → 10: EUR Company
Code Currency.
Review the data to be posted for the IAS Accounting Principle in Company Code
currency.
Note:
The documents differ with different G/L accounts.
g) Choose Back to return to the previous page.
h) Choose Post.
i) Choose the SAP Logo.
3. Check the posted values for your asset.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Value (Transaction AW01N).
Note:
The asset values are displayed per Depreciation Area, grouped by the
Accounting Principle/Ledger Group. The two Ledger Groups both refer to
Ledger 0L.
b) Choose the SAP Logo.
4. There are €200 worth of transport costs included in your invoice. These transport costs
should not be capitalized in the Local Depreciation Areas". Enter a credit memo
(Transaction Type 105) and book to transport costs (account 65002000).
348
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Parallel Accounting in Asset Accounting
Field Name
Value
Transaction Data
Existing asset
Asset number for Asset 05 (created
in this exercise)
Accounting Principle
XL
Document Date
January 7, CY
Posting Date
January 7, CY
Amount posted
200
Additional Details
Offsetting Account
65002000
Transaction Type
105
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, choose the Post Acquisition (Non-Integrated)
With Automatic Offsetting Entry tile (Transaction ABZOL).
b) Enter Company Code TAA1 and choose Continue.
c) Enter the data from the table.
d) Open the Additional Details tab.
e) Enter the data from the table.
f) Choose Simulate.
Alternatively, press F9.
Note:
The document is only posted on Local GAAP accounts.
g) Choose Post.
h) Choose Exit to quit the transaction.
5. Check the posted values for your asset in the Asset Explorer transaction.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Value (Transaction AW01N).
b) Review the values for depreciation areas 32 and 01.
Note:
The credit memo is only recorded in the depreciation area Local GAAP.
c) Choose Exit to quit the transaction.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
349
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
350
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 4
Exercise 34
Manage Unilateral Asset Postings
Simulation: Manage Unilateral Asset Postings
For more information on Manage Unilateral Asset Postings, please view the
simulation in the lesson Parallel Accounting in Asset Accounting online in the
SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
As part of the Asset Accounting group, you have been asked to understand the postings for
Unilateral assets (assets that are not capitalized in all accounting principles and therefore
need to be expensed). You need to understand this for both the Accounts Approach and the
Ledger Approach parallel accounting practices.
Task 1: Create an Asset and Post an Acquisition using the Account Approach
The company code TAA1 uses additional accounts to represent parallel accounting (the
accounts approach).
According to local GAAP, the asset should not be capitalized. According to IAS (IFRS), it
should be capitalized as a fixed asset.
In Customizing, you have defined an asset class 3001 where, for the local GAAP, there is no
asset capitalization (transaction OAYZ).
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
1. Create an asset based on the data in the table. Check the depreciation areas.
Field Name
Value
Asset Class
3001
Company Code
TAA1
Number of similar assets
1
Description
Asset 1##
Cost Center
TAA11200
2. For your asset, post an acquisition to the vendor T-AC00. The purchase price is €11,000
(including tax at 10%). Use the data in the table to create the acquisition and replace ##
with your group number.
Field Name
Value
Document Date
Current Date
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
351
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
Field Name
Value
(Document) Type
KR
Company code
TAA1
Posting Date
Current Date
Currency/Rate
EUR
Reference
Asset 1##
Doc.Header Text
Asset 1##
PstKy
31
Account
T-AC00
Amount
11000
Tax Amount
1000
Tax code
1I
PstKy
70
Account
Asset number for Asset 1## (created
in previous step)
TType
100
Amount
*
3. Check the posted values for your assets in the Asset Explorer.
Task 2: Create an Asset and Post an Acquisition using the Ledger Approach
Company code TA## uses parallel ledgers to represent parallel accounting.
According to local GAAP, the asset should not be capitalized, however, according to IFRS, it
should be capitalized as a fixed asset.
1. Create an asset based on the data in the table. Check the depreciation area.
Field Name
Value
Asset Class
3001
Company Code
TA##
Number of Similar Assets
1
Description
Asset 1##
Cost Center
TA##1200
2. For your asset, post an acquisition to the vendor T-AV##. The purchase price is €11,000
(including tax at 10%). Use the data in the table to create the acquisition and replace ##
with your group number.
352
Field Name
Value
Document Date
Current Date
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Parallel Accounting in Asset Accounting
Field Name
Value
(Document) Type
KR
Company Code
TA##
Posting Date
Current Date
Currency/Rate
EUR
Reference
Asset 1##
Doc.Header Text
Asset 1##
PstKy
31
Account
T-AC##
Amount
11000
Tax Amount
1000
Tax code
1I
PstKy
70
Account
Asset number for Asset 1## (created
in previous step)
TType
100
Amount
*
3. Check the posted values for your assets in Asset Explorer.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
353
Unit 4
Solution 34
Manage Unilateral Asset Postings
Simulation: Manage Unilateral Asset Postings
For more information on Manage Unilateral Asset Postings, please view the
simulation in the lesson Parallel Accounting in Asset Accounting online in the
SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
As part of the Asset Accounting group, you have been asked to understand the postings for
Unilateral assets (assets that are not capitalized in all accounting principles and therefore
need to be expensed). You need to understand this for both the Accounts Approach and the
Ledger Approach parallel accounting practices.
Task 1: Create an Asset and Post an Acquisition using the Account Approach
The company code TAA1 uses additional accounts to represent parallel accounting (the
accounts approach).
According to local GAAP, the asset should not be capitalized. According to IAS (IFRS), it
should be capitalized as a fixed asset.
In Customizing, you have defined an asset class 3001 where, for the local GAAP, there is no
asset capitalization (transaction OAYZ).
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
1. Create an asset based on the data in the table. Check the depreciation areas.
Field Name
Value
Asset Class
3001
Company Code
TAA1
Number of similar assets
1
Description
Asset 1##
Cost Center
TAA11200
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the Master Data tile group, choose Create
Asset (transaction AS01).
b) Enter the data from the table.
c) Choose Deprec. Areas to review the data.
354
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Parallel Accounting in Asset Accounting
Note:
Only depreciation areas related to IAS (IFRS) accounting principle are
active (area 20 CostAcct., area 32 IFRSLocalCry, and area 33
IFRSGroupCry).
d) Choose Save.
e) Choose Exit to quit the transaction.
2. For your asset, post an acquisition to the vendor T-AC00. The purchase price is €11,000
(including tax at 10%). Use the data in the table to create the acquisition and replace ##
with your group number.
Field Name
Value
Document Date
Current Date
(Document) Type
KR
Company code
TAA1
Posting Date
Current Date
Currency/Rate
EUR
Reference
Asset 1##
Doc.Header Text
Asset 1##
PstKy
31
Account
T-AC00
Amount
11000
Tax Amount
1000
Tax code
1I
PstKy
70
Account
Asset number for Asset 1## (created
in previous step)
TType
100
Amount
*
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, choose Post Acquisition (Integrated AP)
without Purchase Order in the Operational Processing group. (Transaction F-90)
b) Enter the data from the table.
c) Choose Display Document Overview.
d) Choose Asset Accounting.
e) Review the data to be posted.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
355
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
For the Local GAAP document, note the G/L accounts used. The asset is expensed
using the Loss Capitalils Diff account
f) Choose AP/Currency → IAS: International Accounting Standards → 10: EUR Company
Code currency.
For the IAS (IFRS) document, note the G/L accounts used. The asset is capitalized.
g) Choose Back to return to the previous page.
h) Choose Post.
i) Choose Exit to quit the transaction.
3. Check the posted values for your assets in the Asset Explorer.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Values (transaction AW01N).
Note:
For the asset with asset class 3001, values and transactions are only
available for the IAS (IFRS) depreciation areas.
b) Choose the SAP Logo.
Task 2: Create an Asset and Post an Acquisition using the Ledger Approach
Company code TA## uses parallel ledgers to represent parallel accounting.
According to local GAAP, the asset should not be capitalized, however, according to IFRS, it
should be capitalized as a fixed asset.
1. Create an asset based on the data in the table. Check the depreciation area.
Field Name
Value
Asset Class
3001
Company Code
TA##
Number of Similar Assets
1
Description
Asset 1##
Cost Center
TA##1200
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Master Data tile group, choose Create
Asset (transaction AS01).
b) Enter the data from the table.
c) Choose Deprec. Areas to review the depreciation area data.
Note:
Only depreciation areas related to IFRS accounting principles are active
(area 20 CostAcct., area 32 IFRSLocalCry, and area 33 IFRSGroupCry).
356
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Parallel Accounting in Asset Accounting
d) Choose Save.
e) Choose Exit to quit the transaction.
2. For your asset, post an acquisition to the vendor T-AV##. The purchase price is €11,000
(including tax at 10%). Use the data in the table to create the acquisition and replace ##
with your group number.
Field Name
Value
Document Date
Current Date
(Document) Type
KR
Company Code
TA##
Posting Date
Current Date
Currency/Rate
EUR
Reference
Asset 1##
Doc.Header Text
Asset 1##
PstKy
31
Account
T-AC##
Amount
11000
Tax Amount
1000
Tax code
1I
PstKy
70
Account
Asset number for Asset 1## (created
in previous step)
TType
100
Amount
*
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, choose the Acquisition (Integrated) AP
without Purchase Order tile in the Operational Processing group (Transaction F-90).
b) Enter the data from the table.
c) Choose Display Document Overview.
d) Choose Asset Accounting.
e) Review the data to be posted.
For the IFRS Accounting Principle, note the G/L accounts used. The asset is
capitalized.
f) Choose AP/Currency → LG: Local GAAP → 10: EUR Company Code Currency.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
357
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
Note:
The 2L document does not post to the asset. It uses the Loss Capitaliz Diff
account.
g) Choose Back to return to the previous page.
h) Choose Post.
i) Choose Exit to quit the transaction.
3. Check the posted values for your assets in Asset Explorer.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Values (transaction AW01N).
.
Note:
For the second asset, values and transactions are only available for the
IFRS depreciation areas (area 20 CostAcct., area 32 IFRSLocalCry, and
area 33 IFRSGroupCry).
b) Choose the SAP Logo.
358
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Parallel Accounting in Asset Accounting
LESSON SUMMARY
You should now be able to:
●
Name and explain possibilities for mapping parallel accounting and create and control a
new depreciation area in FI-AA
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
359
Unit 4: Periodic Processing and Valuation
360
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 4
Learning Assessment
1. Depreciation areas are identified in the system by two-character numeric keys.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
2. The usage of which of the following depreciation types can be activated per depreciation
area?
Choose the correct answers.
X
A Ordinary depreciation
X
B Special depreciation
X
C Unplanned depreciation
X
D Scheduled depreciation
3. Which of the following methods does the depreciation key define?
Choose the correct answers.
X
A Multilevel method
X
B Period control method
X
C Base method
X
D Asset sheet valuation method
4. Which of the following parameters can be changed on a time-dependent basis?
Choose the correct answers.
X
A Depreciation key
X
B Useful life (year or period)
X
C Variable depreciation portion
X
D Depreciation start date
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
361
Unit 4: Learning Assessment
5. You can use index series for indexing the acquisition value and thus calculate a
replacement value.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
6. Which of the following are posted in the program FAA_DEPRECIATION_POST?
Choose the correct answers.
X
A Ordinary depreciation such as book depreciation or imputed depreciation
X
B Unplanned depreciation
X
C Imputed interest
X
D Parallel APC values
7. You can start the fiscal year change program during the last posting period of the current
year.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
8. Have you completed this unit.
9. How many investment support keys must be created if ledgers 0L (IFRS) and 2L (LG) are
updated?
Choose the correct answer.
362
X
A 1
X
B 2
X
C 3
X
D 4
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 4: Learning Assessment
10. The system generates transaction types for posting investment support when you define
the support measure. What are the transaction types called if the investment support key
is Y1?
Choose the correct answers.
X
A IY1
X
B KY2
X
C ZY1
X
D I01
X
E JY1
X
F KY1
11. What can be directly assigned to a depreciation area.
Choose the correct answer.
X
A Ledger
X
B Ledger group
X
C Accounting principle
12. Have you completed this unit.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
363
Unit 4: Learning Assessment
364
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
UNIT 5
Information System
Lesson 1
Executing Various Asset Accounting Reports Using SAP List Viewer and Sort Variants
Exercise 35: Analyze the Asset Portfolio
366
369
Lesson 2
A basic understanding of the analytics architecture in SAP S/4HANA
Exercise 36: Execute an Asset Balance Report with an SAP Fiori App
374
379
Lesson 3
Executing Depreciation and Transaction Simulation
Exercise 37: Forecast Future Depreciation Amounts
385
389
Lesson 4
Understanding the Layout of an Asset History Sheet
Exercise 38: Execute the Asset History Sheet
Exercise 39: Use Analysis for Microsoft Office
397
401
405
UNIT OBJECTIVES
●
Execute various FI-AA reports and set up variable sorting and totaling for asset reporting
●
A basic understanding of the analytics architecture in SAP S/4HANA
●
●
Generate a depreciation (or transaction) forecast for an asset from the Asset Explorer and
generate a depreciation forecast for various assets using program RASIMU02
Execute the asset history sheet, analyze the layout of an asset history sheet, and configure
your own asset history sheet, if necessary
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
365
Unit 5
Lesson 1
Executing Various Asset Accounting Reports
Using SAP List Viewer and Sort Variants
LESSON OVERVIEW
This lesson explains how to execute various Asset Accounting (FI-AA) reports and set up
variable sorting and totaling for asset reporting.
Business Example
As part of your job, you are discussing the preparations needed for year-end closing with the
project team. Your colleagues in financial accounting wonder if it is possible to adjust the
asset portfolio before the closing takes place. For this reason, you require the following
knowledge:
●
An understanding of SAP List Viewer functions
●
An understanding of the use of sort variants in the FI-AA report
LESSON OBJECTIVES
After completing this lesson, you will be able to:
●
Execute various FI-AA reports and set up variable sorting and totaling for asset reporting
SAP List Viewer Functions
Figure 185: Advantages of SAP List Viewer
366
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Executing Various Asset Accounting Reports Using SAP List Viewer and Sort Variants
Animation: Advantages of SAP List Viewer
For more information on Advantages of SAP List Viewer, please view the
animation in the lesson Executing Various Asset Accounting Reports Using SAP
List Viewer and Sort Variants, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Asset reports use the SAP List Viewer tool to standardize and simplify the use of reports in
the SAP system.
The new graphical design of the SAP List Viewer tool contains several icons, which makes it
easy to process and display lists and reports using the ALV grid control.
The important functions of the SAP List Viewer tool are as follows:
●
Deleting and inserting columns.
●
Arranging the column values in ascending or descending order.
●
Calculating totals or subtotals across one or more columns within a list.
●
Saving an individual report structure for reuse by using layouts.
●
Setting filters to display only those lines that meet certain criteria.
Sort Variant
Figure 187: Sort Variant
All reports allow you to sort and total data in different ways using definable sort criteria. These
sort criteria are combined in sort variants.
A sort variant contains up to five sort criteria, which are determined using ABAP dictionary
fields.
The asset report contains the following parameters:
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
367
Unit 5: Information System
●
Total column:
In the Total column, you can specify at which level you want the totals to be output.
●
Statistics indicator:
You can select the Statistics indicator for a detailed breakdown of the total of a group level
in some lists.
Note:
You can use a sort variant with any FI-AA report. For standard system reports:
RABEST_ALV01, RAGITT_ALV01, and RABEWG_ALV01, the fields from the
"Custom selection" selection can be transferred to the SAP List Viewer (ALV list).
368
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 5
Exercise 35
Analyze the Asset Portfolio
Simulation: Analyze the Asset Portfolio
For more information on Analyze the Asset Portfolio, please view the simulation
in the lesson Executing Various Asset Accounting Reports Using SAP List Viewer
and Sort Variants online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
The cost-accounting department wants the asset accounting department to list the posted
assets of your company code, TA##, sorted and totaled according to cost center.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Analyze the asset portfolio and execute the report using sort variants.
1. Start an asset balance report with the appropriate sort variant.
2. Use the appropriate sort variant to confirm the profit centers to which the activated assets
of your company code, TA##, are assigned.
3. Check which sort variant to use if you want to display the assets assigned to segments.
4. Change the asset report of your company code, TA##, so that the assets of your company
code are listed by acquisition value in descending order.
5. Save the settings in a user-specific display variant or a user-specific layout and then call
the variant again.
6. Test the Dynamic Selections function. In your company code, TA##, search for all posted
assets that contain your group number in the Description master record field. In addition,
you should display the Evaluation Group 3.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
369
Unit 5
Solution 35
Analyze the Asset Portfolio
Simulation: Analyze the Asset Portfolio
For more information on Analyze the Asset Portfolio, please view the simulation
in the lesson Executing Various Asset Accounting Reports Using SAP List Viewer
and Sort Variants online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
The cost-accounting department wants the asset accounting department to list the posted
assets of your company code, TA##, sorted and totaled according to cost center.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Analyze the asset portfolio and execute the report using sort variants.
1. Start an asset balance report with the appropriate sort variant.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Balances — Classic (transaction AR01).
b) On the Asset Balances screen, enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Company code
TA##
Report date
Last day of the CY
Sort Variant
0014
List assets
Select
c) Choose Execute.
A report is generated showing the asset balances sorted by Cost Center.
d) Go back to the Asset Balances parameter selection screen.
2. Use the appropriate sort variant to confirm the profit centers to which the activated assets
of your company code, TA##, are assigned.
a) On the Asset Balances screen, enter the following data:
370
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Company code
TA##
Report date
Last day of the CY
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Executing Various Asset Accounting Reports Using SAP List Viewer and Sort Variants
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Sort Variant
0016
List assets
Select
b) Choose Execute.
A report is generated showing the asset balances sorted by Company Code then Profit
Center.
c) Go back to the Asset Balances parameter selection screen.
3. Check which sort variant to use if you want to display the assets assigned to segments.
a) Enter 0024 (company code and segment) in the Sort variant field.
b) Execute the report to see the difference between sort variant 0016 and 0024.
c) Go back to the Asset Balances parameter selection screen.
4. Change the asset report of your company code, TA##, so that the assets of your company
code are listed by acquisition value in descending order.
a) On the Asset Balances screen, enter the following values:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Company code
TA##
Report date
Last day of the CY
Sort Variant
0013
List assets
Select
b) Choose Execute.
c) Select the Acquis.val (Acquisition Value) column and choose Sort in Descending Order.
d) Remain on this screen for the next step.
5. Save the settings in a user-specific display variant or a user-specific layout and then call
the variant again.
a) After sorting in descending order, choose Save Layout (Ctrl + F12).
b) In the Save as dialog box, in the Layout and Name fields, enter VAR##.
c) Select User-specific and choose Adopt.
The layout is saved.
d) Go back to the Asset Balances parameter selection screen.
e) Execute the report.
f) Choose Select layout (Ctrl + F9).
g) In the Choose Layout dialog box, select your variant, VAR##.
The layout is applied to the report.
h) Go back to the Asset Balances parameter selection screen.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
371
Unit 5: Information System
6. Test the Dynamic Selections function. In your company code, TA##, search for all posted
assets that contain your group number in the Description master record field. In addition,
you should display the Evaluation Group 3.
a) On the Asset Balances screen, enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Company code
TA##
Report date
Last day of the CY
Sort Variant
0013
List assets
Select
b) Do not execute this program yet.
c) Choose the Dynamic Selections button.
d) In the frame displayed, expand General data.
e) Double-click Description.
f) In the Dynamic selections area, in the Description field enter *##*.
g) In the frame displayed, expand Assignments.
h) Double-click Evaluation Group 3.
i) Choose Execute.
A report is generated based on the dynamic selection entry.
j) Choose Change layout (Ctrl + F8).
k) Double-click Evaluation Group 3.
l) Choose Adopt.
The Evaluation Group 3 column is added to the report.
m) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
372
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Executing Various Asset Accounting Reports Using SAP List Viewer and Sort Variants
LESSON SUMMARY
You should now be able to:
●
Execute various FI-AA reports and set up variable sorting and totaling for asset reporting
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
373
Unit 5
Lesson 2
A basic understanding of the analytics
architecture in SAP S/4HANA
LESSON OBJECTIVES
After completing this lesson, you will be able to:
●
A basic understanding of the analytics architecture in SAP S/4HANA
Using SAP S/4HANA Reporting Options
Figure 189: SAP S/4HANA Embedded Analytics
SAP S/4HANA Embedded Analytics blends transactions and analytics allowing operational
reporting on live transactional data.
The SAP S/4HANA for Analytics roadmap shows three types of users. Depending on the role
inside a company, a user will fall into one of the following user roles categories:
●
●
●
374
The IT user who develops CDS views, new apps, and planning functions.
The Analytics key user who creates and maintains queries, predefined reports, KPIs,
dashboards, and tiles, and enables the end users to find the right reports.
The Analytics end user who works with the different analytical tools to consume the data,
perform analysis, and act accordingly.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: A basic understanding of the analytics architecture in SAP S/4HANA
Animation: SAP S/4HANA Embedded Analytics
For more information on SAP S/4HANA Embedded Analytics, please view the
animation in the lesson A basic understanding of the analytics architecture in
SAP S/4HANA, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Figure 191: Analytic UIs
With SAP S/4HANA, this concept is supported by SAP Core Data Services (CDS) views for
real-time operational reporting. The content is represented as a Virtual Data Model (VDM),
which is based on the transactional and master data tables of SAP S/4HANA. CDS views are
developed, maintained, and extended in the ABAP layer of the SAP S/4HANA system. The
system generates SQL-Runtime-Views in SAP HANA to execute the data read and
transformation inside the SAP HANA database layer.
Animation: Analytic UIs
For more information on Analytic UIs, please view the animation in the lesson A
basic understanding of the analytics architecture in SAP S/4HANA, online in the
SAP Learning Hub.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
375
Unit 5: Information System
Figure 193: SAP Fiori APP Asset Accounting Overview
With this app you can easily access key information and KPIs within the Asset Accounting
area, and gain insight into current trends. The app provides a central source of information for
the asset accountant, and offers a range of filters and built-in navigation to related apps.
SAP Fiori App: Asset Balance
Figure 194: Structure of an Asset Balance with Key Figure Groups
With the app Asset Balances, you can display balances of fixed assets according to various
criteria, such as company code, depreciation area, segment, or profit center. The app Asset
376
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: A basic understanding of the analytics architecture in SAP S/4HANA
Balances enables you to understand the net book value of fixed assets derived from
acquisition and production costs (APC) and depreciation.
Animation: Structure of an Asset Balance with Key Figure Groups
For more information on Structure of an Asset Balance with Key Figure Groups,
please view the animation in the lesson A basic understanding of the analytics
architecture in SAP S/4HANA, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
SAP provides preconfigured key figure groups that you can use for your reporting. These key
figure groups bundle key figure codes, such as acquisitions, retirements, transfers, and
depreciation. You can also create your own key figure groups in Customizing to define
individual layouts and granularity for your reports.
Create your own key figure groups in Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset
Accounting Information System → Define Key Figure Groups for Asset Balances (Fiori).
Key features of the app include the following:
●
●
Use the SAP standard key figure groups:
-
For planned values: ABS_DEF.
-
For posted values: ABS_POSTED.
-
Total Depreciation: DEPR_TOTAL.
-
Write-Ups: DEPR_WRUP.
Display the following values for each asset:
-
-
-
The cumulative acquisition value at reporting date.
The accumulated depreciation for each depreciation type in posted and not yet posted
amounts for the current fiscal year.
The planned booked value at the end of the reporting period.
●
Specify the search criteria using filters.
●
Display the query results in a grid format.
●
Export the query results to Microsoft Excel.
●
Modify the query results grid by moving available characteristics to and from the grid axes.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
377
Unit 5: Information System
378
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 5
Exercise 36
Execute an Asset Balance Report with an SAP
Fiori App
Simulation: Execute an Asset Balance Report with an SAP Fiori App
For more information on Execute an Asset Balance Report with an SAP Fiori App,
please view the simulation in the lesson A basic understanding of the analytics
architecture in SAP S/4HANA online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
The cost-accounting department wants the asset accounting department to list the posted
assets of your company code TA##.
Get an overview of the asset balance of the Company code TA##. Analyze the asset portfolio
and using the SAP Fiori apps Asset Accounting Overview and Asset Balances.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
1. Start an asset overview report with the Asset Accounting Overview app.
2. Start an asset balance report with the Asset Balances app.
3. Change the asset report of your company code, TA##, so that the assets of your company
code are listed by acquisition value in descending order within the asset class.
4. Save the settings in a Bookmark variant and then call the variant again.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
379
Unit 5
Solution 36
Execute an Asset Balance Report with an SAP
Fiori App
Simulation: Execute an Asset Balance Report with an SAP Fiori App
For more information on Execute an Asset Balance Report with an SAP Fiori App,
please view the simulation in the lesson A basic understanding of the analytics
architecture in SAP S/4HANA online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
The cost-accounting department wants the asset accounting department to list the posted
assets of your company code TA##.
Get an overview of the asset balance of the Company code TA##. Analyze the asset portfolio
and using the SAP Fiori apps Asset Accounting Overview and Asset Balances.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
1. Start an asset overview report with the Asset Accounting Overview app.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Accounting Overview.
b) On the Asset Accounting Overview screen, enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Company Code
TA##
Ledger
0L
Currency Type
10
Fiscal Year
Current Year
Fiscal Period (Balances)
Current Period
Depreciation Area
32
c) Choose Go.
The KPI is generated showing the asset balances:
Asset Acquisitions
Depreciation to Be Posted
Asset Balances — Chart View
380
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: A basic understanding of the analytics architecture in SAP S/4HANA
Asset Transactions Year to Period
Assets Under Construction
Open Purchase Orders with Account Assignment A — Chart View
Asset Master Worklist
Quick Links
d) Choose the bar with the name Asset Balances — Chart View.
A report is generated showing the asset balances at Asset Classes and Account
Determination level.
e) Choose Navigation Panel.
f) Move (drop and drag) the Asset dimension to the Rows after Asset Class.
A report is generated showing the asset balances at Asset, Asset Class and
Accounting Determination level.
g) Go back to SAP Fiori launchpad home page.
2. Start an asset balance report with the Asset Balances app.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Balances.
b) On the Asset Balances screen, enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Key Figure Group
ABS_DEF
Company Code
TA##
Ledger
0L
Depreciation Area
32
Fiscal Year
CY
To Period
12
Currency Type
10
c) Choose Go.
A report is generated showing the asset balances.
d) Save the settings in a variant.
e) Choose Select and Manage Variants.
f) In the Variants screen, choose the Save As button.
g) In the Name field, enter VA## and select the Set as Default.
h) Choose Save.
i) Remain on this screen for the next step.
3. Change the asset report of your company code, TA##, so that the assets of your company
code are listed by acquisition value in descending order within the asset class.
a) Choose Navigation Panel.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
381
Unit 5: Information System
b) On the Navigation Panel, search for Asset, and choose Add field to rows axis.
c) On the Navigation Panel, search for Account Determ., and choose Remove field from
rows axis.
d) Select Balance Amount under APC at Report Date, and choose Sort → Key Figure
Value Descending.
e) On the Navigation Panel, search for Asset Cost Center and choose Add field to rows
axis.
f) Select Asset Cost Center under KF Code, and Choose Choose Totals → Hide Totals.
g) Remain on this screen for the next step.
4. Save the settings in a Bookmark variant and then call the variant again.
a) After sorting in descending order, choose <Standard Query View> .
b) On the Bookmark dialog box, choose Save As.
c) On the Save Bookmark As dialog box, in the Bookmark Name field, enter VAR## and
deselect With variable values fields.
d) Choose Save.
The layout is saved.
e) Go back to SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
f) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Balances.
g) On the Asset Balances screen, change the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Ledger
2L
Depreciation Area
01
h) Choose Current bookmark — Select and Manage bookmarks.
i) Select your Variant VAR## in the Bookmarks field.
j) Choose Go.
The layout is applied to the report.
k) Select Asset Class 3000 and choose Jump to → Asset Transactions..
l) Choose Go.
m) Expand the list until the document numbers become visible.
n) Choose Settings.
o) On the View Settings screen, choose the Columns tab and select Capitalized On
andOriginal Useful Life.
p) On the View Settings screen, choose Group.
q) Remove Grouping Criterion Company Code from list.
382
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: A basic understanding of the analytics architecture in SAP S/4HANA
r) Choose OK.
s) Expand the list until the document numbers become visible.
t) Choose Export to Spreadsheet → Export.
u) Open the Asset Transaction.xlsx
v) Close the spreadsheet.
w) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
383
Unit 5: Information System
LESSON SUMMARY
You should now be able to:
●
384
A basic understanding of the analytics architecture in SAP S/4HANA
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 5
Lesson 3
Executing Depreciation and Transaction
Simulation
LESSON OVERVIEW
This lesson explains how to generate a depreciation and transaction forecast for an asset
from the Asset Explorer. It also demonstrates how to generate a depreciation forecast for
various assets using program RASIMU02.
Business Example
You are discussing the preparations for year-end closing with the project team. Your
colleagues in financial accounting wonder if it is possible to adjust the asset portfolio to the
goals of the balance sheet policy before closing takes place. For this reason, you require the
following knowledge:
●
An understanding of functions and programs to simulate valuations for fixed assets
LESSON OBJECTIVES
After completing this lesson, you will be able to:
●
Generate a depreciation (or transaction) forecast for an asset from the Asset Explorer and
generate a depreciation forecast for various assets using program RASIMU02
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
385
Unit 5: Information System
Simulation with the Asset Explorer
Figure 197: Simulation with the Asset Explorer
The Asset Explorer offers extensive functions for evaluating individual asset master records.
The table, Asset Explorer Functions, describes some of these functions.
Table 15: Asset Explorer Functions
Function
Description
Asterisk “*” in the Subnumber field
For requesting a combined report for a main
number and its subnumbers
Display dep. calc. function
For displaying a detailed calculation of depreciation in the system
Posted values tab page
For displaying the planned data for a fiscal
year and the amounts actually posted to date
Preview function
For creating a preview of how the values for
individual assets change in simulated transactions and simulated depreciation terms
The Asset Explorer options are as follows:
386
●
Go to FI document.
●
Display depreciation calculation.
●
Go to related objects.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Executing Depreciation and Transaction Simulation
●
Call reports.
●
Go to master record.
●
Refresh functions for displaying changes made.
●
Call values with all subnumbers.
You can start various other asset reports from the Asset Explorer. You can create your own
report variants for these reports by choosing Goto → Maintain Reports.
Depreciation Simulation Program RASIMU_ALV01
Figure 198: Depreciation Simulation
Simulation, in this context, refers to an experimental change to depreciation parameters
affecting the valuation of assets. You can apply this change to a single asset, the entire asset
portfolio, or parts of the asset portfolio.
The figure describes the depreciation simulations using the standard report that the program
RASIMU_ALV01 generates.
When you simulate the development of asset values, you can change all the important
depreciation terms using a simulation version. You can also simulate the depreciation for
future fiscal years.
Note:
You can include depreciation for your planned capital investments in the forecast.
To take advantage of this option, you manage the planned investment amounts as
planned costs on an order or a project in Controlling (CO). By assigning
depreciation terms and a planned start-up date of the order or project, you can
display the future depreciation.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
387
Unit 5: Information System
Simulation Version
Figure 199: Simulation Version
Simulation versions allow you to simulate a change of depreciation logic.
For each area, asset class, and depreciation key, specify which depreciation key and useful life
to choose as alternatives for simulation. The validity interval excludes assets with a
capitalization date that lies outside the interval range.
Animation: Simulation Version
For more information on Simulation Version, please view the animation in the
lesson Executing Depreciation and Transaction Simulation, online in the SAP
Learning Hub.
388
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 5
Exercise 37
Forecast Future Depreciation Amounts
Simulation: Forecast Future Depreciation Amounts
For more information on Forecast Future Depreciation Amounts, please view the
simulation in the lesson Executing Depreciation and Transaction Simulation
online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
You want to simulate depreciation for assets in the depreciation forecast.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Task 1: Forecast Future Depreciation Amounts
1. Post an acquisition to the last unposted company car master record. If you do not have
any more asset master records without values, simply create a new one in asset class
3100. Post a value of €50,000 as of March 15, CY.
NOTE: You need to create a new asset Company Car ##.
2. What is the quickest way to look at the changes in value of the asset for the next five
years?
3. How high is the straight-line annual depreciation amount (depreciation area 01)?
4. For tax reasons, you are considering reducing the useful life in area 01 and area 02 from
five to four years.
Simulate this change in the Asset Explorer.
5. How high would the annual depreciation amount be?
6. Simulate a subsequent acquisition of €20,000 for the asset on June 30, CY.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
389
Unit 5: Information System
7. You are now interested to find out where annual changes in value will occur in the future,
not just for one asset, but for many assets; for example, an entire asset class. Therefore,
call the depreciation simulation report (program RASIMU_ALV01) for your company code,
TA##, and asset class 3100, and display values up to December 31, CY+2.
8. Display the monthly depreciation amounts of the current year, rather than displaying the
annual planned depreciation amounts, using the tile Depreciation Forecast.
9. You now want to display the depreciation with alternative depreciation terms for several
assets.
Which object will you use?
Task 2: Simulate your Complete Asset Class
Simulate your complete asset class, 3100, again up to CY+2 with the depreciation key DG30
instead of the default depreciation key of the asset class LINR.
Hint:
Germany currently does not allow depreciation DG30, but this exercise is only
intended to help you understand the logic of the simulation versions.
1. Create a simulation version ##, which reflects the scenario for depreciation areas 01 and
02. A change to the planned useful life is not expected.
2. Start the report Depreciation Forecast for your company code, TA##, and asset class
3100, and display values up to December 31, CY+2.
Use your new simulation version.
What do you notice if you look at the values of the company car asset from preceding
exercises, and why?
390
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 5
Solution 37
Forecast Future Depreciation Amounts
Simulation: Forecast Future Depreciation Amounts
For more information on Forecast Future Depreciation Amounts, please view the
simulation in the lesson Executing Depreciation and Transaction Simulation
online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
You want to simulate depreciation for assets in the depreciation forecast.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
Task 1: Forecast Future Depreciation Amounts
1. Post an acquisition to the last unposted company car master record. If you do not have
any more asset master records without values, simply create a new one in asset class
3100. Post a value of €50,000 as of March 15, CY.
NOTE: You need to create a new asset Company Car ##.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the Operational Processing tile group,
choose Post Acquisition (Non-Integrated) With Automatic Offsetting Entry (transaction
ABZOL).
b) Enter the Document and Posting date and enter 50000 in the Amount Posted field.
c) Post the acquisition.
d) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
2. What is the quickest way to look at the changes in value of the asset for the next five
years?
Use the Asset Explorer Comparisons tab.
a) On the SAP Fiori launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Value (transaction AW01N).
b) Choose the depreciation area 01.
c) Choose the Comparisons tab page.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
391
Unit 5: Information System
3. How high is the straight-line annual depreciation amount (depreciation area 01)?
€10,000
4. For tax reasons, you are considering reducing the useful life in area 01 and area 02 from
five to four years.
Simulate this change in the Asset Explorer.
a) On the Asset Explorer screen, choose the Switch on simulation button.
b) Choose the Parameters tab page.
c) Enter 004 in the Useful life field.
d) Similarly, change the useful life for depreciation area 02.
e) Choose the the Comparisons tab page.
f) Remain on this screen for the next step.
5. How high would the annual depreciation amount be?
€12,500
6. Simulate a subsequent acquisition of €20,000 for the asset on June 30, CY.
a) On the Asset Explorer screen, choose the Switch Off simulation button.
b) Choose the Planned values tab.
c) On the Asset Explorer screen, choose Switch on simulation.
d) On the Planned values tab page, in the Simulation Transact. area, choose the Trans.
Simulation button.
e) On the Simulate Asset Transaction screen, enter the following values:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Trans. Type
100
Document date
June 30, CY
Posting date
June 30, CY
Asset Value Date
June 30, CY
Amount Posted
20,000
f) Choose Simulate.
g) Choose Switch Off Simulation.
h) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
7. You are now interested to find out where annual changes in value will occur in the future,
not just for one asset, but for many assets; for example, an entire asset class. Therefore,
call the depreciation simulation report (program RASIMU_ALV01) for your company code,
TA##, and asset class 3100, and display values up to December 31, CY+2.
392
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Executing Depreciation and Transaction Simulation
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Depreciation Forecast (transaction AR18N).
b) On the Depreciation Simulation screen, enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Company code
TA##
Asset Class
3100
Report date
December 31, CY+2
c) Choose Execute.
The report is generated.
Hint:
If you simulate correctly, this report displays the master record of your
company car as well.
d) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
8. Display the monthly depreciation amounts of the current year, rather than displaying the
annual planned depreciation amounts, using the tile Depreciation Forecast.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Depreciation Forecast (transaction AR18N).
b) On the Depreciation Simulation screen, enter December 31, CY as the report date.
c) Choose All Selections.
d) Scroll down to the Reporting Period field group and select Month.
e) Execute the report.
The simulated document appears.
Note:
If there is too much information, you can restrict the selection to asset
class 3100 again.
f) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
9. You now want to display the depreciation with alternative depreciation terms for several
assets.
Which object will you use?
Use a simulated version.
Task 2: Simulate your Complete Asset Class
Simulate your complete asset class, 3100, again up to CY+2 with the depreciation key DG30
instead of the default depreciation key of the asset class LINR.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
393
Unit 5: Information System
Hint:
Germany currently does not allow depreciation DG30, but this exercise is only
intended to help you understand the logic of the simulation versions.
1. Create a simulation version ##, which reflects the scenario for depreciation areas 01 and
02. A change to the planned useful life is not expected.
a) In Customizing for Financial Accounting, choose Asset Accounting → Information
System → Define Simulation Variants for Depreciation Reports (transaction OAV7).
b) On the Change View “Simulation versions”: Overview screen, choose New Entries and
create the simulation version ## with description Simulation ##.
c) Confirm your entries.
d) Select the new variant.
e) In the dialog structure, double-click Simulation Rules.
f) Choose New Entries .
g) Create a substitution rule using the following values:
Area
Class
Dep. key
Valid To
Valid From
Dep. key
1
3100
LINR
December 31,
2099
January 1, PY
DG30
2
3100
LINR
December 31,
2099
January 1, PY
DG30
h) Save your data.
i) Go back to the Customizing screen.
2. Start the report Depreciation Forecast for your company code, TA##, and asset class
3100, and display values up to December 31, CY+2.
Use your new simulation version.
What do you notice if you look at the values of the company car asset from preceding
exercises, and why?
The simulated document appears. No values are simulated for the last company car you
created.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Depreciation Forecast (transaction AR18N).
b) On the Depreciation Simulation screen, enter company code TA##, asset class 3100
and report date December 31, CY+2.
394
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Executing Depreciation and Transaction Simulation
c) In the Further Settings field group, in the Simulation version field, enter ##.
d) Execute the report.
The simulated document appears. No values are simulated for the last company car
you created.
e) Go back to the Depreciation Simulation parameter selection screen.
f) On the Depreciation Simulation screen, choose All Selections.
g) Scroll down to the Treatment of capitalizations in current fisc.yr (orders/WBS
elements) box/group area.
Here, you see that all asset values are simulated on January 1, CY. However, at this
point, the company car in question has not been capitalized; therefore, the report does
not display any values of this asset.
h) Select Reduce the basis for deprec. simulation of plan inv. by capitalization.
i) Choose Execute.
Now, you can see the alternative values.
For more information, see SAP Note 333818.
Note:
Using asset values on the start date of the fiscal year, ensure that parts of
planned capital investments that have been realized already are not
counted twice: as plan or budget value of a planned capital investment and
as a capitalization posting to an already active fixed asset.
If you only carry out a depreciation simulation for active fixed assets,
selecting the Use asset values as of FY start indicator is not needed;
therefore, the program ignores the setting.
Hint:
As you can see from the note, the simulation report generated using the
program RASIMU_ALV01 is relevant not only for Asset Accounting, but
also for colleagues who carry out major investment measures in the
Investment Management component.
j) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
395
Unit 5: Information System
LESSON SUMMARY
You should now be able to:
●
396
Generate a depreciation (or transaction) forecast for an asset from the Asset Explorer and
generate a depreciation forecast for various assets using program RASIMU02
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 5
Lesson 4
Understanding the Layout of an Asset History
Sheet
LESSON OVERVIEW
This lesson explains how to call and set up an asset history sheet.
Business Example
As part of the year-end closing, you have to present your assets in an asset history sheet. By
default, SAP delivers program RAGITT_ALV01 for that purpose. The asset accounting
department wants to know how the program works. For this reason, you require the following
knowledge:
●
An understanding of the structure of an asset history sheet
LESSON OBJECTIVES
After completing this lesson, you will be able to:
●
Execute the asset history sheet, analyze the layout of an asset history sheet, and configure
your own asset history sheet, if necessary
Structure of an Asset History Sheet
Figure 202: Structure of an Asset History Sheet with History Sheet Version
The asset history sheet is an important and comprehensive year-end or intermediate report.
You can create an asset history sheet using various sort versions and totals at any group level,
just like any other report.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
397
Unit 5: Information System
Animation: Structure of an Asset History Sheet with History Sheet Version
For more information on Structure of an Asset History Sheet with History Sheet
Version, please view the animation in the lesson Understanding the Layout of an
Asset History Sheet, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
The basic ways to use an asset history sheet are as follows:
●
●
You can create a compact totals list that does not contain information on the individual
assets.
You can call the sheet for the individual assets from the totals display of the asset history
sheet. From there, you can go to the Asset Explorer.
●
You can also use the report-report interface (RRI) to start other FI-AA reporting programs.
●
You can also define your own history sheet versions with the following options:
-
Ensure that the size of the history sheet is not more than 10 rows and 8 columns.
-
Store the headers of the history sheet items.
-
Define how the values are supplied to the history sheet items.
Note:
SAP delivers country-specific history sheet versions. These versions meet the
legal requirements of a given country.
Figure 204: Structure of an Asset History Sheet with Key Figure Groups
398
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Understanding the Layout of an Asset History Sheet
With the Asset History Sheet app, you can call up the asset history sheet that shows value
changes to the fixed asset balances in a fiscal year for a depreciation area. The asset history
sheet enables you to document and explain the balances on fixed assets for every accounting
principle, any local regulation, and for management purposes. SAP provides preconfigured
key figure groups that you can use for your reporting. These key figure groups bundle key
figure codes, such as acquisitions, retirements, transfers, and depreciation.
You can also create your own key figure groups in Customizing to define individual layouts
and granularity for your reports. Create your own key figure groups in Customizing for
Financial Accounting under Asset Accounting → Information System → Asset History Sheet
Define Key Figure Groups for Asset History Sheet (Fiori).
Key features of the app Asset History Sheet include the following:
●
Use the SAP standard key figure groups:
-
For posted values: AHS.
-
For planned values: AHS_PLAN.
The following key figure groups enables you to group key figures in a hierarchy:
●
For posted values: AHS_HRY.
●
For planned values: AHS_HRY_PLl.
●
Specify the search criteria using filters.
●
Display the query results in a grid format.
●
Export the query results to Microsoft Excel.
●
Modify the query results grid by moving available characteristics to and from the grid axes.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
399
Unit 5: Information System
400
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 5
Exercise 38
Execute the Asset History Sheet
Simulation: Execute the Asset History Sheet
For more information on Execute the Asset History Sheet, please view the
simulation in the lesson Understanding the Layout of an Asset History Sheet
online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
As part of the year-end closing, you must present your assets in an asset history sheet. By
default, SAP delivers the RAGITT_ALV01 program for that purpose. The asset accounting
department wants to know how the program works.
Execute and interpret the asset history sheet.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
1. Request the asset history sheet (program RAGITT_ALV01) and, using sort variant 13 and
asset history sheet version 0001, display all assets of your company code, TA##,
individually and then as a group total.
2. Start an asset history sheet report with the Asset History Sheet app. Display the assets
and the cost center.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
401
Unit 5
Solution 38
Execute the Asset History Sheet
Simulation: Execute the Asset History Sheet
For more information on Execute the Asset History Sheet, please view the
simulation in the lesson Understanding the Layout of an Asset History Sheet
online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Business Example
As part of the year-end closing, you must present your assets in an asset history sheet. By
default, SAP delivers the RAGITT_ALV01 program for that purpose. The asset accounting
department wants to know how the program works.
Execute and interpret the asset history sheet.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
1. Request the asset history sheet (program RAGITT_ALV01) and, using sort variant 13 and
asset history sheet version 0001, display all assets of your company code, TA##,
individually and then as a group total.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
the Asset History Sheet - Classic tile (ABAP Program RAGITT_ALV01).
b) On the Asset History Sheet screen, in the Company Code field, enter TA## and in the
Sort Variant field enter 0013.
Report date (December 31, CY) and Depreciation area (32) should already be
populated.
c) Select List assets.
d) Choose Execute.
The asset history sheet is generated by asset individually with totals only at the end of
the report.
e) Go back to the previous screen.
f) Select …or group totals only.
g) Choose the Execute button.
The asset history sheet is generated at a group total level based upon the Sort Variant.
h) Double-click the aggregated company code row to display the sheet for each asset.
i) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
402
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Understanding the Layout of an Asset History Sheet
2. Start an asset history sheet report with the Asset History Sheet app. Display the assets
and the cost center.
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset History Sheet.
b) On the Asset History Sheet screen, enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Key Figure Group
AHS
Company code
TA##
Ledger
0L
Depreciation Area
32
Fiscal Year
CY
To Period
12
Currency Type
10
c) Choose Go.
The asset history sheet is generated as a group total.
d) Choose Navigation Panel.
e) On the Navigation Panel, search for Asset and choose Add field to rows axis.
f) On the Navigation Panel, search for the Asset Cost Center field, and choose Add field to
rows axis.
Note how the results area changes when adding or removing items from the axis.
g) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
403
Unit 5: Information System
404
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 5
Exercise 39
Use Analysis for Microsoft Office
Simulation: Use Analysis for Microsoft Office
For more information on Use Analysis for Microsoft Office, please view the
simulation in the lesson Understanding the Layout of an Asset History Sheet
online in the SAP Learning Hub.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
1. Start Analysis for Microsoft Excel and select the Fixed Asset History Sheet
(2CCFASTHISTSHEET).
Field Name
Value
System
T41
Client
400
User
S4F17–##
Password
Welcome1
2. Analyze Depreciation Area 32 for company code TA## of the current year. In your
company code, TA##, show all posted assets. Use the side panel to improve the layout
with drag-and-drop and a few clicks. Because you do not want to renew the screen with
every change, just use refresh.
Field Name
Value
Key Figure Group
AHS
Company Code
TA##
Ledger
0L
Depreciation Area
32
Fiscal Year
CY
To Period
12
Currency Type
10
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
405
Unit 5
Solution 39
Use Analysis for Microsoft Office
Simulation: Use Analysis for Microsoft Office
For more information on Use Analysis for Microsoft Office, please view the
simulation in the lesson Understanding the Layout of an Asset History Sheet
online in the SAP Learning Hub.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
1. Start Analysis for Microsoft Excel and select the Fixed Asset History Sheet
(2CCFASTHISTSHEET).
Field Name
Value
System
T41
Client
400
User
S4F17–##
Password
Welcome1
a) To open Analysis, choose the Windows Start button, search for Analysis for Microsoft
Excel and choose the application to execute.
b) In the Analysis dialog box, choose OK.
c) If asked to choose a workbook, select Blank workbook.
d) In Microsoft Excel, choose the Analysis tab.
e) In Analysis, ensure that cell A1 is selected on the worksheet. In the ribbon, choose
Insert Data Source → Select Data Source for Analysis.
f) In the Logon to SAP Business Objects BI Platform dialog box, choose Skip.
g) In the Select Data Source dialog box, select the T41 system, and choose Next.
h) In the Logon to System T41[SPACE] dialog box, In the Client field, enter 400.
i) In the User field, enter S4F17–##.
j) In the Password field, enter Welcome1 and choose OK.
k) In the Search For field, enter 2CCFASTHISTSHEET and press Enter.
l) In the search results area, select Asset History Sheet and choose OK.
m) Remain on the Prompts for Asset History Sheet screen for the next step.
406
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Understanding the Layout of an Asset History Sheet
2. Analyze Depreciation Area 32 for company code TA## of the current year. In your
company code, TA##, show all posted assets. Use the side panel to improve the layout
with drag-and-drop and a few clicks. Because you do not want to renew the screen with
every change, just use refresh.
Field Name
Value
Key Figure Group
AHS
Company Code
TA##
Ledger
0L
Depreciation Area
32
Fiscal Year
CY
To Period
12
Currency Type
10
a) On the Prompts for Asset History Sheet screen, enter the data provided in the table.
b) Choose OK.
c) Choose Pause Refresh.
d) Move (drag and drop) Account Determ. (Account Determiniation) from Rows to
Background Filter.
e) Move (drag and drop) Asset from Data Source to Rows under Asset Class.
f) Choose Pause Refresh.
Note:
All data is read in real-time from the universal journal in SAP Accounting.
With SAP HANA, this is done at speed, even with high data volumes.
g) Close the spreadsheet. Choose Don't Save.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
407
Unit 5: Information System
LESSON SUMMARY
You should now be able to:
●
408
Execute the asset history sheet, analyze the layout of an asset history sheet, and configure
your own asset history sheet, if necessary
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 5
Learning Assessment
1. All reports allow you to sort and total data in different ways using definable sort criteria.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
2. Which of the following functions include the important functions of the SAP List Viewer
tool?
Choose the correct answers.
X
A Setting filters
X
B Defining print parameters
X
C Deleting and inserting columns
X
D Calculating totals and subtotals
3. Match the definitions with their correct terms.
Match the item in the first column to the corresponding item in the second column.
Term
Definition
KPI
Evaluates a one leading measure from an aggregated management perspective.
Report
Analytical Query
Contains simple table or chart
based on multiple measures
and dimensions.
Prepares the relevant columns
and filters for analytical use.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
409
Unit 5: Learning Assessment
4. Which of the following options are included in the Asset Explorer?
Choose the correct answers.
X
A Drill down to Financial Accounting (FI) document.
X
B Post documents.
X
C Display depreciation calculation.
X
D Drill down to reports.
5. The asset history sheet is an important and comprehensive year-end or intermediate
report.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
6. Have you completed this unit.
410
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
UNIT 6
Legacy Data Transfer
Lesson 1
Entering Legacy Data Manually
Exercise 40: Use the Migration Cockpit
412
417
UNIT OBJECTIVES
●
Enter legacy data manually
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
411
Unit 6
Lesson 1
Entering Legacy Data Manually
LESSON OVERVIEW
This lesson explains how to enter legacy data manually.
Business Example
You want to assign the legacy asset to an asset class. Values and transactions to be
transferred depend on the date of transfer and on other options that you specify.
For this reason, you require the following knowledge:
●
An understanding of entering legacy data manually
●
An understanding of the settings required for automatic transfer of legacy data
LESSON OBJECTIVES
After completing this lesson, you will be able to:
●
Enter legacy data manually
Overview of a Legacy Data Transfer in Asset Accounting (FI-AA)
Figure 207: Legacy Data Transfer
Data transfer from a legacy system is the first activity you perform in a new production
system after configuration and asset classification. You can transfer asset data automatically
412
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Entering Legacy Data Manually
from the legacy system, or, if there is only a small amount of asset data in the legacy system,
you can enter the asset master data manually using the transaction AS91. However, the
takeover values are posted separately in the posting transaction ABLDT. When you do this, a
posting is made to the transfer clearing account immediately. In other words, the manual step
for the summary write-off is no longer required.
Transaction ABLDT uses an input-enabled ALV grid control. Therefore, according to SAP Note
311440, it does not support batch input. Therefore, it is not possible to create an LSMW
recording for transaction ABLDT. For more information, see SAP Note 554635.
Programs for transferring legacy data automatically are as follows:
●
●
For a large to very large quantity of legacy data, use the BAPI interface
BAPI_FIXEDASSET_OVRTAKE_CREATE. The BAPI also supports the creation and transfer
of legacy asset values in a single step. The transfer of values to existing legacy assets is not
supported. If you change existing migration values, you must first reverse the transfer
transaction(s) before you can use BAPI_FIXEDASSET_OVRTAKE_POST to post new
values. To cancel transfer transactions, use BAPI_ASSET_REVERSAL_POST (SAP Note
2481644).
For several hundred assets, use Microsoft Excel (transaction AS100) Transaction AS100
can process a maximum of 5,000 assets in one file upload. However, you can split the file,
if required.
Animation: Legacy Data Transfer
For more information on Legacy Data Transfer, please view the animation in the
lesson Entering Legacy Data Manually, online in the SAP Learning Hub.
Note:
Note that the BAPI supports only new assets for legacy assets and the optional
transfer of values. The transfer of values to an existing legacy asset or the
correction of values transferred previously are not supported.
For greater transparency, and because transfer documents are posted in the new solution,
the only way to change takeover values is to reverse the posted transfer document and then
repost it. To be able to reverse a transfer document, a fixed asset must not have any
subsequent transactions because the legacy data transfer provides the value foundation for
this fixed asset. If follow-on transactions have already been posted to the fixed asset, you
must first reverse all transactions (preferably in reverse sequence), then reverse the transfer
transaction, and finally post the new takeover values. You can then create the follow-on
transactions again individually.
In the case of assets under construction (AuCs), you cannot transfer cumulative APC or
accumulated depreciations. The transfer must take place by means of the transfer of
transactions, as follows:
●
●
In the manual case, not using transaction ABLDT but using AB01 or, as of SAP Note
2294012, using the new transaction ABLDT_OI.
In the case of a transfer using BAPI_FIXEDASSET_OVRTAKE_CREATE, do not enter the
values into the table CUMULATEDVALUES; instead enter them into the table
TRANSACTIONS.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
413
Unit 6: Legacy Data Transfer
Note:
For more information, see SAP Note 2208321.
Start the legacy data transfer by setting the status of the company code to Asset data transfer
not yet completed in Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset Accounting → Asset
Data Transfer → Define Transfer Date and Additional Parameters.
You can transfer legacy data in FI-AA with the Ongoing status, but you cannot post normal
transactions.
Legacy Data Transfer Date
Figure 209: Legacy Data Transfer – Transfer Date
You can transfer legacy data for any date in the past from a legacy system. However, you
cannot create any legacy data in the SAP system before the transfer date. Therefore, the data
is transferred from the legacy system on the transfer date.
The transfer date can be either at the end of the last closed fiscal year or any date within the
fiscal year following the last closed fiscal year during the same year.
You can transfer the following data:
●
Legacy data transfer at the end of the last closed fiscal year:
Master data, historical asset under construction, APC values, and accumulated
depreciation as they stood at the last closed fiscal year.
●
Legacy data transfer during fiscal year:
In addition you transfer the depreciation and asset transactions posted during the current
year.
414
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Entering Legacy Data Manually
Animation: Legacy Data Transfer – Transfer Date
For more information on Legacy Data Transfer – Transfer Date, please view the
animation in the lesson Entering Legacy Data Manually, online in the SAP
Learning Hub.
Manual Legacy Data Transfer
Figure 211: Manual Legacy Data Transfer at Fiscal Year End
If the transfer time is at the end of the last closed fiscal year, transfer the master data, APC
values, and accumulated depreciation as given at the end of the last closed fiscal year.
Hint:
Transactions for line item managed AuCs are posted using special transaction
types for legacy data, which are 900 and 910.
Note:
For more information about how to reconcile your legacy data transfer for Asset
Accounting, see SAP Note 2304473.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
415
Unit 6: Legacy Data Transfer
416
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 6
Exercise 40
Use the Migration Cockpit
Simulation: Use the Migration Cockpit
For more information on Use the Migration Cockpit, please view the simulation in
the lesson Entering Legacy Data Manually online in the SAP Learning Hub.
The Migration Cockpit is the new migration tool for SAP S/4HANA. It is available for on
premise starting from version 1610, and it is the only migration tool for Cloud deployments. It
is a tool for the initial upload of data only and not all legacy system migration workbench
(LSMW) functionality is covered. The number of supported objects are growing with each new
release, but not all objects are available currently.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
1. Set the status of asset data transfer in the company code TA##.
This status may already be configured from a previous exercise. If an entry already exists
with the data in the table, skip to Step 2.
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Transfer Date
December 31, PY
Legacy Data Transfer Status
Ongoing (Other Postings Allowed)
Document Type
UE (Data Transfer)
2. Enter the SAP_CA_DMC_MC_DEVELOPER and SAP_CA_DMC_MC_USER SAP Roles in your,
user, S4F17–##.
3. On the SAP Easy Access screen, start the Migration Cockpit with transaction LTMC. Create
a migration project, Asset##. Use the Mass Transfer ID Z##. Display the documentation
for the conversion object.
The Original Asset field is ready for input.
4. Download and maintain the generated migration template.
5. Upload the source data Microsoft Excel file to the system.
Note:
If a file has issues and a new file is uploaded, you must either delete the old
files or deactivate them.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
417
Unit 6: Legacy Data Transfer
6. The Fixed Asset Data is now available in the SAP S/4HANA system. Check the posted
values for your asset in the Asset Explorer transaction.
418
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 6
Solution 40
Use the Migration Cockpit
Simulation: Use the Migration Cockpit
For more information on Use the Migration Cockpit, please view the simulation in
the lesson Entering Legacy Data Manually online in the SAP Learning Hub.
The Migration Cockpit is the new migration tool for SAP S/4HANA. It is available for on
premise starting from version 1610, and it is the only migration tool for Cloud deployments. It
is a tool for the initial upload of data only and not all legacy system migration workbench
(LSMW) functionality is covered. The number of supported objects are growing with each new
release, but not all objects are available currently.
In this exercise, when you see the characters ##, replace the characters with the number that
your instructor provides.
1. Set the status of asset data transfer in the company code TA##.
This status may already be configured from a previous exercise. If an entry already exists
with the data in the table, skip to Step 2.
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Transfer Date
December 31, PY
Legacy Data Transfer Status
Ongoing (Other Postings Allowed)
Document Type
UE (Data Transfer)
a) Set the company code status in Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset
Accounting → Asset Data Transfer → Parameters for Data Transfer → Define Transfer
Date and Additional Parameters.
b) Double-click your Company Code TA##.
c) Choose the Legacy Data Transfer tab.
d) Choose the Change button.
e) On the Change Setting for Company Code in Asset Accounting screen, choose Create
Legacy Data Transfer.
f) Enter the following data:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Transfer Date
December 31, PY
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
419
Unit 6: Legacy Data Transfer
Legacy Data Transfer Status
Ongoing (Other Postings Allowed)
Document Type
UE (Data Transfer)
g) Choose Save.
h) Go back to the Customizing screen.
2. Enter the SAP_CA_DMC_MC_DEVELOPER and SAP_CA_DMC_MC_USER SAP Roles in your,
user, S4F17–##.
a) On the SAP Easy Access screen, execute transaction SU01.
b) In the User field, enter S4F17–##.
c) Choose Change.
d) Choose the Roles tab.
e) Enter the roles SAP_CA_DMC_MC_DEVELOPER and SAP_CA_DMC_MC_USER.
f) Save your data.
g) Choose Exit to return to the SAP Easy Access screen.
3. On the SAP Easy Access screen, start the Migration Cockpit with transaction LTMC. Create
a migration project, Asset##. Use the Mass Transfer ID Z##. Display the documentation
for the conversion object.
The Original Asset field is ready for input.
a) On the SAP GUI, enter transaction LTMC.
b) Choose Create.
c) On the Create Migration Project screen, in the Name field, enter Asset## and enter
Z## in the Mass Transfer ID field.
d) Choose Create.
e) Select the migration object Fixed asset (incl. balances and transactions) by selecting
the link.
f) Choose OK on the Warning screen.
g) To display the documentation about the conversion object, choose Show.
The purpose, definition, prerequisites, and other information about the conversion
object is displayed.
h) To close the documentation, choose OK.
i) Remain on this screen for the next step.
4. Download and maintain the generated migration template.
a) To download the generated migration template, choose Download Template.
The file downloads to the Downloads directory within your session.
420
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Entering Legacy Data Manually
b) If prompted for the file, choose Save and open. If not, use the File Explorer and
navigate to the Download folder. Open the file EN_Fixed asset (incl. balances and
transactions).xml.
c) Choose Office XML Handler.
Once opened, you can select the worksheet Field List tab. This displays the description
and metadata of the Fixed Asset Master. Choose Enable Editing to allow changes to the
spreadsheet.
d) To define the Source Data for Migration spreadsheet, choose the Master Details tab.
e) Enter the following data for migration:
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Master Details
Company code
TA##
External/Legacy Asset Number*
A000000002##
Asset Class*
00002000
Asset Subnumber
0
Asset Description*
Old Machine ##
f) To define the Source Data for Migration spreadsheet, choose the Posting Information
tab.
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Posting Information
Company code
TA##
External/Legacy Asset Number*
A000000002##
Asset Subnumber
0
Asset Capitalization Date*
January 19, CY-2
Entry can be made MM/DD/YYYY, it will
be converted to DD.MM.YYYY
g) To define the Source Data for Migration spreadsheet, choose the Time Dependent
Data tab.
Field Name or Data Type
Value
Time Dependent Data
Company code
TA##
External/Legacy Asset Number*
A000000002##
Asset Subnumber
0
Cost Center*
TA##1100
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
421
Unit 6: Legacy Data Transfer
h) To define the Source Data for Migration spreadsheet, choose the Depreciation Areas
tab.
i) Enter the following data for migration:
Field
Name
Company
code
ExtlLegacy Asset
Number*
Asset
Subnum.
Depr.
Area
Depr.
Key
UL
Value
TA##
A000000002##
0
1
LINR
10
Value
TA##
A000000002##
0
2
LINR
10
Value
TA##
A000000002##
0
15
LINR
10
Value
TA##
A000000002##
0
20
LINA
8
Value
TA##
A000000002##
0
31
LINR
10
Value
TA##
A000000002##
0
32
LINR
8
Value
TA##
A000000002##
0
33
LINR
8
Depreciation Areas
j) To define the Source Data for Migration spreadsheet, choose the Cumulative Values
tab.
k) Enter the following data for migration:
Field
Name
Company
code
External/Legacy Asset
Asset Number* Subnumbr
Depreciation
Area
Fiscal
Year*
Cumulated Acquisition
Value
Accumulated Ordinary
Depreciation
Value
TA##
A000000002##
0
1
YYYY
(=CY)
10000
2000-
Value
TA##
A000000002##
0
2
YYYY
10000
2000-
Value
TA##
A000000002##
0
15
YYYY
10000
2000-
Value
TA##
A000000002##
0
20
YYYY
10000
2000-
Value
TA##
A000000002##
0
31
YYYY
10000
2000-
Value
TA##
A000000002##
0
32
YYYY
10000
2000-
Value
TA##
A000000002##
0
33
YYYY
10000
2000-
Cumulative Values
l) Save the spreadsheet with the entered data, choose Save As, and save the file as type
XML Spreadsheet 2003 (*xml). Change the file name to EN_FIXED_ASSET_##.xml.
5. Upload the source data Microsoft Excel file to the system.
422
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Entering Legacy Data Manually
Note:
If a file has issues and a new file is uploaded, you must either delete the old
files or deactivate them.
a) On the Migration Object: Fixed asset (incl. balances and transactions) screen, in the
Source File section, select Upload File.
b) On the File Upload dialog box, choose Browse and select your file. Provide a short
description.
c) Choose Upload.
There is now a new row in the table.
d) Choose the EN_FIXED_ASSET_##.xml file.
e) Review the data that was uploaded. Choose each tab to view data.
f) Choose Back.
g) Select the EN_FIXED_ASSET_##.xml row and choose Activate.
h) Choose Start Transfer.
●
●
A message will appear.
Warning: Data from all files that have the status Not Started or In Process will now
be transferred. Are you sure you want to continue?
i) Choose OK. Data Validation will begin. Choose Close when finished.
j) Choose Next for the second step Convert Values.
k) Choose Fixed Asset Number, internal or external numbering.
l) In the Customizing column, choose internal numbering and choose Save.
m) Select All lines and choose Confirm Mapping Values.
n) Choose Completed in the Show field.
Result:
●
Fixed Asset Number, internal or external numbering
●
Mapping of Depreciation Area
●
Mapping of Depreciation Key
●
Mapping of Asset Class
●
Mapping of Company Code
o) Choose Next for the third step Simulate Import. Data Simulation will begin. Choose
Close when finished.
Status Information in the Notifications from Simulation:
●
Start of processing for file EN_FIXED_ASSET_##.xml
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
423
Unit 6: Legacy Data Transfer
●
Missing translation combination added; maintain translation value
●
End of processing Fixed asset (incl. balances and transactions)
●
End of processing for file EN_FIXED_ASSET_##.xml.
p) Choose Next for the fourth step Execute Import. Data Import will begin. Choose Close
when finished.
Status Error in the Notifications from Transfer:
●
Mapping value missing for mapping Mapping of Cost Center (source value A000
TA001100 )
q) Go back to Convert Values.
r) Choose Refresh.
s) Choose Open in the Show field.
t) Choose Mapping of Cost Center.
u) Choose Confirm Mapping Values. Choose OK.
v) Choose Next.
w) Choose Repeat Simulation. Choose Close when finished.
x) Choose Next.
y) Choose Repeat Import. Choose Close when finished.
Status Information in the Notifications from Transfer:
●
Start of processing for file EN_FIXED_ASSET_##.xml
●
Start of processing Z_FIXED_ASSET_Z## (access plan 00001)
●
End of processing Fixed asset (incl. balances and transactions)
●
End of processing for file EN_FIXED_ASSET_##.xml
z) Choose Success in the Priority field.
aa) Scroll down,
Status Information in the Notifications from Transfer:
●
Asset 0000002000.., subnumber 0000 was created
●
Asset TA## 2000..-0 created in company code TA##
●
●
Asset transaction was posted with document no. TA## 04000000.. in acctg princ.
IFRS
Asset transaction was posted with document no. TA## 70000000.. in acctg princ.
LG
ab) Choose Finish.
ac) Close the Migration Cockpit browser page.
6. The Fixed Asset Data is now available in the SAP S/4HANA system. Check the posted
values for your asset in the Asset Explorer transaction.
424
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Lesson: Entering Legacy Data Manually
a) On the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page, in the General Reporting tile group, choose
Asset Values (transaction AW01N).
b) Enter Company Code TA##. In the Asset field, use Search to find your legacy asset with
description Old Machine ##.
c) Review the data in Asset Explorer and Master Data.
d) Go back to the SAP Fiori Launchpad home page.
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
425
Unit 6: Legacy Data Transfer
LESSON SUMMARY
You should now be able to:
●
426
Enter legacy data manually
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
Unit 6
Learning Assessment
1. Which of the following methods can be used to transfer Asset Accounting (FI-AA) legacy
data?
Choose the correct answers.
X
A For a large quantity of legacy data, use batch input procedure (program
RAALTD01).
X
B For a small quantity of legacy data, use AS100.
X
C For a very large quantity of legacy data, use the direct input procedure (program
RAALTD11).
X
D For a large to very large quantity of legacy data, use the legacy data transfer using
a BAPI interface.
X
E For a manageable quantity of legacy data, use the manual transaction code AS91
and ABLDT.
2. The transfer date can be either at the end of the last closed fiscal year or in the fiscal year
following the last closed fiscal year.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
3. The legacy data transfer does not update the balances of the G/L accounts.
Determine whether this statement is true or false.
X
True
X
False
© Copyright. All rights reserved.
427